Metrowerks IDE Development Tools User Manual

CodeWarrior™
Development Tools
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Revised 2002/10/14
Metrowerks, the Metrowerks logo, and CodeWarrior are registered trademarks of Metrowerks
Corp. in the US and/or other countries. All other tradenames and trademarks are the property of
their respective owners.
Copyright © Metrowerks Corporation. 2002. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
The reproduction and use of this document and related materials are governed by a license
agreement media, it may be printed for non-commercial personal use only, in accordance
with the license agreement related to the product associated with the documentation. Consult
that license agreement before use or reproduction of any portion of this document. If you do
not have a copy of the license agreement, contact your Metrowerks representative or call 800377-5416 (if outside the US call +1 512-997-4700). Subject to the foregoing non-commercial
personal use, no portion of this documentation may be reproduced or transmitted in any
form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, without prior written permission from
Metrowerks.
Metrowerks reserves the right to make changes to any product described or referred to in this document without further notice. Metrowerks makes no warranty, representation or guarantee regarding the merchantability or fitness of its products for any particular purpose, nor does Metrowerks
assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any product described herein and specifically disclaims any and all liability. Metrowerks software is not authorized for and has not
been designed, tested, manufactured, or intended for use in developing applications where
the failure, malfunction, or any inaccuracy of the application carries a risk of death, serious
bodily injury, or damage to tangible property, including, but not limited to, use in factory
control systems, medical devices or facilities, nuclear facilities, aircraft or automobile navigation or communication, emergency systems, or other applications with a similar degree of
potential hazard.
USE OF ALL SOFTWARE, DOCUMENTATION AND RELATED MATERIALS ARE SUBJECT TO THE METROWERKS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR SUCH PRODUCT.
How to Contact Metrowerks
Corporate Headquarters
World Wide Web
Ordering & Technical Support
Metrowerks Corporation
9801 Metric Blvd.
Austin, TX 78758
U.S.A.
http://www.metrowerks.com
Voice: (800) 377-5416
Fax: (512) 997-4901
Table of Contents
I Introduction
1 IDE User’s Guide Overview
17
Release Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
CodeWarriorU.com . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Documentation Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Documentation Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Documentation Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Manual Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Figure Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Keyboard Conventions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Special note for Solaris users and Linux users
2 CodeWarrior IDE Overview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
21
Development Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
CodeWarrior IDE Advantages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
IDE Tools Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
II Projects
3 Working with Projects
29
About Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Project Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Build Targets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Managing Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Advanced Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Custom Project Stationery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Subprojects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–3
Table of Contents
Strategies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
4 Project Window
45
About the Project Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Project Window Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Files View
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Designs View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Link Order View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Targets View
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
File, Group, Layout, and Target Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Build-Target Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
5 Working with Files
61
Managing Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
6 Dockable Windows
69
About Dockable Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Working with Dockable Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Dock Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
7 Workspaces
81
About Workspaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Using Workspaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
8 Creating Console Applications
85
About Console Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Creating Console Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
III Editor
9 The CodeWarrior Editor
91
Editor Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Editor Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
IDE–4
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Table of Contents
Interfaces Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Functions Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Markers Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Document Settings Menu
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Version Control System Menu
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Other Editor Window Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Path Caption
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
File Modification Icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Breakpoints Column
Text Editing Area
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Line and Column Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Pane Splitter Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
10 Editing Source Code
101
Text Manipulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Symbol Editing Shortcuts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Punctuation Balancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Code Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Code Completion Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Code Completion Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
11 Navigating Source Code
115
Finding Interface Files, Functions, and Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Finding Interface Files
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Locating Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Going Back and Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Using Markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Remove Markers Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Symbol Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Reference Templates (Macintosh) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
12 Finding and Replacing Text
125
About Find and Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Single-File Find . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–5
Table of Contents
Single-File Find and Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Multiple-File Find and Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Search Results Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Text-Selection Find . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Regular-Expression Find . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Matching Any Character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Repeating Expressions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Grouping Expressions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Choosing One Character from Many . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Matching Line Beginnings and Endings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Using the Find String in the Replace String
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Remembering Sub-expressions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
IV Browser
13 Using the Browser
147
Browser Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Browser Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Browser Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Browser Contextual Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
14 Using Class Browser Windows
155
Class Browser window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Classes pane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Member Functions pane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Data Members pane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Source pane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Status Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
15 Using Other Browser Windows
167
Multiple-Class Hierarchy Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Single-Class Hierarchy Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
IDE–6
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Table of Contents
Browser Contents window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Symbols window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Symbols toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Symbols pane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Source pane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
16 Using Browser Wizards
177
The New Class Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
The New Member Function Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
The New Data Member Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
V Debugger
17 Introduction to Debugging
191
What is a Debugger? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
What is a Symbolics File?
18 Basic Debugging
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
193
Thread Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Common Debugging Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
19 Advanced Debugging
201
What is Advanced Debugging?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Symbol Hint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Contextual Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Symbolics Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Processes Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Expressions Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Global Variables Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Registers Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
General Registers
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
FPU Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–7
Table of Contents
Host-specific Registers
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Log Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Variable Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Array Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Memory Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Multi-core Debugging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
20 Using Breakpoints
231
About Breakpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Breakpoints Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Common Breakpoint Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
21 Using Watchpoints
239
About Watchpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Using Watchpoints in the Memory Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Using Watchpoints in the Watchpoints Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Using Watchpoints in Other Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Using Watchpoints in the Thread Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Using Watchpoints in the Variable Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Using Watchpoints in the Symbolics Window
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
22 Using Eventpoints
251
About Eventpoints
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Log Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Pause Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Script Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Skip Point
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Sound Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Using Eventpoints in the Breakpoints Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Using Eventpoints in Other Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Using Eventpoints in the Thread Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Using Eventpoints in the Symbolics Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
IDE–8
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Table of Contents
VI Compilers and Linkers
23 Compilers
267
Choosing a Compiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Compiling Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
24 Linkers
273
Choosing Linkers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Linking Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
VII RAD (Rapid Application Development)
25 Creating RAD Projects
277
RAD Wizards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Working with Designs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Working with Layouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
26 Layout Editing
285
Layout Wizards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Layout Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Component Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Object Inspector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
27 Component Editing
299
Component Catalog Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Working with Catalogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Working with Menu Editors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Menu Editor
28 Object Wiring
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
309
About Object Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Working with Object Wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–9
Table of Contents
Using the Create Wire Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Inspecting Wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
29 RAD Browsing
321
RAD Browser Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Tab Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Properties Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Methods Tab
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Events Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Browser RAD Wizards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
VIII Preferences and Target Settings
30 Customizing the IDE
327
Customizing IDE Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Commands Tab
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Pre-defined Variables in Command Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Customize Toolbars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Kinds of Toolbars
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Toolbar Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Modify a Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Customize Key Bindings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
31 Working with IDE Preferences
349
IDE Preferences Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
General Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Build Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Concurrent Compiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
IDE Extras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Help Preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Plugin Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Shielded Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
IDE–10
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Table of Contents
Source Trees
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Editor Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Code Completion
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Editor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Font & Tabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Text Colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Debugger Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Display Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Windowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Global Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Remote Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
RAD Tools Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Layout Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
32 Working with Target Settings
385
Target Settings Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Target Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Target Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Access Paths
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Build Extras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Runtime Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
File Mappings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Source Trees
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Code Generation Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Global Optimizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Editor Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Custom Keywords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Debugger Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Other Executables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Debugger Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Remote Debugging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–11
Table of Contents
33 Preference and Target Settings Options
411
IX Menus
34 IDE Menus
451
Windows Menu Layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
File Menu
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Edit Menu
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
View Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
Search Menu
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Project Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Debug Menu
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
Data Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Window Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Help Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
Macintosh Menu Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Apple Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
CodeWarrior Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
File Menu
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Edit Menu
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
Search Menu
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Project Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Debug Menu
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Data Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Window Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
VCS Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Tools Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Scripts Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Help Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Rapid Application Development (RAD) Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
Align Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
IDE–12
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Table of Contents
Layout Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
Resize Menu
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
35 Menu Commands
481
Index
521
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–13
Table of Contents
IDE–14
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
I
Introduction
This section contains these chapters:
• IDE User’s Guide Overview
• CodeWarrior IDE Overview
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–15
IDE–16
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
1
IDE User’s Guide Overview
This chapter of the CodeWarrior™ IDE User’s Guide is a high-level description of
documentation and training resources for learning to use the IDE:
• CodeWarriorU.com—free, Internet-based instruction for CodeWarrior products.
Use this resource to learn more about the CodeWarrior Integrated Development
Environment (IDE) and computer programming.
• Documentation structure—a guide to the various CodeWarrior manuals
available. This guide notes the location of generic and specific product
documentation.
• Common conventions—some common typographical conventions used in this
manual and other Metrowerks documentation.
This chapter contains these sections:
• “Release Notes” on page 17
• “CodeWarriorU.com” on page 17
• “Documentation Structure” on page 18
• “Manual Conventions” on page 19
Release Notes
Please read the release notes. They contain important last-minute additions to the
documentation. The Release Notes folder on the CodeWarrior CD contains the
information.
CodeWarriorU.com
CodeWarriorU.com offers a wide range of free, Internet-based courses in a wide
variety of computer programming topics. Use this supplement to the CodeWarrior
documentation to acquire more experience using CodeWarrior products.
CodeWarriorU.com courses feature:
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–17
IDE User’s Guide Overview
Documentation Structure
• Text-based instruction
• Expert instructors
• A variety of self-assessment and study materials
• Interactive message boards for communicating with instructors and fellow
students
Courses now available at CodeWarriorU include:
• Learn Programming in C
For beginning programmers. It teaches how to create C software.
• Introduction to Java
For beginning and experienced programmers. It teaches how to create Java
software.
• Introduction to C++
For beginning and experienced programmers. It teaches how to create C++
software.
• Intermediate C++
For programmers who completed the Introduction to C++ course and have basic
C++ programming knowledge. It provides the foundation needed to create more
sophisticated C++ software.
To find out more, visit this web site:
http://www.CodeWarriorU.com/
Documentation Structure
CodeWarrior products include an extensive documentation library of user guides,
targeting manuals, and reference manuals. Take advantage of this library to learn how
to efficiently develop software using the CodeWarrior programming environment.
Documentation Formats
CodeWarrior documentation presents information in various formats:
• Print—Printed versions of CodeWarrior manuals, including the IDE User’s
Guide, MSL C Reference, C/C++ Reference, and product-focused
Targeting manuals.
IDE–18
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE User’s Guide Overview
Manual Conventions
• PDF (Portable Document Format)—Electronic versions of CodeWarrior
manuals. The CodeWarrior CD Documentation folder contains the electronic
PDF manuals.
• HTML (Hypertext Markup Language)—HTML or Compressed HTML (.CHM)
versions of CodeWarrior manuals.
Documentation Types
Each CodeWarrior manual focuses on a particular information type:
• User guides—User guides provide basic information about the CodeWarrior user
interface. User guides include information that supports all host platforms on
which the software operates, but do not include in-depth platform-specific
information. An example is the PowerParts User Guide.
• Targeting manuals—Targeting manuals provide specific information required
to create software that operates on a particular platform or microprocessor.
Examples include the Targeting Windows, Targeting Java, and Targeting
DSP56800 manuals.
• Reference manuals—Reference manuals provide specialized information that
supports coding libraries, programming languages, and the IDE. Examples
include the C Compiler Reference, MSL C Reference, and Extending the
CodeWarrior IDE manuals.
• Core manuals—Core manuals explain the core technologies available in the
CodeWarrior IDE. Examples include:
– IDE User’s Guide
– C/C++ Compilers Reference
– MSL C Reference and MSL C++ Reference
– Extending the CodeWarrior IDE
– Command-Line Tools Reference
Manual Conventions
This section explains conventions in the IDE User’s Guide.
Figure Conventions
The CodeWarrior IDE employs a virtually identical user interface across multiple
hosts. For this reason, illustrations of common interface elements use images from any
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–19
IDE User’s Guide Overview
Manual Conventions
host. However, some interface elements are unique to a particular host. In such cases,
clearly labelled images identify the specific host.
Keyboard Conventions
The CodeWarrior IDE accepts keyboard shortcuts, or key bindings, for frequently used
operations. For each operation, this manual lists corresponding key bindings by
platform. Hyphens separate multiple keystrokes in each key binding.
Special note for Solaris users and Linux
users
The Solaris and Linux IDE use Macintosh symbols to represent modifier keys in key
bindings. Table 1.1 shows the relationship between the Macintosh symbols and the
equivalent modifier keys on Solaris and Linux computers.
Table 1.1 Macintosh modifier-key equivalents for Solaris and Linux
Symbol
Macintosh Name
Solaris Equivalent
Linux Equivalent
Control
Control
Ctrl
Option
Alt
Alt
Command
Meta
Alt
Shift
Shift
Shift
Solaris and Linux computers can map a modifier key to any key on the keyboard. The
preceding table reflects the default modifier key configuration for these computers.
Remember that custom mappings supersede the default configuration noted in the
table.
IDE–20
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
2
CodeWarrior IDE Overview
The CodeWarrior™ Integrated Development Environment (IDE) provides an efficient
and flexible software-development tool suite. This chapter explains the advantages of
using the CodeWarrior IDE and provides brief descriptions of the major tools that
make up the IDE.
This chapter contains these sections:
• “Development Cycle” on page 21
• “CodeWarrior IDE Advantages” on page 23
• “IDE Tools Overview” on page 24
Development Cycle
A software developer follows a general development process:
• Begin with an idea for new software.
• Implement the new idea in source code.
• Have the IDE compile source code into machine code.
• Have the IDE link machine code and form an executable file.
• Correct errors (debug).
• Compile, link, and release a final executable file.
The stages of the development cycle correspond to one or more chapters in this
manual.
Figure 2.1 on page 22 depicts the development cycle as a flowchart. Table 2.1 on page
23 details the different stages and their corresponding sections in this manual.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–21
CodeWarrior IDE Overview
Development Cycle
Figure 2.1 The Development Cycle diagram
Start
Create
Edit
Yes
Compile
Compile
Errors?
Yes
No
Link
Link
Errors?
Yes
No
Legend
Debug
Debugging
Errors?
Start or End
of the process
No
Development cycle stage
Release
Decision stage
End
Process flow
IDE–22
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
CodeWarrior IDE Overview
CodeWarrior IDE Advantages
Table 2.1 Stage descriptions and related sections in the IDE User’s Guide
Stage
Description
Create
Create the initial project, source files, and
build targets that implement an idea for new
software.
Related Sections
• “Projects” on page 27
• “Preferences and Target Settings”
on page 325
• “Menus” on page 449
Edit
Transform the idea into working source
code, organize interface elements, and
correct errors.
• “Editor” on page 89
• “Browser” on page 145
• “RAD (Rapid Application
Development)” on page 275
Compile
Compile the source code into machine
format that operates on the target host.
“Compilers and Linkers” on page 265
Link
Link the separate compiled modules into a
single binary executable file.
“Compilers and Linkers” on page 265
Debug
Find and resolve all coding and logic errors
that prevent the program from operating as
designed.
“Debugger” on page 189
Release
Release for public use.
Beyond the scope of this manual.
CodeWarrior IDE Advantages
Software developers take advantage of CodeWarrior IDE features during software
development:
• Cross-platform development
Develop software to run on multiple operating systems, or use multiple hosts to
develop the same software project. The IDE runs on popular operating systems,
including Windows, Macintosh, Solaris, and Linux. The IDE uses virtually the
same graphical user interface (GUI) across all hosts.
• Multiple-language support
Choose from multiple programming languages when developing software. The
IDE supports high-level languages, such as C, C++, and the Java programming
language, as well as in-line assemblers for most processors.
• Consistent development environment
Port software to new processors without having to learn new tools or lose an
existing code base. The IDE supports many common desktop and embedded
processor families, including x86, PowerPC, MIPS, and many others.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–23
CodeWarrior IDE Overview
IDE Tools Overview
• Plug-in tool support
Extend the capabilities of the IDE by adding a plug-in tool that supports new
services. The IDE currently supports plug-ins for compilers, linkers, pre-linkers,
post-linkers, preference panels, version controls, and other tools. Plug-ins make it
possible for the CodeWarrior IDE to process different languages and support
different processor families.
IDE Tools Overview
The CodeWarrior IDE is a tool suite that provides sophisticated tools for software
development. This section explains the standard tools available in the IDE:
• a project manager
• an editor
• a search engine
• a source browser
• a build system
• a debugger
• Rapid Application Development (RAD) tools
Table 2.2 on page 25 explains the purpose of these tools and lists corresponding
CodeWarrior IDE features.
IDE–24
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
CodeWarrior IDE Overview
IDE Tools Overview
Table 2.2 IDE tools and features
Tool
Purpose
Project Manager
Manipulate items
associated with a project
CodeWarrior IDE Features
• Handles top-level file management for the
software developer
• Organizes project items by major group,
such as files and targets
• Tracks state information (such as filemodification dates)
• Determines build order and inclusion of
specific files in each build
• Coordinates with plug-ins to provide
version-control services
Editor
Create and modify source
code
• Uses color to differentiate programminglanguage keywords
• Allows definition of custom keywords for
additional color schemes
• Automatically verifies parenthesis, brace,
and bracket balance
• Allows use of menus for navigation to any
function or into the header files used by the
program
Search Engine
Find and replace text
• Finds a specific text string
• Replaces found text with substitute text
• Allows use of regular expressions
• Provides file-comparison and differencing
functionality
Source Browser
Manage and view
program symbols
• Maintains a symbolics database for the
program. Sample symbols include names
and values of variables and functions.
• Uses the symbolics database to assist code
navigation
• Links every symbol to other locations in the
code related to that symbol
• Processes both object-oriented and
procedural languages
Build System
Convert source code into
an executable file
• Uses the compiler to generate object code
from source code
• Uses the linker to generate a final
executable file from object code
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–25
CodeWarrior IDE Overview
IDE Tools Overview
Table 2.2 IDE tools and features (continued)
Tool
Purpose
Debugger
Resolve errors
CodeWarrior IDE Features
• Uses the symbolics database to provide
source-level debugging
• Supports symbol formats such as
CodeView, DWARF (Debug With Arbitrary
Records Format), and SYM (SYMbolic
information format)
RAD tools
Graphically develop a
user interface for the
project
• Allows onscreen editing of a user interface
as it appears to the end user
• Organizes user-interface elements into sets
of onscreen buttons
• Handles generation of code to implement
the user interface
IDE–26
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
II
Projects
This section contains these chapters:
• Working with Projects
• Project Window
• Working with Files
• Dockable Windows
• Workspaces
• Creating Console Applications
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–27
IDE–28
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
3
Working with Projects
This chapter explains how to work with projects in the CodeWarrior™ IDE. Projects
organize several file types associated with a computer program:
• Text files—files that contain any kind of text. Sample text files include Read Me
files and source files.
• Source files—files that contain source code only. Sample source files include
C++ files and Java files.
• Library files—files that contain special code designed to work together with a
particular programming language or operating environment.
• Generated files—files created by the IDE while building or debugging the
project.
This chapter contains these sections:
• “About Projects” on page 29
• “Managing Projects” on page 32
• “Advanced Projects” on page 39
About Projects
The IDE uses build targets and a Project Manager to organize source code and support
files. This section explains both components.
Project Manager
The IDE gathers source, library, resource, and other files into a project. The Project
Manager manipulates the information stored in the project.
Figure 3.1 on page 30 diagrams Project Manager interactions with IDE tools. Table
3.1 on page 30 explains the interactions.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–29
Working with Projects
About Projects
Figure 3.1 Project Manager
Search
Engine
Source
Browser
Symbolics
Information
Editor
Compiler
Linker
The build system
generates symbolics
information for a
program. The
debugger generates
a database from the
information.
Debugger
Build System
Legend
Main IDE tool
Development flow
Support tool
IDE internal data flow
Information generated
by the IDE
Additional information
Table 3.1 Project Manager interactions
IDE Tool
Editor
Project Manager Interactions
• Coordinating internal data flow among editor windows, the search engine, and
the source browser
• Matching find-and-replace results between related header files and source files
• Associating functions and variables with their corresponding source code
Compiler
• Synchronizing with source code a symbolics database of program functions,
variables, and values
• Coordinating internal data flow between the symbolics database and the
source browser
• Determining the files to include in the build process
IDE–30
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with Projects
About Projects
Table 3.1 Project Manager interactions (continued)
IDE Tool
Project Manager Interactions
Linker
• Sending compiled object code to the linker for conversion to executable code
• Setting the link order for processing compiled object code
Debugger
• Matching debugging data to source code
• Updating the symbolics database to reflect changing values during a
debugging session
Build Targets
For any given build, the project manager tracks:
• files and libraries
• link order
• dependencies
• compiler, linker, and other settings
The IDE stores this information in a build target. As the project changes, the project
manager automatically updates the build target. The project manager also coordinates
program builds, using the build-target information to call the appropriate tools in the
correct order with the specified settings.
For example, the project manager directs the build system to compile only those
source files that rely on the information in a modified file.
Note that all of this operation happens automatically. The software developer does not
need to remember makefile syntax or semantics, and never has to debug makefile
syntax errors. The IDE simplifies the process, making it easier to develop software.
The project manager also supports multiple build targets within the same project file.
Each build target can have its own unique settings, and even use different source and
library files. For example, it is common to have both debug and release build targets in
a project.
Figure 3.2 on page 32 shows a sample project with debug and release build targets.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–31
Working with Projects
Managing Projects
Figure 3.2 Project with multiple build targets
Project
Build Target - Debug
File #1
File #2
File #3
Object Code
Settings
Browser Data
Note: Both
build targets
share File #1
and File #2
Build Target - Release
File #2
File #4
Object Code
Settings
Browser Data
...
File #1
Managing Projects
Use these tasks to manage projects:
• Create a new project
IDE–32
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with Projects
Managing Projects
• Open an existing project
• Save an existing project
• Close an open project
• Inspect an open project
• Print an open project
Creating New Projects using Project Stationery
Use the project stationery provided with the IDE to quickly create new projects. The
stationery contains everything needed for a minimal, ready-to-run project. Use project
stationery as a foundation upon which to add features for each new programming
endeavor.
1. Choose File > New.
2. Click the Project tab and select a project type.
3. Enter a project name (include the .mcp extension) in the Project Name field and
set the Location for the new project.
4. Click OK in the New window.
5. Select the appropriate project stationery from the New Project window.
6. Click OK in the New Project window.
The IDE uses the selected project stationery as a template to create a new project.
Creating New Projects from Makefiles
Use the Makefile Importer wizard provided with the Windows, Solaris, and Linux IDE
to convert most Visual C nmake or GNU make files into projects. The wizard
performs these tasks:
• Parses the makefile to determine source files and build targets
• Creates a project
• Adds the source files and build targets determined during parsing
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–33
Working with Projects
Managing Projects
• Matches makefile information, such as output name, output directory, and access
paths, with the newly created build targets.
• Selects a project linker
1. Choose File > New.
2. Click the Project tab.
3. Select Makefile Importer Wizard.
4. Enter a project name (include the .mcp extension) in the Project Name field and
set the Location for the new project.
5. Click OK in the New window.
6. Enter the path to the makefile in the Makefile location field or click Browse to
navigate to the makefile.
7. Choose the tool set used for makefile conversion and linker selection.
• Tool Set Used In Makefile—Choose the tool set whose build rules form the
basis of the makefile.
• Metrowerks Tool Set—Choose the linker tool set to use with the generated
project.
8. Select the desired diagnostic settings.
• Log Targets Bypassed—Select to log information about makefile build targets
that the IDE fails to convert to project build targets.
• Log Build Rules Discarded—Select to log information about makefile rules that
the IDE discards during conversion.
• Log All Statements Bypassed—Select to log targets bypassed, build rules
discarded, and other makefile items that the IDE fails to convert.
9. Click Finish, then Generate.
The Makefile Importer wizard performs the conversion process and displays
additional information.
IDE–34
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with Projects
Managing Projects
Creating Empty Projects
Unlike project stationery, empty projects do not contain a pre-configured collection of
template source files, library files, or build targets. Empty projects allow advanced
software engineers to custom-build new projects from scratch.
NOTE
Avoid creating empty projects. Instead, modify a project created with
project stationery. Project stationery pre-configures complicated
settings to quickly get started.
1. Choose File > New.
2. Click the Project tab and select Empty Project.
3. Enter a project name (include the .mcp extension) in the Project Name field and
set the Location for the new project.
4. Click OK in the New window.
The IDE creates an empty project. Add files and libraries, create build targets, and
choose the appropriate target settings to complete the new project.
Opening Projects
Use the IDE to open previously saved projects. CodeWarrior projects normally end in
the Metrowerks CodeWarrior Project extension of .mcp. Open projects to add,
remove, or modify files to enhance the capabilities of the final executable file.
1. Choose File > Open.
2. Find and select the project to open.
3. Click Open.
The IDE opens the project and displays its Project window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–35
Working with Projects
Managing Projects
NOTE
The IDE prompts you for confirmation to update projects created in
older CodeWarrior versions.
Opening Projects Created on Other Hosts
CodeWarrior projects whose names end in .mcp are cross-platform. However, the
object code stored inside each project folder is not cross-platform. Use these procedure
to properly open the project on a different host computer.
1. If not present, add the .mcp file-name extension to the project name.
2. Copy the project folder from the original host to the new host.
3. Delete the Data folder inside the newly copied project folder.
4. Open the newly copied project on the new host IDE.
5. Recompile the project to generate new object code.
Saving Projects
The IDE automatically saves projects and updates project information after
performing these actions:
• Closing the project
• Applying or saving a preference or target-setting option
• Adding, deleting, or compiling a file
• Editing group information
• Removing or compacting object code
• Quitting the IDE
Inspecting Project Files
Use the Project Inspector command to review and configure source-file attributes
and target information in the Project Inspector window.
IDE–36
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with Projects
Managing Projects
1. Select a file in the Project window.
2. Open the Project Inspector window, as explained in Table 3.2.
Table 3.2 Opening the Project Inspector window
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Select View
Macintosh
Select Window
> Project Inspector.
Solaris
Select Window
> Project Inspector.
Linux
Select Window
> Project Inspector.
> Project Inspector.
3. Examine the source-file attributes and target settings.
• Click the Attributes tab to view the file attributes.
• Click the Targets tab to view the build targets that use the file.
Printing Projects
The Project Manager can print a complete listing of the Files, Designs, Link Order,
or Targets tab currently displayed in the Project window.
1. Select the Project window.
2. Click the Files, Designs, Link Order, or Targets tab.
3. Choose File > Print.
4. Set the print options in the print dialog.
5. Print the Project window contents, as explained in Table 3.3.
Table 3.3 Printing the Project window contents
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Click OK.
Macintosh
Click Print.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–37
Working with Projects
Managing Projects
Table 3.3 Printing the Project window contents (continued)
On this host…
Do this…
Solaris
Click Print.
Linux
Click Print.
The IDE prints the contents of the selected tab in the Project window.
Choosing a Default Project
The IDE allows multiple open projects at the same time. However, a given source file
can belong to more than one open project, making it ambiguous as to which project a
source-file operation applies.
To resolve ambiguity, choose the default project to which the IDE applies operations.
1. If only one project is open, it automatically becomes the default project.
2. If more than one project is open, choose Project > Set Default Project to select
the desired default project.
In ambiguous situations, the IDE applies operations to the selected default
project.
Exporting Projects to XML Files
The IDE can export a project to an Extensible Markup Language (XML) file. Use this
capability to store projects in text-oriented environments, such as a version control
system.
1. Bring forward the project to export.
2. Choose File > Export Project.
3. Name the exported XML file and save it in the desired location.
The IDE converts the project to an XML file.
IDE–38
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with Projects
Advanced Projects
Importing Projects Saved as XML Files
The IDE can import a project previously saved in Extensible Markup Language
(XML) format. Use this capability to recreate projects stored in text-oriented
environments, such as a version control system.
1. Choose File > Import Project.
2. Create a new folder in which to save the converted project and all of its generated
files.
3. Find the XML file that you want to import.
4. Save the XML file in the newly created folder.
The IDE converts the XML file to a project.
Closing Projects
Use the Close command to close a CodeWarrior project file at the end of a
programming session. The IDE automatically saves changes to a closed project.
1. Select the Project window to close.
2. Close the project.
• Choose File > Close.
• Click the close box in the Project window.
The IDE closes the project.
Advanced Projects
Advanced projects deal with these topics:
• Custom project stationery—modified project stationery tailored to advanced
programming needs.
• Subprojects—projects within projects.
• Strategies—obtaining the maximum benefit from advanced projects.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–39
Working with Projects
Advanced Projects
Custom Project Stationery
Use custom project stationery to develop streamlined templates to meet advanced
programming needs:
• Pre-configure new project stationery to include often-used files, libraries, and
source code
• Configure build targets and options to any desired state
• Set up a reusable template to use for creating projects
NOTE
Custom project stationery requires in-depth knowledge about project
structure and operation. Before creating custom stationery, be sure to
fully understand existing project stationery included with the
CodeWarrior product.
Creating Custom Project Stationery
Use custom project stationery to develop a convenient template for creating new
projects. An efficient way to develop custom stationery is to modify existing project
stationery and save it under a new name in the Stationery or Project Stationery
folder.
1. Follow the usual process for creating a project from project stationery.
See “Creating New Projects using Project Stationery” on page 33 for more
information.
2. Choose File > Save A Copy As.
3. Find the Project Stationery folder in the CodeWarrior installation.
4. Create a folder inside the Project Stationery folder to store the newly created
project.
5. Save the project to its new folder. Use a descriptive project name with the .mcp
extension.
6. Customize the newly saved project so that it becomes a template for creating
other projects:
IDE–40
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with Projects
Advanced Projects
• Add source files to the project. Save these files in the same folder as the project
itself.
• Add build targets for building the project with frequently used settings.
• Configure other project preferences as desired.
7. Close the customized project to save it.
8. Open the customized project folder inside the Project Stationery folder.
9. Find and delete the _Data folder.
The IDE now treats the customized project as project stationery. The descriptive
name appears in the Project tab of the New window.
Subprojects
A subproject is a project nested inside a parent project. Subprojects organize source
code for the IDE to build prior to building the parent project. For example, the IDE
builds subprojects for an application’s plug-ins before building the parent project for
the application itself.
Adding Subprojects to a Project
Use a subproject to organize a separate set of source files and build targets inside a
parent project.
1. Open the parent project in which to add a subproject. The parent Project window
opens.
2. Click the Files tab in the Project window.
3. If the parent project has more than one build target, use the build-target list box in
the Project window toolbar to choose the desired build target.
4. Add a separate project to the Project window:
• Drag and drop the .mcp file of the separate project into the Project window, or
• Choose Project > Add Files to add the .mcp file of the separate project.
The IDE treats the added project as a subproject. The subproject appears in the
Files view of the parent Project window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–41
Working with Projects
Advanced Projects
Opening Subprojects
The IDE can open a subproject from the parent Project window. Use this feature to
more conveniently open the subproject.
1. Double-click the subproject in the Files view of the parent Project window.
2. The IDE opens the subproject in its own Project window.
Strategies
Projects can organize files into build targets or subprojects. Each of these structures
has its own advantages. Choose the structure best suited to the programming need.
Build Targets
Build targets organize collections of files inside a project. Build targets have these
advantages:
• Using multiple build targets inside a single project allows access to all source
code for that project.
• Build targets organize different collections of build settings for a single project.
• Each project accommodates up to 255 build targets.
Subprojects
Subprojects incorporate separate, standalone projects into parent projects. Subprojects
have these advantages:
• Subprojects separate distinct parts of a complex program, such as an application
and its various plug-ins.
• Using subprojects streamlines a complicated build. For example, create a project
that builds all plug-ins for an application. Add this project as a subproject of the
main application. The IDE then builds all plug-ins before building the main
application.
• Use subprojects to break down a complicated project that approaches the 255
build-target limit. Organize related build targets into different subprojects to
improve build speed.
IDE–42
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with Projects
Advanced Projects
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–43
Working with Projects
Advanced Projects
IDE–44
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
4
Project Window
This chapter explains how to work with the Project window in the CodeWarrior™ IDE.
The Project window provides these features:
• Organization—view and modify all files created for use with a computer
program.
• Views—manipulate files arranged by type.
• Management—control the way the IDE handles files.
This chapter contains these sections:
• “About the Project Window” on page 45
• “Project Window Views” on page 47
• “File, Group, Layout, and Target Management” on page 51
• “Build-Target Management” on page 56
About the Project Window
The Project window organizes files in a computer program. Use this window to
control various aspects of each file. The window includes these items:
• Project window toolbar
• View tabs
• Columns
Figure 4.1 on page 46 shows a sample Project window. Table 4.1 on page 46 explains
the items in the Project window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–45
Project Window
About the Project Window
Figure 4.1 Project window
Table 4.1 Project window—items
Item
Icon
Explanation
Current Target
Choose the current build target with which to work.
Target Settings
Click to view and edit the settings for the current
build target.
Synchronize
Modification Dates
Click to check the modification dates of each project file
and mark those files that need compilation.
Make
Click to compile and link all modified and manually
selected (touched) project files.
Debug
Click to debug the current build target.
Run
Click to compile and link the current build target, then
run the program.
Project Inspector
Click to view project information and edit file-specific
information.
IDE–46
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Project Window
Project Window Views
Table 4.1 Project window—items (continued)
Item
Icon
Explanation
Files
Click this tab to display a list of files in the project and
their properties.
Designs
Click this tab to display the rapid application
development (RAD) designs in the project. The Designs
tab appears only in projects that support RAD
development.
Link Order
Click this tab to display the link order of files in the
current build target.
Frameworks
Click this tab to display available programming
frameworks to link against. The Frameworks tab
appears only in projects that support frameworks.
Targets
Click this tab to display a list of all
project build targets, sub-projects,
and target-linking information.
Project Window Views
The Project window uses views to organize items:
• Files
• Designs (for projects supporting rapid application development)
• Link Order
• Targets
• Frameworks (for projects supporting code frameworks)
Files View
The Files view presents information about individual files in a project. The Files view
typically contain certain file types:
• Text files—files that contain any type of text. Sample text files include Read Me
files and source files.
• Source files—files that contain source code only. Sample source files include
C++ files and Java files.
• Library files—files that contain special code designed to work together with a
particular programming language or operating environment.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–47
Project Window
Project Window Views
Table 4.2 explains the items in the Files view.
Table 4.2 Files view—items
Item
Icon
Explanation
Touch
Indicates the touch status of each file. Click in this column to toggle touching a
file. Touching a file manually selects it for compilation during the next build.
Click the Touch icon to sort files by touch status.
File
Displays a hierarchical view of the file and group names used by the project.
Click the column title to sort files by name. Double-click a file to open it. Use the
hierarchical controls to display and hide group contents.
Code
Displays the size, in bytes or kilobytes, of the compiled executable object code
for files and groups. Click the column title to sort files by code size.
Data
Displays the size, in bytes or kilobytes, of non-executable data in the object
code for files in the project. Click the column title to sort files by data size.
Target
Indicates whether each file belongs to the current build target. Click in this
column to toggle inclusion status. Click the Target icon to sort files by inclusion
status. The Target column appears only when the project has more than one
build target.
Debug
Displays debugging status. Click in this column to toggle generation of
debugging information for a file or group. Click the Debug icon to sort files by
debugging status.
Checkout
Status
Displays icons representing the current file status in a version-control system.
The Checkout Status column appears only when the project uses a versioncontrol system to manage files.
Interfaces
Click to display a list of files inside a group or a list of #include files inside a
source file. Choose a file to
open it.
Sort Order
Click to toggle sorting between ascending and descending order for the active
column. The icon indicates the current sort order.
IDE–48
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Project Window
Project Window Views
Viewing a File Path
To distinguish between two files that have identical names but reside in different
folders, examine the file path.
To view the complete file path of a file, perform the task explained in Table 4.3.
Table 4.3 Viewing a file path
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Right-click the filename and select Open
in Windows Explorer
Macintosh
Control-click the filename and select File
Path.
Solaris
Click and hold on the filename, then select File
Path.
Linux
Click and hold on the filename, then select File
Path.
The File Path submenu displays the path to the file.
Designs View
The Designs view presents information about designs for projects that use Rapid
Application Development (RAD). Layout files typically appear in the Designs view.
These files describe the graphical user interface for a computer program.
Table 4.4 explains the items in the Files view.
Table 4.4 Designs view—items
Item
Explanation
Object
Displays all design objects available in the current build target of
the project.
Class
Displays the class type of each object.
Link Order View
The Link Order view presents information about the order in which the IDE links
project files. Manipulate the files in this view to change the link order. For example, if
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–49
Project Window
Project Window Views
file B depends on file A in order to function, move file B below file A in the Link
Order view.
Table 4.5 explains the items in the Link Order view.
Table 4.5 Link Order view—items
Item
Explanation
Synchronize Modification
Dates
To update the modification dates of the files stored in a project file, click the
checkmark icon.
Use the Synchronize Modification Dates command to update files modified
outside of the CodeWarrior IDE, perhaps by a third-party editor which
cannot notify the CodeWarrior IDE of the changes.
Synchronize Status
To update version-control status information, click the Pencil icon.
Targets View
The Targets view presents information about the build targets in a project. Use this
view to create, manage, or remove build targets. Different build targets can store
different IDE settings. For example, two build targets can handle the same project.
One build target handles debugging the software, while the other build target handles
building the software for final release.
Table 4.6 explains the items in the Targets view.
Table 4.6 Targets view—items
Item
Explanation
Targets
Displays all build targets and subprojects that the IDE processes to create
a binary file. These icons denote build-target status:
Link
IDE–50
•
active build target
•
inactive build target
•
active build target with RAD designs
•
inactive build target with RAD designs
Indicates the dependencies between build targets and subprojects.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Project Window
File, Group, Layout, and Target Management
File, Group, Layout, and Target
Management
Use these tasks to manage files, groups, layouts, and targets:
• Create an item.
• Delete an item.
• Move an item.
• Rename an item.
• Touch an item.
• Manage items.
• Set default items.
• Configure item settings.
Removing Files/Groups/Layouts/Targets
The Remove command deletes files, groups, layouts, and build targets from the
Project window. Removing files from the Files tab removes them from the project
itself and from all build targets that use the files. Removing a file from the Link
Order, Segments, or Overlays tab only removes the file from the current build target.
Removing files/groups/layouts/targets from a project
1. Click the Files, Designs, or Targets tab in the Project window.
2. Select the item to remove.
3. Remove the selected item from the project, as explained in Table 4.7.
Table 4.7 Removing a selected item from a project
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Select Edit
> Delete.
Macintosh
Select Edit
> Clear.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–51
Project Window
File, Group, Layout, and Target Management
Table 4.7 Removing a selected item from a project (continued)
On this host…
Do this…
Solaris
Select Edit
> Clear.
Linux
Select Edit
> Clear.
The IDE removes the selected item from the project. For deleted files, the IDE updates
all build targets that formerly used the file. For deleted build targets, the IDE deletes
build-target information and leaves files intact.
Removing files from a build target
1. Click the Link Order, Segments, or Overlays tab in the Project window.
2. Select the item to remove.
3. Remove the selected item from the active build target, as explained in Table 4.8.
Table 4.8 Removing a selected item from the active build target
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Select Edit
> Delete.
Macintosh
Select Edit
> Clear.
Solaris
Select Edit
> Clear.
Linux
Select Edit
> Clear.
The IDE removes the file from the build target, but leaves the file itself intact. The file
can be re-assigned to other build targets in the project.
Moving Files/Groups/Layouts/Targets
Reposition files, groups, layouts, or build targets within the Files, Design, Link
Order, or Targets views with the pointer.
1. Select one or more files, groups, layouts, or build targets to move with the
pointer.
IDE–52
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Project Window
File, Group, Layout, and Target Management
2. Drag the selected items to a new position in the current view, using the focus bar
as a guide.
3. Release the mouse button.
The IDE repositions the selected files, groups, layouts, or build targets to the new
location.
NOTE
In the Link Order view, repositioning files changes the link order
used by the Make command to build the final executable file.
Renaming Files/Groups/Targets
The Rename command renames files, groups, or build targets in the project.
Rename files
1. Open the file to rename.
2. Choose File > Save As.
3. Type a new filename in the Name text box.
4. Click Save.
The IDE saves the file under the new name. The new filename appears in the Project
window. Subsequent modifications affect the renamed file, leaving the original file
intact.
Rename one or more groups
1. Click the Files tab in the Project window.
2. Select the group(s) to rename.
3. Press the Enter key.
4. Type a new name into the Enter Group Name text box of the Rename Group
window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–53
Project Window
File, Group, Layout, and Target Management
5. Click OK.
The IDE renames the group. For selections of more than one group, the Rename
Group window appears for each group.
Rename build targets
1. Click the Targets tab in the Project window.
2. Choose Edit > targetname Settings.
3. Select Target Settings in the Target Settings Panels list.
4. Type a new name in the Target Name text box.
5. Click Save.
The Project window displays the new build-target name.
Touching Files and Groups
The Touch command manually selects source files or groups for compilation during
the next Bring Up To Date, Make, Run, or Debug operation. A red check mark in the
Touch column of the Project window indicates a touched file.
1. Click the Files tab in the Project window.
2. Touch a source file or group for compilation.
• Click the Touch column next to the file or group name.
OR
• Choose Touch from the Interface menu for the file or group.
A red check mark appears in the Touch column next to the file or group name.
Touch all project files for recompiling
1. Perform the task explained in Table 4.9 on page 55.
IDE–54
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Project Window
File, Group, Layout, and Target Management
Table 4.9 Touching all project files for recompiling
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Alt-click the Touch column.
Macintosh
Option-click the Touch column.
Solaris
Alt-click the Touch column.
Linux
Alt-click the Touch column.
2. Red check marks appear next to all files and groups.
Untouching Files and Groups
The Untouch command manually excludes source files or groups from compilation
during the next Bring Up To Date, Make, Run, or Debug operation.
1. Click the Files tab in the Project window.
2. Untouch a source file or group to remove it from the compilation list.
• Click the red check mark in the Touch column next to the file or group name.
OR
• Choose Untouch from the Interface menu for the file or group.
The red check mark disappears from the Touch column next to the file or group name.
Untouch all project files
1. Perform the task explained in Table 4.10.
Table 4.10 Untouching all project files
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Alt-click a red checkmark in the Touch column.
Macintosh
Option-click a red checkmark in the Touch column.
Solaris
Alt-click a red checkmark in the Touch column.
Linux
Alt-click a red checkmark in the Touch column.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–55
Project Window
Build-Target Management
2. The red checkmarks next to all files and groups disappear.
Build-Target Management
These tasks help you manage build targets:
• Create a build target.
• Remove a build target.
• Set the default build target.
• Rename a build target.
• Configure build-target settings.
Creating Build Targets
The Create Target command adds new build targets to a project.
1. Open the Project window.
2. Click the Targets tab in the Project window.
3. Choose Project > Create Target.
4. Type a name in the Name text box of the New Target window.
5. Select the Empty target or Clone Existing Target radio button as desired.
• Empty Target—create a new build target from scratch.
• Clone Existing Target—duplicate an existing build target in the New Target
window.
6. Click OK.
The IDE adds the new build target to the project.
Removing Build Targets from a Project
The Remove command deletes unneeded build targets from the Project window.
IDE–56
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Project Window
Build-Target Management
1. Click the Targets tab in the Project window.
2. Select the item to remove.
3. Remove the selected item from the active build target, as explained in Table 4.11.
Table 4.11 Removing the selected item from the active build target
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Select Edit
> Delete.
Macintosh
Select Edit
> Clear.
Solaris
Select Edit
> Clear.
Linux
Select Edit
> Clear.
The IDE removes the file from the build target, but leaves the file itself intact. The file
can be re-assigned to other build targets in the project.
Setting the Default Build Target
The CodeWarrior Project Manager can handle up to 255 build targets in a single
project. One build target must be defined as the default target when more than one
project is open. The default target is the target affected by project commands, such as
Make and Run.
The Project menu
1. Choose Project > Set Default Target > buildtarget.
2. A checkmark indicates the default target.
Using the Project window toolbar
1. Enable the Project window.
2. Choose the build-target name from the Current Target pop-up menu.
The build-target name appears in the pop-up menu.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–57
Project Window
Build-Target Management
The Targets view
1. Enable the Project window.
2. Click the Targets tab.
3. Click the desired build-target icon.
The icon changes to indicate that the build target is now the default.
Renaming Build Targets
The Rename command renames build targets in a project.
1. Click the Targets tab in the Project window.
2. Choose Edit > targetname Settings.
3. Select Target Settings in the Target Settings Panels list.
4. Type a new name in the Target Name text box.
5. Save the new name, as explained in Table 4.12.
Table 4.12 Saving a new name for a build target
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Click OK.
Macintosh
Click Save.
Solaris
Click Save.
Linux
Click Save.
The new build-target name appears in the Project window.
Configuring Build Target Settings
The Target Settings panel options determine:
IDE–58
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Project Window
Build-Target Management
• The compiler used to process the project and produce object code
• The linker used to combine object code and produce a binary file
• The pre-linker and post-linker options that further process the object code
• The name assigned to a build target
Follow these steps to configure build-target settings.
1. Choose Edit > targetname Settings.
2. Select Target Settings from the Target Setting Panels list.
3. Specify target options as desired.
4. Save the new options, as explained in Table 4.13.
Table 4.13 Saving the build-target settings
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Click OK.
Macintosh
Click Save.
Solaris
Click Save.
Linux
Click Save.
NOTE
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
The panels available in the Target Settings Panels list update to
reflect the choices in the Target Settings panel.
IDE–59
Project Window
Build-Target Management
IDE–60
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
5
Working with Files
This chapter explains how to work with files in the CodeWarrior™ IDE. Most
computer programs use these file types:
• Text files—files that contain any type of text. Example text files include Read Me
files and source files.
• Source files—files that contain source code only. Example source files include
C++ files and Java files.
Managing Files
These tasks manage files:
• Create a new file.
• Open an existing file.
• Save a file.
• Close a file.
• Print a file.
• Revert a file to a previously saved state.
Creating Text Files (Windows)
The New command opens a window from which you create new text files. You can
use new text files as source files in a project or as plain-text files.
1. Select File > New.
The New window appears.
2. Click the File tab in the New window.
3. Select Text File in the list.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–61
Working with Files
Managing Files
4. Type a filename into the File name text box.
5. Click Set to specify the location to save the new file.
6. Click OK.
The IDE creates the new text file and displays its contents in a new editor window.
TIP
Use the Customize IDE Commands window to add the New Text
File menu command to the File menu. Adding this menu command
reduces the process of creating a new text file to one step: select File
> New Text File. See “Customizing the IDE” on page 327 for more
information about using the Customize IDE Commands window.
Creating Text Files (Macintosh, Solaris, Linux)
The New Text File command creates new text files. You can use new text files as
source files in a project or as plain-text files.
Select File > New Text File to create a new text file. The IDE creates the new text file
and displays its contents in a new editor window.
Opening Source Files
The Open command opens one or more editable source files at a time. Each open file
appears in its own editor window.
NOTE
The CodeWarrior editor cannot open files that prohibit editing. For
example, the editor cannot open library files.
From the File menu
1. Choose File > Open.
2. Windows: Use the Files of type pop-up menu to select All Files.
IDE–62
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with Files
Managing Files
3. Select a file.
4. Click Open.
The IDE displays the file in an editor window.
From the Project window
1. Perform one of these:
• Double-click a filename in the Files tab of the Project window, or
• Select an interface filename from the Interface menu.
2. The IDE finds, opens, and displays the selected source file in an editor window.
From an editor window
1. Select an interface filename from the Interface menu.
2. The IDE selects, opens, and displays the source file in an editor window.
NOTE
The menu does not show files that lack source code or are not
yet compiled.
Using Find and Open Files
1. Select text in an editor window containing the name of an interface file.
2. Choose File > Find and Open File.
The IDE finds, opens, and displays in an editor window the source file matching
the text selection.
To open a recent file or project
1. Choose File > Open Recent > recentfilename | recentprojectname.
2. The IDE finds and opens the selected source file or project.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–63
Working with Files
Managing Files
Saving Files
Use the Save command to save source files to ensure their continued existence
between development sessions.
1. Choose File > Save.
NOTE
If the file has no title, a save dialog appears. Type a filename and
specify a location for the file, then click Save.
2. The IDE saves the file.
Saving All Modified Files
Use the Save All command to save the contents of all modified files. This command is
useful for saving all files at the same time, rather than saving each file individually.
1. Save all currently opened and modified files, as explained in Table 5.1.
Table 5.1 Saving all currently opened and modified files
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Select File >
Macintosh
While pressing Option, select File >
Solaris
While pressing Alt, select File >
Save All.
Linux
While pressing Alt, select File >
Save All.
Save All.
Save All.
2. The IDE saves the files.
IDE–64
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with Files
Managing Files
Saving File Copies
Use the Save a Copy As command to save a back-up copy of a project or file before
modifying the original. Working on a copy of the original file provides a way to return
to the original copy should modifications fail.
1. Choose File > Save A Copy As.
2. Type a new filename in the Name text box.
3. Click Save.
The IDE creates a copy of the file under the new name, leaving the original file
unchanged.
Closing Files
The Close command closes open source files when you finish working on them. Close
editor windows to close a file.
1. Select an editor window to close.
2. Close the file window.
• Choose File > Close, or
• Click the close box.
NOTE
The IDE displays an alert if the file is modified. The alert asks
whether to save changes to the file.
The IDE closes the file window.
Closing All Files
The Close All command closes all currently open files. This command is useful for
closing all files at the same time, rather than closing each file individually.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–65
Working with Files
Managing Files
1. Close all currently open files, as explained in Table 5.2.
Table 5.2 Closing all currently open files
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Select Window > Close All or
Window > Close All Editor Windows.
Macintosh
While pressing Option, select File >
Solaris
While pressing Alt, select File >
Close All.
Linux
While pressing Alt, select File >
Close All.
Close All.
2. The IDE closes the files.
Printing Source Files
The Print command prints the entire contents of a selected file window.
1. Activate the desired editor window to print.
2. Choose File > Print.
3. Set print options in the Print dialog.
4. Print the file, as explained in Table 5.3.
Table 5.3 Printing a source file
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Click OK.
Macintosh
Click Print.
Solaris
Click Print.
Linux
Click Print.
The IDE prints the selected file.
IDE–66
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with Files
Managing Files
NOTE
Use the same process to print the contents of a window, such as a
Project window.
Printing Source-File Selections
The Print command prints the currently selected contents in an editor window.
1. Activate the desired editor window to print.
2. Select the portion of text to print.
3. Choose File > Print.
4. Set print options in the Print dialog.
5. Print the file, as explained in Table 5.4.
Table 5.4 Printing a source-file selection
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Click OK.
Macintosh
Click Print.
Solaris
Click Print.
Linux
Click Print.
The IDE prints the selected text in the file.
Reverting Files
Use the Revert command to replace the current file with its previously saved version.
1. Choose File > Revert.
2. Click OK in the Revert changes to file dialog.
The IDE replaces the file with its previous version. The replaced file appears in the
editor window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–67
Working with Files
Managing Files
IDE–68
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
6
Dockable Windows
This chapter explains how to work with dockable windows in the Windows-hosted
CodeWarrior™ IDE. Use dockable windows to do these tasks:
• Organize—attach, or dock, various windows to the edges of the screen for quick
access.
• Group—dock windows of the same type to create a single window with multiple
tabs, where each tab represents one of the original docked windows.
NOTE
The dockable windows feature is available in Multiple Document
Interface (MDI) mode only. This feature is not available in Floating
Document Interface (FDI) mode. Toggle the Use Multiple
Document Interface option in the IDE Extras preference panel to
change between these two modes.
This chapter contains these sections:
• “About Dockable Windows” on page 69
• “Working with Dockable Windows” on page 71
• “Dock Bars” on page 76
About Dockable Windows
You can dock certain windows to the edges of the main frame window of the IDE.
Table 6.1 on page 70 explains possible states for dockable windows. Figure 6.1 on
page 70 shows the different window states.
In MDI mode, the IDE occupies a main window frame, or client area. IDE windows
normally appear within this client area as you work. These windows are called child
windows of the IDE’s client area.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–69
Dockable Windows
About Dockable Windows
Table 6.1 Window states
State
Docked
Characteristics
• Attached to the left, right, top, or bottom edge of the client area
• restricted to the client area
• resizable
• has a dock bar instead of a title bar
Floating
• Rests above all docked windows and MDI child windows
• movable outside the client area, like a floating palette
• has a thin title bar
• does not have Minimize or Maximize buttons
MDI Child
• Normal child window of the client area, when running in MDI mode
• restricted to the client area
Figure 6.1 Window states
Docked window
IDE–70
MDI child window
Floating window
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Dockable Windows
Working with Dockable Windows
Table 6.2 explains the difference between dockable windows and non-dockable
windows. In this table, the term non-modal refers to a window that does not require
your attention before allowing the IDE to proceed with other operations.
Table 6.2 Differences between dockable and non-dockable windows
Window Type
Required Criteria
Dockable
All of these:
Sample Windows
• Thread
• non-modal
• Project
• resizable
• Component Catalog
• maximizable
Non-dockable
Any of these:
• IDE Preferences
• modal
• Find
• non-resizable
• About Box
• non-maximizable
NOTE
The default setting for project windows is to dock to an edge of the
client area. You can undock these windows.
Compound windows that have more than one pane dock as a group.
You cannot separately dock individual panes from these windows.
For example, you can dock the Thread Window, but you cannot dock
the Stack Crawl pane separately from the Thread Window.
Working with Dockable Windows
You can dock windows in one of two ways:
• dragging a floating window to a docking position
• using a contextual menu to dock a window
You can resize docked windows and undock them to floating windows or MDI child
windows.
This section explains how to perform tasks with dockable windows.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–71
Dockable Windows
Working with Dockable Windows
Docking a Window By Using a Contextual Menu
Use a contextual menu to dock a floating window or MDI child window to one of the
four edges of the client area.
1. Right-click the window title bar.
A contextual menu appears.
2. Choose Docked from the contextual menu.
NOTE
The Docked command appears in the contextual menu for dockable
windows only.
The window docks to an edge of the client area. You can resize the docked window or
move it to a different edge of the client area.
Docking a Window By Using Drag and Drop
You can drag a docked window or a floating window to one of the four edges of the
client area to dock it.
1. Drag the window to one edge of the client area.
Drag a floating window by its title bar. Drag a docked window by its dock bar.
2. A window outline appears near the client-area edge, showing the final position
after you release the window.
Use the outline as a visual cue that the IDE will dock the window. If an outline
does not appear, you cannot dock the window.
3. Release the window to dock it to the edge.
The window appears in the position indicated by the window outline.
IDE–72
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Dockable Windows
Working with Dockable Windows
Docking Windows of the Same Kind
You can dock two or more windows of the same kind inside a single docked window.
In this arrangement, tabs inside the single docked window represent each of the
original docked windows. You can undock each tab individually from the single
docked window.
1. Dock the first of two or more windows of the same kind to an edge of the client
area.
2. Dock the second window to the same edge as the first window.
Use the window outline that appears as a visual cue that the IDE will dock the
second window to the same edge as the first window.
3. Dock subsequent windows to the same edge as the first window.
Each additional docked window appears as a tab inside the first docked window.
Click a tab to view its contents. The frontmost tab appears in bold font.
Figure 6.2Figure 6.2 shows two projects represented as tabs in a single docked
window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–73
Dockable Windows
Working with Dockable Windows
Figure 6.2 Two projects in a single docked window
Undocking a Window
Use a contextual menu to undock a window from an edge of the client area to a
floating window or MDI child window.
1. Right-click the tab inside the docked window that represents the window you
want to undock.
A contextual menu appears.
Figure 6.3 Contextual menu
IDE–74
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Dockable Windows
Working with Dockable Windows
2. Choose Floating or MDI Child from the contextual menu.
• Floating—undock the window so that it becomes a floating window
• MDI child—undock the window so that it becomes an MDI child window of the
client area
The window undocks and becomes the chosen window type.
Alternately, double-click the tab to undock the corresponding window to a floating
window.
Floating a Window
Use a contextual menu to float a docked window or MDI child window.
1. Right-click the tab in the docked window or the title bar of the MDI child
window.
A contextual menu appears.
2. Choose Floating from the contextual menu.
NOTE
The Floating command appears in the contextual menu for floatable
windows only.
The window becomes a floating window (that you can drag outside the client area).
Alternately, double-click the tab in a docked window to float its corresponding
window.
Unfloating a Window
Use a contextual menu to dock a floating window or make it an MDI child window.
1. Right-click the title bar of the floating window.
A contextual menu appears.
2. Choose Docked or MDI Child from the contextual menu.
• Docked—dock the floating window
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–75
Dockable Windows
Dock Bars
• MDI child—unfloat the window so that it becomes an MDI child window
The window unfloats and becomes the chosen window type.
Alternately, drag the floating window to an edge of the client area to dock it.
Making a Window an MDI Child
Use a contextual menu to make a docked window or floating window an MDI child
window.
1. Right-click the tab in the docked window or the title bar of the floating window.
A contextual menu appears.
2. Choose MDI Child from the contextual menu.
The docked window or floating window becomes an MDI child window.
Suppressing Dockable Windows
Suppress dockable windows to drag a window to any location onscreen without
docking it to an edge of the client area.
1. Hold down the Ctrl key while dragging or floating an MDI child window.
The thin window outline that normally indicates docked-window placement
becomes a heavy window outline. Use this heavy outline as a visual cue that the
IDE suppresses dockable windows.
2. Release the window at its final position.
The window appears in the position indicated by the heavy window outline.
3. Release the Ctrl key.
Dock Bars
A docked window has a dock bar instead of a title bar. Use the dock bar to perform
these tasks:
• move the docked window to a different edge of the client area
IDE–76
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Dockable Windows
Dock Bars
• collapse or expand view of the docked window
• close the docked window
Figure 6.4 shows a dock bar.
Figure 6.4 Dock Bar
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–77
Dockable Windows
Dock Bars
Collapsing a Docked Window
If two or more distinct docked windows occupy the same edge of the client area, you
can collapse one docked window to view more contents of the other docked windows.
1. Dock two or more windows to the same edge of the client area.
The windows’ contents must appear in separate docked windows, not as tabs in a
single docked window.
2. Click the collapse button
on the dock bar of the docked window that you
want to collapse.
3. The docked window collapses to hide its contents.
Expanding a Docked Window
If you previously collapsed a docked window, you can expand it and view its contents
once again.
1. Click the expand button on the dock bar:
2. The docked window expands to restore its original view.
Moving a Docked Window
Use the gripper in a docked window’s dock bar to move the docked window to a
different edge of the client area.
1. Drag the docked window by the gripper in its dock bar:
2. Release the docked window at its new position.
IDE–78
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Dockable Windows
Dock Bars
Closing a Docked Window
Close a docked window directly from its dock bar.
1. Click the close button on the dock bar:
2. The docked window closes.
Re-opening the window later restores its docked position.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–79
Dockable Windows
Dock Bars
IDE–80
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
7
Workspaces
This chapter explains how to work with workspaces in the CodeWarrior™ IDE. Use
workspaces to do these tasks:
• Organize—save the state of all windows onscreen for later reuse
• Migrate across computers—transfer your workspace from one computer to
another
This chapter contains these sections:
• “About Workspaces” on page 81
• “Using Workspaces” on page 81
About Workspaces
A workspace stores information about the current state of the IDE. This information
consists of the size, location, and the docked state (Windows) of IDE windows. If you
save a workspace during an active debugging session, the workspace also stores
information about the state of debugging windows.
The IDE can use a default workspace, or it can use a workspace that you create. The
IDE works with one workspace at a time. You can save and re-apply a workspace from
one IDE session to the next.
Using Workspaces
You use menu commands to perform these workspace tasks:
• save a new workspace
• open an existing workspace
• close the current workspace
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–81
Workspaces
Using Workspaces
Using the Default Workspace
Use the default workspace to preserve IDE state from one session to the next. The IDE
saves and restores the default workspace automatically.
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
The IDE Preferences window opens.
2. Select IDE Extras in the IDE Preference Panels list.
The IDE Extras preference panel appears.
3. Configure the Use default workspace option.
• Selected—the IDE saves its state at the time you quit, then restores that state the
next time you launch the IDE
• Cleared—the IDE always launches with the same default state: no windows
visible
Saving a Workspace
Save a workspace to store information about the current state of onscreen windows,
recent items, and debugging.
1. Arrange your workspace.
Move windows to your favorite positions and start or finish a debugging session.
2. Choose File > Save Workspace.
A Save dialog box appears.
3. Enter a name for the current workspace
NOTE
IDE–82
Add the extension .cww to the end of the workspace name, for
example, myworkspace.cww. This extension helps you readily
identify the workspace file. Furthermore, the Windows-hosted IDE
requires this extension to recognize the file as a
CodeWarrior workspace.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Workspaces
Using Workspaces
4. Save the workspace to a location on your hard disk.
The IDE now uses your saved workspace. In subsequent programming sessions, you
can open the workspace and apply its settings to the IDE.
Opening a Workspace
Open a workspace to apply its settings to the IDE.
1. Choose File > Open Workspace.
An Open dialog box appears.
2. Open the workspace.
Use this dialog box to navigate your hard disk and select a workspace file. These
files end in the .cww extension.
The IDE opens the selected workspace and applies its settings.
Saving a Copy of a Workspace
Save a copy of a current workspace to save an existing workspace under a different
name.
1. Open an existing workspace.
2. Choose File > Save Workspace As.
A Save As dialog box appears.
3. Enter a name for the copy of the current workspace
NOTE
Add the extension .cww to the end of the workspace name, for
example, myworkspace.cww. This extension helps you readily
identify the workspace file. Furthermore, the Windows-hosted IDE
requires this extension to recognize the file as a
CodeWarrior workspace.
4. Save the workspace to a location on your hard disk.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–83
Workspaces
Using Workspaces
The IDE saves a copy of the current workspace under the name you specified.
Closing a Workspace
Close the current workspace after you finish working with it.
1. Choose File > Close Workspace.
2. The IDE closes the current workspace.
NOTE
You cannot close the default workspace, however, the IDE Extras
preference panel contains an option that determines whether the IDE
uses the default workspace.
You can now open a different workspace or quit the IDE.
Opening a Recent Workspace
You can have the IDE display recently used workspaces in the Open Recent
submenu. The IDE Extras preference panel contains an option that determines
the number of recent workspaces that the IDE displays.
1. Choose File > Open Recent.
A submenu appears. This submenu lists recently used workspaces. A checkmark
appears next to the active workspace.
2. Choose a recent workspace from the Open Recent submenu.
The IDE applies the workspace that you select.
IDE–84
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
8
Creating Console
Applications
This chapter explains how to work with console applications in the CodeWarrior™
IDE. Console applications provide these benefits to novice programmers:
• Simplicity—console applications are computer programs that use a simple textmode interface. The simplicity of console-mode applications free novice
programmers to learn a programming language without having to learn graphical
user interface programming at the same time.
• Foundation—understanding console applications provides the basis for more
advanced computer programming. Advanced programmers readily understand
console applications.
Read this chapter to learn more about typical tasks for working with console
applications.
This chapter contains these sections:
• About Console Applications
• Creating Console Applications
About Console Applications
A console application is a simple, text-based computer program. Console applications
do not usually employ a graphical user interface (GUI). Instead, the applications rely
on plain-text input and output to complete tasks.
Console applications are ideal for novice programmers. The applications are easier to
program because they lack a GUI. If problems arise, the programmer can use textbased feedback together with the debugger to correct problems.
Figure 8.1 on page 86 shows output from a sample console application.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–85
Creating Console Applications
Creating Console Applications
Figure 8.1 Console application
Creating Console Applications
Create a console application to begin working with a text-based computer program.
The CodeWarrior IDE provides pre-configured project stationery for creating console
applications. Project stationery simplifies the project-creation process. This section
explains how to create a console application.
Creating a Console Application
Use the New command to create a new project. The project stores information about
the files in the console application.
1. Choose File > New.
The New window appears.
2. Click the Project tab.
3. Select a project stationery file.
For example, select Win32 C Stationery to create a C console application.
IDE–86
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Creating Console Applications
Creating Console Applications
4. Enter a project name in the Project name field and add the .mcp extension.
For example, name the project test.mcp.
5. Click Set.
Save the project in the desired location.
6. Click OK.
The New Project window appears.
7. Select a specific stationery file.
For example, expand Win32 Console App and select C Console App.
8. Click OK.
The IDE creates a console application from the selected stationery. The Project
window for the console application appears.
9. Expand the Sources group.
This group contains placeholder source files.
10. Remove placeholder source files.
For example, select main.c and choose Edit > Delete.
11. Create a new source file, as explained in Table 8.1.
Table 8.1 Creating a new source file
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Press Ctrl-N.
Macintosh
Press Command-N.
Solaris
Press Meta-N.
Linux
Press Ctrl-N.
12. Enter source code.
For example, enter this source code shown in Listing 8.1 on page 88.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–87
Creating Console Applications
Creating Console Applications
Listing 8.1 Sample source code
/* A minimal Win32 console application */
#include <stdio.h>
int main( void )
{
printf(“Hello World!”);
return 0;
}
13. Save the source file, as explained in Table 8.2.
Table 8.2 Saving the source file
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Press Ctrl-S.
Macintosh
Press Command-S.
Solaris
Press Meta-S.
Linux
Press Ctrl-S.
Enter a name for the source code. For example, enter Hello.c. Then click Save.
14. Choose Project > Add Hello.c to Project.
The Add Files window appears.
15. Add the file to all build targets in the project.
Select all checkboxes to add the file to all build targets, then click OK.
16. Drag the source file inside the Sources group.
17. Choose Project > Run.
The IDE compiles, links, then runs the console application.
IDE–88
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
III
Editor
This section contains these chapters:
• The CodeWarrior Editor
• Editing Source Code
• Navigating Source Code
• Finding and Replacing Text
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–89
IDE–90
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
9
The CodeWarrior Editor
This chapter explains how to work with the editor in the CodeWarrior™ IDE. Use the
editor to perform these tasks:
• Manage text files—the editor includes common word-processing features for
creating and editing text files. Sample text files include Read Me files and release
notes.
• Manage source files—the editor includes additional features for creating and
editing source files. The IDE processes source files to produce a program.
This chapter contains these sections:
• “Editor Window” on page 91
• “Editor Toolbar” on page 93
• “Other Editor Window Components” on page 97
Editor Window
Use the editor window to create and manage text files or source files. The window
contains these major parts:
• Editor toolbar
• Text-editing area
• Line and column indicator
• Pane splitter controls
Figure 9.1 on page 92 shows the editor window. Table 9.1 on page 92 explains the
items in the editor window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–91
The CodeWarrior Editor
Editor Window
Figure 9.1 Editor window
Table 9.1 Editor window—items
Item
Icon
Explanation
Interfaces Menu
Displays a list of referenced interface files or header
files for the source file.
Functions Menu
Displays a list of functions defined in the source file.
Markers Menu
Displays a list of markers defined in the file.
Document Settings Menu
Displays file-format options and a syntax-coloring
toggle.
IDE–92
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
The CodeWarrior Editor
Editor Toolbar
Table 9.1 Editor window—items (continued)
Item
Icon
Explanation
Version Control System
Menu
Displays a list of available Version Control System
(VCS) commands. Choose a command to apply to
the source file.
Path Caption
Displays the complete path to the file.
File Modification Icon
This icon indicates an unchanged file since the
last save.
This icon indicates a file with modifications not
yet saved.
Breakpoints Column
Displays breakpoints for the file.
Text Editing Area
Shows the text or source-code content of the file.
Line and Column
Indicator
Displays the current line and column number of the
text-insertion cursor
Pane Splitter Controls
Drag to split the window into panes.
Editor Toolbar
Use the editor toolbar to complete these tasks:
• Open interface and header files
• Find function definitions
• Set and clear markers
• Modify file formats
• Control syntax coloring
• Execute version-control operations
• Determine a file’s save state
This section explains how to expand and collapse the toolbar, and how to perform each
toolbar task.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–93
The CodeWarrior Editor
Editor Toolbar
Expanding and Collapsing the Editor Window Toolbar
To expand the editor window toolbar, click this icon in the right-hand top corner
of the editor window. Figure 9.2 on page 94Figure 9.2 shows an editor window
with an expanded toolbar.
Figure 9.2 Editor window toolbar (expanded)
To collapse the Editor Window Toolbar, click this icon in the right-hand top
corner of the Editor window. Figure 9.3 on page 95 shows an editor window
with a collapsed toolbar.
IDE–94
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
The CodeWarrior Editor
Editor Toolbar
Figure 9.3 Editor window toolbar (collapsed)
Interfaces Menu
The Interfaces menu lists the source files included in the current source file.
See “Finding Interface Files” on page 116 for information on navigating source code
with the Interfaces menu.
Functions Menu
The Functions menu lists the functions (routines) defined in the current file.
See “Locating Functions” on page 116 for information on navigating source code with
the Functions pop-up.
Markers Menu
The Marker menu in lists the markers placed in the current file. Use markers to scroll
to specific items in source code and find code segments by intuitive names.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–95
The CodeWarrior Editor
Editor Toolbar
See “Using Markers” on page 119 for information on navigating source code with
Markers.
Document Settings Menu
The Document Settings menu shows whether the IDE applies syntax coloring to the
window text, as well as the format in which the IDE saves the file.
Using the Document Settings Menu
Use the Document Settings pop-up in editor windows to toggle syntax coloring on or
off for the current file, and set the EOL (end-of-line) format for saving a text file.
The EOL formats are:
• Macintosh: <CR>
• DOS: <CR><LF>
• UNIX: <LF>
To toggle syntax coloring
• Choose Document Settings > Syntax Coloring.
The editor window updates to display the new syntax color setting.
To specify the EOL format for the file
• Choose the EOL format for the file.
The IDE applies the specified EOL format to the file the next time it gets saved.
Version Control System Menu
The version control system pop-up in editor windows lists options provided by a
version control system (VCS) compatible with the IDE. Use a VCS to manage
multiple versions of files. VCS packages are available separately for use with the IDE.
IDE–96
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
The CodeWarrior Editor
Other Editor Window Components
Using the Version Control System Menu
Use the Version Control System (VCS) pop-up in editor windows to access version
control commands related to the editor window’s file. If a version control system is not
enabled for a project, the only item on the VCS menu is “No Version Control
Available.”
• Choose VCS > VCScommand.
The IDE executes the VCS command.
Other Editor Window Components
Use other editor window components to perform these tasks:
• Determine the path to a file.
• Determine the modification status of a file.
• Set or clear breakpoints.
• Edit text or source code.
• Find the text-insertion point.
This section explains these additional editor window components.
Path Caption
The Path caption shows the path to the active file. The directory delimiters follow host
conventions. For example, slashes separate directories for a path on a Windows
computer.
File Modification Icon
The File Modification icon indicates the save status of the file:
• The
icon indicates an unchanged file since the last Save.
• The
icon indicates a file with modifications not yet saved.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–97
The CodeWarrior Editor
Other Editor Window Components
Breakpoints Column
The Breakpoints column shows breakpoints defined in the current file. Each marker in
the column indicates the line of source code at which the debugger suspends program
execution.
See “Using Breakpoints” on page 231 for information on using breakpoints.
Text Editing Area
The text editing area behaves the same way as it does in a word processor. Enter text
or source code, perform edits, and copy or paste selections.
See “Editing Source Code” on page 101 for information on using special editor
features.
Line and Column Indicator
The Line and Column indicator shows the current position of the text-insertion point.
Click the indicator to specify a line to scroll into view.
See “Going Back and Forward” on page 118 for information on navigating source
code with the Line and Column indicator.
Pane Splitter Controls
Use the pane splitter controls to perform these tasks:
• Add panes to editor windows.
• Adjust pane size.
• Remove panes from editor windows.
This section explains how to perform each task.
Adding Panes to an Editor Window
Use the Pane Splitter controls to add additional view panes in an editor window and
view two or more sections of a source file at the same time.
1. Click and drag a Pane Splitter control to add a view pane.
IDE–98
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
The CodeWarrior Editor
Other Editor Window Components
2. The IDE adds a new view pane to the editor window.
Resizing Panes in an Editor Window
Use the Pane Resize controls to resize the panes in an editor window.
1. Click and drag a vertical or horizontal Pane Resize control.
2. The IDE resizes the selected view pane.
Removing Panes from an Editor Window
Use the Pane Resize controls to remove additional view panes from an editor window.
1. Remove an editor window pane.
• Double-click the Pane Resize control to remove the pane.
OR
• Click and drag the Pane Resize control to the left or top edge of the editor
window.
2. The IDE removes the view pane from the editor window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–99
The CodeWarrior Editor
Other Editor Window Components
IDE–100
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
10
Editing Source Code
This chapter explains how to edit source code in the CodeWarrior™ IDE. The IDE
provides these features to help you edit source code:
• Select and indent text—the editor can select text by line, routine, or rectangular
selection. The editor also handles text indentation.
• Balance punctuation—the editor can find matching pairs of parentheses,
brackets, and braces. Most programming languages, such as C++, produce syntax
errors for punctuation that lacks a counterpart.
• Complete code—the IDE can suggest ways to complete the symbols you enter in
a source file
Read this chapter to learn more about editing source code.
This chapter contains these sections:
• “Text Manipulation” on page 101
• “Punctuation Balancing” on page 105
• “Code Completion” on page 107
Text Manipulation
Manipulate text files to manage their contents from the IDE. Use these tasks to
manipulate text files:
• Select text
• Overstrike text
• Use virtual space
• Indent text
This section explains how to perform each task.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–101
Editing Source Code
Text Manipulation
Selecting Text in Editor Windows
The editor lets you select text in several ways while you edit source files.
NOTE
Enable the Left margin click selects line option in the Editor
Settings preference panel to use the right-pointing arrow cursor.
Lines
Follow these steps to select a line of text:
• Triple-click anywhere on a line, or
• Click the right-pointing cursor in the left margin of the line.
These actions select the line of text.
Multiple lines
Follow these steps to select multiple lines of text:
• Drag the cursor over the contiguous range of text and release, or
• Position the cursor at the beginning of a selection range, then Shift-click the end
of the selection range to select all text between the two points, or
• Drag the right-pointing cursor to select lines of text.
These actions select the lines of text.
Rectangular text selections
Table 10.1 explains how to select rectangular portions of text.
Table 10.1 Selecting a rectangular portion of text
On this host...
Do this...
Windows
Alt-drag the cursor over the portion of text.
Macintosh
Command-drag the cursor over the portion of text.
IDE–102
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Editing Source Code
Text Manipulation
Table 10.1 Selecting a rectangular portion of text (continued)
On this host...
Do this...
Solaris
Alt-drag the cursor over the portion of text.
Linux
Alt-drag the cursor over the portion of text.
Entire routines
Follow these steps to select an entire routine:
1. Hold down the Shift key.
2. Choose a function name from the Function list menu.
This action selects the function.
Overstriking Text (Windows)
Use the Overstrike command to toggle between text insertion and text overwriting
mode when entering text.
1. Press the Ins key to toggle overstrike mode.
2. Overstrike mode toggles.
Using Virtual Space
Use the Virtual Space feature to place the cursor anywhere in the white space of a
line of source code and enter text at that position.
For example, consider the line of C++ code shown in Listing 10.1.
Listing 10.1 Sample C++ source code
void aFunction (const char * inMessage)
virtualspace
Toggling virtual space changes the cursor behavior:
• enabled—clicking in the virtualspace places the cursor at the location that you
clicked. You can enter text at that location.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–103
Editing Source Code
Text Manipulation
• disabled—clicking in the virtualspace places the cursor just after the last
character on the line (in the example, just after the closing parenthesis). To place
the cursor beyond this character, you must repeatedly press the space bar on your
keyboard.
To use virtual space, follow these steps:
1. Select Edit > Preferences.
The IDE Preferences window opens.
2. Select Editor Settings in the IDE Preference Panels list.
The Editor Settings preference panel appears.
3. Configure the Enable Virtual Space option:
• select to use virtual space
• clear to not use virtual space
4. Click Apply or Save to save your changes to the preference panel.
5. Close the IDE Preferences window.
Indenting and Unindenting Text Blocks
Use the Shift Left and Shift Right commands to shift a selected block of text to the
left or right. You can indent or unindent one or more lines using these commands. The
Tab Size option specifies the amount of indentation.
1. Select the text to be shifted.
2. Indent or unindent the selected text.
• To unindent text: Choose Edit > Shift-Left.
• To indent text: Choose Edit > Shift-Right.
The IDE shifts the text block.
IDE–104
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Editing Source Code
Punctuation Balancing
Symbol Editing Shortcuts
You can use the browser contextual menu to enhance source-code editing in the IDE.
Use this menu to streamline text entry in editor windows. You can enter the first few
letters of a function name, then use the browser contextual menu to complete the entry.
The IDE also provides these keyboard shortcuts with the browser enabled:
• Find symbols with prefix—find symbols matching the selected prefix
• Find symbols with substring—find symbols matching the selected substring
• Get next symbol—obtain the next symbol from the browser database
• Get previous symbol—obtain the previous symbol from the browser database
See the IDE Quick Reference card for more information about these keyboard
shortcuts.
Punctuation Balancing
Balance punctuation to ensure that each opening parenthesis, bracket, or brace has a
corresponding closing counterpart. This section explains how to balance punctuation.
Balancing Punctuation
Use the Balance option when editing source code to make sure that every parenthesis
(( )), bracket ([ ]), and brace ({ }) has a mate.
1. Position the cursor between the suspect punctuation.
2. Check for the matching punctuation.
• Choose Edit > Balance.
OR
• Double-click the parenthesis, bracket, or brace character to check for a matching
character.
From a text insertion point, the editor searches forward until it finds a parenthesis,
bracket, or brace, then it searches in the opposite direction until it finds the matching
punctuation. When double-clicking on a parenthesis, bracket, or brace, the editor
searches in the opposite direction until it finds the matching punctuation.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–105
Editing Source Code
Punctuation Balancing
When it finds a match, it highlights the text between the matching characters. If the
insertion point is not enclosed or if the punctuation is unbalanced, the computer beeps.
Toggling Automatic Punctuation Balancing
Use the Editor Settings to enable or disable the punctuation balancing feature.
Figure 10.1 Editor Settings (Balance While Typing)
To toggle automatic punctuation balancing, follow these steps:
1. From the Edit menu in the Main Toolbar, select Preferences.
This opens the IDE Preferences window.
2. In the IDE Preference Panels list, select Editor.
3. Choose Editor Settings.
IDE–106
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Editing Source Code
Code Completion
4. In the Other Settings area of Editor Settings, select or clear the Balance While
Typing checkbox.
Code Completion
Use code completion to have the IDE automatically suggest ways to complete the
symbols you enter in a source file. By using code completion, you avoid referring to
other files to remember available symbols.
Code Completion Configuration
You can activate, deactivate, and customize code-completion operation. Use these
tasks to configure code completion:
• Activate automatic code completion
• Trigger code completion from the IDE menu bar
• Trigger code completion from the keyboard
• Deactivate automatic code completion
Activating Automatic Code Completion
Activate automatic code completion to have the IDE display a Code Completion
window that helps you complete the symbols you enter in source code. The Code
Completion preference panel configures the Code Completion window behavior.
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
The IDE Preferences window appears.
2. Select the Code Completion preference panel in the IDE Preference Panels list.
The Code Completion preference panel appears.
3. Select the Automatic Invocation option.
Selecting this option configures the IDE to automatically open the Code
Completion window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–107
Editing Source Code
Code Completion
4. Enter a delay in the Code Completion Delay field.
This delay determines how long the IDE waits between the time you type a
trigger character and the time the Code Completion window appears. If you
perform any action during this delay time, the IDE cancels the Code Completion
operation.
5. Save your preferences.
Click the Save or Apply button.
6. Choose File > Close.
The IDE Preferences window closes.
The Code Completion window now appears automatically to help you complete code
in editor windows.
Triggering Code Completion from the IDE Menu Bar
Trigger code completion from the main IDE menu bar to open the Code Completion
window.
1. Bring forward an editor window.
2. Place the insertion point at the end of the source code that you want to complete.
3. Choose Edit > Complete Code.
The Code Completion window appears. Use it to complete the symbol at the
insertion point.
Triggering Code Completion from the Keyboard
Trigger code completion from the keyboard to bypass opening the Code Completion
window.
1. Bring forward an editor window.
2. Place the insertion point at the end of the source code to complete.
IDE–108
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Editing Source Code
Code Completion
3. Press the appropriate code-completion key binding.
Table 10.2 on page 109 lists the default code-completion key bindings for each
IDE host. Use the Customize IDE Commands window to change these key
bindings.
Table 10.2 Code Completion key bindings
Host
Get Next
Completion
Get Previous
Completion
Complete Code
Windows
Alt-/
Alt-Shift-/
Alt-.
Macintosh
Control-/
Control-Shift-/
Control-.
Deactivating Automatic Code Completion
Deactivate automatic code completion to prevent the IDE from displaying the Code
Completion window as you edit source code. The Code Completion preference panel
configures Code Completion window behavior.
You can still manually trigger code-completion functionality from the keyboard or
from the main IDE menu bar.
NOTE
To dismiss the Code Completion window after it automatically
opens, press the Esc key or click outside the active editor window.
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
The IDE Preferences window appears.
2. Select the Code Completion preference panel in the IDE Preference Panels list.
The Code Completion preference panel appears.
3. Clear the Automatic Invocation option.
Clearing this option prevents the IDE from automatically opening the Code
Completion window.
4. Save your preferences.
Click the Save or Apply button.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–109
Editing Source Code
Code Completion
5. Choose File > Close.
The IDE Preferences window closes.
The IDE now requires you to manually open the Code Completion window from the
keyboard or from the main menu bar.
Code Completion Window
The Code Completion window displays possible symbols based on the context of the
insertion point.
Figure 10.2 shows the Code Completion window. Table 10.3 on page 111 explains the
items in the Code Completion window. Table 10.4 on page 111 explains the icons that
appear in the Code Completion list.
Figure 10.2 Code Completion window
IDE–110
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Editing Source Code
Code Completion
Table 10.3 Code Completion window—items
Item
Icon
Explanation
Code Completion list
Lists available variables and methods or functions along
with their corresponding return types or parameters.
This list changes based on the context of the insertion
point in the active editor window. Icons help distinguish
items in the list.
Disclosure Triangle
Click to toggle display of the Documentation pane for
those programming languages that support it.
Resize Bar
Drag to resize the Code Completion list and the
Documentation pane.
Documentation pane
Displays summary information or documentation for the
selected item in the Code Completion list. This pane
appears only for programming languages that support
summary information or documentation.
Table 10.4 Code Completion window—icons
Icon
Code Type
Icon
Code Type
Class
Method
Function
Namespace
Global Variable
None
Language Keyword
Package
Local Variable
Variable
Navigating the Code Completion Window
Navigate the Code Completion window by mouse or keyboard. You can perform these
tasks:
• Resize the window
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–111
Editing Source Code
Code Completion
• Navigate the window by keyboard
• Refine the Code Completion list by keyboard
1. Bring forward an editor window.
2. Place the insertion point at the end of the source code to complete.
3. Choose Edit > Complete Code.
The Code Completion window appears.
4. Use the mouse to resize the Code Completion window.
The new window size remains in effect until you refine the Code Completion list or
close the Code Completion window. You refine the Code Completion list by typing
additional characters in the active editor window.
5. Use the keyboard to navigate the Code Completion list.
Table 10.5 explains how to navigate the Code Completion list by keyboard.
Table 10.5 Navigating the Code Completion list by keyboard
Key
Action
Up Arrow
Select the previous item
Down Arrow
Select the next item
Page Up
Scroll to the previous page
Page Down
Scroll to the next page
6. Use the keyboard to refine the Code Completion list.
The Code Completion list updates as you add or delete characters in the active editor
window. Continue adding characters to narrow the list, or delete existing characters to
broaden the list. Press the Backspace key to delete characters.
Selecting an Item in the Code Completion Window
Select an item in the Code Completion window to have the IDE enter that item in the
active editor window at the insertion point.
IDE–112
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Editing Source Code
Code Completion
1. Bring forward an editor window.
2. Place the insertion point at the end of the source code to complete.
3. Choose Edit > Complete Code.
The Code Completion window appears. The Code Completion list in this window
shows possible symbol matches for the text in the active editor window.
4. Select an item in the Code Completion list.
Use the mouse or the keyboard to navigate the Code Completion list and select an
item.
5. Enter the item into the active editor window.
Press the Return or Enter keys on the keyboard or double-click the item to have
the IDE insert that item into the editor window.
Completing Code for Data Members
Complete code for data members for those programming languages that support it. For
example, in the Java programming language you can complete code for data members
through the . character.
1. Bring forward an editor window.
2. Place the insertion point at the end of the class to complete.
3. Type a data-member trigger character.
The character depends on the programming language you use. In the Java
programming language, for example, type a period.
4. The Code Completion window appears.
Use this window to complete the data member for the class.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–113
Editing Source Code
Code Completion
Completing Code for Parameter Lists
Complete code for parameter lists for those programming languages that support it.
For example, in the Java programming language you can complete code for parameter
lists through the ( character.
1. Bring forward an editor window.
2. Place the insertion point at the end of the function or method to complete.
3. Type a parameter-list trigger character.
The character depends on the programming language you use.In the Java
programming language, for example, type an open parenthesis.
4. The Code Completion window appears.
The upper portion of this window lists different (overloaded) versions of the
function or method. The lower portion shows possible parameter lists for the
selected function or method in the top portion. Use this window to complete the
parameter list for the function or method.
IDE–114
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
11
Navigating Source Code
This chapter explains how to navigate source code in the CodeWarrior™ IDE.
Navigate source code to accomplish these tasks:
• Find specific items—the editor finds interface files, functions, and lines of source
code.
• Go to a specific line—the editor can scroll to a specific line of source code.
• Use markers—the editor allows labelling of specific items of text. These labels,
or markers, provide intuitive navigation of text.
Read this chapter to learn more about typical tasks for navigating source code.
This chapter contains these sections:
• “Finding Interface Files, Functions, and Lines” on page 115
• “Going Back and Forward” on page 118
• “Using Markers” on page 119
• “Symbol Definitions” on page 121
• “Reference Templates (Macintosh)” on page 123
Finding Interface Files, Functions, and
Lines
Find interface files, functions, and lines of source code to expedite programming. You
can find these types of items:
• interface files
• functions
• lines of source code
This section explains how to perform each task.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–115
Navigating Source Code
Finding Interface Files, Functions, and Lines
Finding Interface Files
Find interface (header) files to view files referenced by the current source code. Some
programming languages, such as C++, use interface files in conjunction with source
code. Interface files typically define functions or objects used in the source code.
Interface files also separate function or object declarations from implementations. This
section explains how to find interface files.
Using the Interface Menu
Use the Interface menu in editor windows to open interface or header files referenced
by the current file. The project file must be open for the Interface menu to operate.
1. Click the Interface menu.
2. Select the filename of the interface file that you want to open.
If found, the file is opened in an editor window. If not found, an alert sounds.
NOTE
Only source code interface files can be opened. Libraries and precompiled header files can not be opened.
Locating Functions
Find functions to expedite source-code editing. Most source files contain several
functions that divide a complicated task into a series of simpler tasks. The editor
allows scrolling to individual functions within the current source file. This section
explains how to find functions.
Using the Functions Menu
Use the Functions menu in editor windows to quickly navigate to specific functions or
routines in the current source file.
1. Click the Functions menu.
2. Select the routine name to view.
IDE–116
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Navigating Source Code
Finding Interface Files, Functions, and Lines
The editor scrolls to display the selected routine.
Alphabetizing Functions Menu with the Mouse and Keyboard
The default behavior of the Functions menu is to list functions in order of appearance
in the source file. You can use the mouse and keyboard to list functions in alphabetical
order.
Table 11.1 Alphabetizing the Functions listexplains how to use the mouse and
keyboard to alphabetize functions in the Functions menu.
Table 11.1 Alphabetizing the Functions list
On this host...
Do this...
Windows
Ctrl-click the Functions menu.
Macintosh
Option-click the Functions menu.
Solaris
Alt-click the Functions menu.
Linux
Alt-click the Functions menu.
Alphabetizing Functions Menu Order
The default behavior of the Functions menu is to list functions in order of appearance
in the source file. You can select the Sort function popup option in the Editor
Settings preference panel to list functions in alphabetical order.
1. Open the IDE Preferences window.
Choose Edit > IDE Preferences.
2. Select the Editor Settings preference panel.
3. Select the Sort function popup option.
4. Save your modifications to the Editor Settings panel, as explained in Table 11.2
on page 118.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–117
Navigating Source Code
Going Back and Forward
Table 11.2 Saving changes to the IDE Preferences window
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Click Apply, then OK.
Macintosh
Click Save, then close the IDE Preferences window.
Solaris
Click Save, then close the IDE Preferences window.
Linux
Click Save, then close the IDE Preferences window.
Going Back and Forward
Go back and forward in source files to edit existing code. Most source files contain
more than one screen of code. The editor always counts the number of lines in the
source files. Go to a particular line to scroll a particular item into view.
Going to a Particular Line
Use the Goto Line command to navigate to a specific source line in an editor window
if you know its number. Lines are numbered consecutively, with the first line
designated as line 1. The Line Number control at the bottom of the editor window
shows the number of the line where the text insertion point is positioned.
1. Open the Line Number window.
• Click the Line and Column Indicator control.
OR
• Choose Search > Go To Line.
2. Type a line number in the Line Number text box.
3. Click OK.
NOTE
IDE–118
If a line number does not exist, the insertion point jumps to the last
line of the source file.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Navigating Source Code
Using Markers
Using Markers
Markers behave like labels in the editor, identifying specific parts of source code. Use
these tasks to work with markers:
• Add markers to a source file
• Navigate to a marker
• Remove some or all markers from a source file
Remove Markers Window
Use the Remove Markers window to manage the use of destination markers in source
files. Figure 11.1 shows the Remove Markers window. Table 11.3 explains the items
in the window.
Figure 11.1 Remove Marker window
Table 11.3 Remove Markers window—items
Item
Explanation
Markers list
Displays a list of all markers in the current source file.
Remove button
Click to remove all selected markers.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–119
Navigating Source Code
Using Markers
Table 11.3 Remove Markers window—items (continued)
Item
Explanation
Cancel button
Click to close the Remove Markers window without applying changes.
Done button
Click to close the Remove Markers window and apply changes.
Adding Markers to a Source File
Use the Add Marker command to add a marker to a file to identify specific line
locations by name.
1. Position the cursor on a line.
2. Choose Marker > Add Marker.
3. Type a name for the new marker.
4. Click Add.
The IDE adds the marker to the file.
Navigating to a Marker
Once you add a marker, you can use the Marker menu to return to it later.
1. Select the marker name from the Marker menu.
2. The editor window scrolls to display the selected marker.
Removing a Marker from a Source File
Use the Remove Marker command to remove one or more markers from a source
file.
1. Choose Marker > Remove Markers.
2. Select the marker name to remove from the list.
IDE–120
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Navigating Source Code
Symbol Definitions
3. Click Remove.
The IDE removes the selected marker.
Removing All Markers from a Source File
Use the Remove Marker command to remove one or more markers from a source
file.
1. Choose Marker > Remove Markers.
2. Select all markers in the Markers list, as explained in Table 11.4.
Table 11.4 Selecting all markers in the Markers list
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Shift-click each marker name in the list.
Macintosh
Select Edit
> Select All.
Solaris
Select Edit
> Select All.
Linux
Select Edit
> Select All.
3. Click Remove.
The IDE removes all markers.
Symbol Definitions
You can find a symbol definition in your project’s source code. For the Mac OS, you
can also look up a symbol definition using the online documentation viewer in the
IDE Extras selection in the IDE Preferences panel.
Supported online reference viewers include HTMLHelp (Windows) and QuickHelp
(Mac OS), as well as older online help systems such as QuickView (Mac OS) and
THINK Reference (Mac OS).
TIP
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
You can also use the browser to look up symbol definitions.
IDE–121
Navigating Source Code
Symbol Definitions
Figure 11.2 Find Definition
Looking Up Symbol Definitions
To look up the definition of a selected symbol, follow these steps:
1. From the Search menu in the Main Toolbar, choose Find Definition.
2. Enter the symbol definition.
3. Click OK.
CodeWarrior searches all of the files in your project for the symbol definition.
If CodeWarrior finds a definition, it opens an editor window and highlights the
definition for you to examine.
TIP
To return to your original location after viewing a symbol definition,
press Shift-Ctrl B (Windows) or Shift-Command B (Mac OS). This
key binding is equivalent to the Go Back menu command.
Mac OS, Solaris, and Linux You can also use the Find Reference and Find
Definition & Reference commands to look up symbol definitions. After you select a
symbol and choose the Find Reference command, CodeWarrior searches the online
documentation for the symbol definition. After you select a symbol and choose the
Find Definition & Reference command, the IDE searches both the project files and the
online documentation for the symbol definition. If CodeWarrior does not find a
definition or reference, it notifies you with a beep.
IDE–122
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Navigating Source Code
Reference Templates (Macintosh)
Reference Templates (Macintosh)
If you look up a routine (such as an operating system call) in the QuickView or
THINK Reference online viewers, you can paste the template for the call into the
active editor window at the text-insertion point. If you know the name of the call that
you want to add to your source code, but are not familiar with the call parameters, this
technique is useful.
Listing 11.1 shows a sample routine template.
Listing 11.1 Sample routine template
SetRect (r,
left,
top,
right,
bottom);
Inserting a Reference Template
To insert a reference template into your code, follow these steps:
1. From the online viewer window, type the routine name that you want to insert.
2. Select the name you just typed.
3. Choose Insert Reference Template from the Edit menu.
The IDE searches for the routine in either QuickView (Mac OS) or THINK
Reference (Mac OS), starting the required application if it is not already running.
If the IDE finds the routine, the IDE copies the template to the active editor
window and replaces the text you selected with the template.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–123
Navigating Source Code
Reference Templates (Macintosh)
IDE–124
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
12
Finding and Replacing Text
This chapter explains how to work with the find-and-replace features in the
CodeWarrior™ IDE. Use these features to perform these tasks:
• Find text—the IDE provides several ways to find text in a single file or in a
collection of files.
• Replace text—the IDE substitutes found text with replacement text. Replace one
or more occurrences of found text.
This chapter contains these sections:
• “About Find and Replace” on page 125
• “Single-File Find” on page 126
• “Single-File Find and Replace” on page 127
• “Multiple-File Find and Replace” on page 129
• “Search Results Window” on page 136
• “Text-Selection Find” on page 137
• “Regular-Expression Find” on page 140
About Find and Replace
The IDE provides find-and-replace operations that streamline repetitive text
modifications and enhance common word-processing features:
• Search multiple files—change recurring text within more than one file. For
example, use this feature to change a function name throughout the files that
comprise a project.
• Search specific files—perhaps a required change only affects certain files in the
project. Create a file set that contains these files. The IDE improves efficiency by
searching only the specified files in the file set.
The IDE provides different windows for find operations, replace operations, and findand-replace operations.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–125
Finding and Replacing Text
Single-File Find
Single-File Find
Use the Find window to search for text within a single file:
• The Find operation returns a single instance of matching text.
• The Find All operation returns all instances of matching text.
Figure 12.1 shows the Find window. Table 12.1 explains the items in the
Find window.
Figure 12.1 Find window
Table 12.1 Find window—items
Item
Explanation
Find text box
Enter the search string.
Find list box
Select a previously searched string to insert into the Find text box.
Find
Click to start a search operation using the string in the Find text box.
Find All
Click to search for all matches in the active
editor window.
Cancel
Click to close the Find window without performing a search.
Match whole word
Select to search for whole-word matches only, ignoring matches within
words.
Case sensitive
Select to search for matches of the search string according to text case.
Regular expression
Select to interpret find and replace strings as
regular expressions.
Search selection only
Select to search only the currently selected text and not the entire file.
IDE–126
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Finding and Replacing Text
Single-File Find and Replace
Table 12.1 Find window—items (continued)
Item
Explanation
Stop at end of file
Select to stop a search at the end of a file and not wrap around to the
beginning of the file.
Up
Click to perform a search operation back from the current selection point.
Down
Click to perform a search operation forward of the current selection point.
Searching Text in a Single File
Use the Find command to search text in the active editor window.
1. Choose Search > Find.
NOTE
(Mac OS, Solaris, and Linux) Use the Customize IDE Commands
window to activate the Find menu command.
2. Type search text into Find text box.
3. Set search options.
4. Start the Find or Find All operation.
• Click Find to find a single match.
• Click Find All to find all matches.
The IDE searches the current file and displays matching text or beeps if no matching
text occurs.
Single-File Find and Replace
Use the single-file Find and Replace window to perform these tasks:
• Search a single file.
• Replace found text in a single file.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–127
Finding and Replacing Text
Single-File Find and Replace
Figure 12.2 Find and Replace window
Table 12.2 Find and Replace window—items
Item
Explanation
Find text box
Enter the search string.
Find list box
Select a previously searched string to insert into the Find text box.
Find
Click to start a search operation using the string in the Find text box.
Replace with text box
Enter the replacement string.
Replace with list box
Select a previously used replacement string to insert into the Replace text
box.
Replace
Click to replace the current editor window selection with the replacement
string.
Match whole word
Select to search for whole-word matches only, ignoring matches within
words.
Cancel
Click to close the Find and Replace window without performing a search.
Case sensitive
Select to search for matches of the search string according to text case.
Regular expression
Select to interpret find and replace strings as
regular expressions.
Search selection only
Select to search only the currently selected text and not the entire file.
Stop at end of file
Select to stop a search at the end of a file and not wrap around to the
beginning of the file.
Up
Click to perform a search operation back from the current selection point.
Down
Click to perform a search operation forward of the current selection point.
IDE–128
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Finding and Replacing Text
Multiple-File Find and Replace
Replacing Text in a Single File
Use the Replace command to search text in source files and replace matching text on a
case-by-case basis.
1. Open the Find and Replace window, as explained in Table 12.3.
Table 12.3 Opening the Find and Replace window
On this host…
Do this…
Window
Select Search
> Replace.
Macintosh
Select Search
> Find and Replace.
Solaris
Select Search
> Find and Replace.
Linux
Select Search
> Find and Replace.
2. Type search text into the Find text box.
3. Type replacement text into the Replace with text box.
4. Set replacement options.
5. Start the Replace or Replace All operation.
• Click Replace to replace a single match.
• Click Replace All to replace all matches.
The IDE searches the current file and replaces matching text or beeps if no matching
text occurs.
Multiple-File Find and Replace
Use the multiple-file Find in Files window to perform these tasks:
• Search several files.
• Replace found text in multiple files.
• Replace found text in files within a specific build target.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–129
Finding and Replacing Text
Multiple-File Find and Replace
Figure 12.3 shows the Find in Files window. Table 12.4 explains the items in the
window.
Figure 12.3 Find in Files window
Table 12.4 Find in Files window—items
Item
Explanation
Find text box
Enter the search string.
Find list box
Select a previously searched string to insert into the Find text box.
Find
Click to start a search operation using the string in the Find text box.
Find All
Click to search for all matches to the find string.
Replace with text box
Enter the replacement string.
Replace with list box
Select a previously used replacement string to insert into the Replace
text box.
Replace
Click to replace the current editor window selection with the
replacement string.
Replace All
Click to replace all matches in the file with the replacement string.
IDE–130
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Finding and Replacing Text
Multiple-File Find and Replace
Table 12.4 Find in Files window—items (continued)
Item
Explanation
Match whole word
Select to search for whole-word matches only, ignoring matches
within words.
Case sensitive
Select to search for matches of the search string according to text case.
Regular expression
Select to interpret find and replace strings as
regular expressions.
In Folders
Click to search specific folders in the host computer’s file system.
In Projects
Click to search active projects and build targets.
In Symbolics
Click to search files containing symbolics (debugging and browsing)
information generated by the IDE.
In Files
Click to search files contained in custom file sets.
Searching Text Across Multiple Folders
Use the In Folders tab to search text within folders on the host computer.
1. Choose Search > Find in Files.
2. Type search text into the Find text box.
3. Set general search options.
4. Click the In Folders tab.
5. Select the folder to search.
• Enter in the Search in field the path to the folder to search.
• Choose a recently searched folder from the Search in list box.
• Click Choose to navigate the computer’s file system and select the folder to
search.
6. If desired, select Search sub-folders to search all folders inside the selected
folder.
7. Select file types to search, as explained in Table 12.5. Separate items in the filetype list with commas.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–131
Finding and Replacing Text
Multiple-File Find and Replace
Table 12.5 Selecting file types to search
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Edit the By type list.
Macintosh
Edit the Ends with list.
Solaris
Edit the Ends with list.
Linux
Edit the Ends with list.
8. Start the Find or Find All operation.
• Click Find to find a single match.
• Click Find All to find all matches.
The IDE searches the specified folders and displays matching text or beeps if no
matching text occurs.
Searching Text Across Multiple Projects
Use the In Projects tab to search text within active projects.
1. Choose Search > Find in Files.
2. Type search text into the Find text box.
3. Set general search options.
4. Click the In Projects tab.
5. Choose the projects to search from the Project list box.
• Choose All Open Projects to search all active projects.
• Choose by name a specific project to search.
6. Choose the build targets to search from the Target list box.
• Choose All Targets to search all build targets in the selected projects.
• Choose Default Targets (available after choosing All Open Projects) to search
the default build target of each project.
IDE–132
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Finding and Replacing Text
Multiple-File Find and Replace
• Choose by name a specific build target (available after choosing a specific
project) to search.
7. Set additional search options for the selected projects and build targets.
• Select Project sources to search all source files.
• Select Project headers to search all header files.
• Select System headers to search all system header files.
• Select Search cached sub-targets to search targets in the selected build targets
stored for frequent use by the IDE.
NOTE
Choose Project > Make to update the project data to correctly list
source files, header files, and sub-targets.
8. Edit the file list at the bottom of the In Projects tab as desired. The list reflects
the previously selected search options.
TIP
Select, remove, and open files directly from the file list.
9. Start the Find or Find All operation.
• Click Find to find a single match.
• Click Find All to find all matches.
The IDE searches the specified projects and displays matching text or beeps if no
matching text occurs.
Searching Text Across Multiple Symbolics Files
Use the In Symbolics tab to search text within project files that contain symbolics
information. To generate symbolics information for most files:
• Activate the browser for the project and choose Project > Make.
• Choose Project > Debug to debug the project.
NOTE
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
The IDE does not generate symbolics information for some files,
such as libraries.
IDE–133
Finding and Replacing Text
Multiple-File Find and Replace
1. Choose Search > Find in Files.
2. Type search text into the Find text box.
3. Set general search options.
4. Click the In Symbolics tab.
5. Choose the symbolics to search from the Symbolics list box.
• Choose All Symbolics to search all symbolics files in the project.
• Choose by name a specific symbolics file to search.
NOTE
Choose Project > Make to update the project data to correctly list
symbolics files.
6. Edit the file list at the bottom of the In Symbolics tab as desired. The list reflects
the previously selected search options.
TIP
Select, remove, and open files directly from the symbolics file list.
7. Start the Find or Find All operation.
• Click Find to find a single match.
• Click Find All to find all matches.
The IDE searches the specified symbolics files and displays matching text or beeps if
no matching text occurs.
Searching Text Across Multiple Files
Use the In Files tab to search text in a file set. A file set lists specific files to search.
1. Choose Search > Find in Files.
2. Type search text into the Find text box.
3. Set general search options.
IDE–134
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Finding and Replacing Text
Multiple-File Find and Replace
4. Click the In Files tab.
5. Select a file set from the File Set options. The list at the bottom of the In Files tab
shows the files to search.
• Choose Open Editor Files to search currently open editor files.
• Choose New File Set to create a set of files to search.
6. Edit the file list at the bottom of the In Files tab as desired.
• Click Add Files to navigate the computer’s file system and select a file to add to
the current list.
• Click Clear List to remove all items from the current list.
• Click Save This Set to save the list as a new file set.
• Click Remove a Set to remove an existing file set.
TIP
Select, remove, and open files directly from the file list. Also drag
and drop files or folders to the list to modify it.
7. Start the Find or Find All operation.
• Click Find to find a single match.
• Click Find All to find all matches.
The IDE searches the specified files and displays matching text or beeps if no
matching text occurs.
Replacing Text Across Multiple Items
Use the Replace and Replace All commands to search text and replace matching text.
1. Choose Search > Find in Files.
2. Type search text into the Find text box.
3. Type replacement text into the Replace text box.
4. Set general search options.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–135
Finding and Replacing Text
Search Results Window
5. Set additional search options in the In Folders, In Projects, In Symbolics, or In
Files tabs.
6. Start the Replace or Replace All operation.
• Click Replace to replace a single match.
• Click Replace All to replace all matches.
The IDE searches the specified items and replaces matching text or beeps if no
matching text occurs.
Search Results Window
Use the Search Results window to explore matches found by the IDE during
multiple-file search operations. Also use the window to stop searches in progress.
Figure 12.4 shows the Search Results window. Table 12.6 on page 137 explains the
items in the window.
Figure 12.4 Search Results window
IDE–136
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Finding and Replacing Text
Text-Selection Find
Table 12.6 Search Results window—items
Item
Icon
Explanation
Messages caption
Shows the total number of
search results.
Search Information
caption
Shows the search criteria.
Warnings button
Click to display complier and linker warnings in the
Results pane.
Stop button
Click to stop the search in progress.
Previous Message
button
Click to select the previous search result.
Next Message button
Click to select the next search result.
Results pane
Lists individual search results.
Source Code
disclosure triangle
Click to show or hide the Source Code pane.
Pane resize bar
Drag to resize the Results and Source Code panes.
Source Code pane
Shows the source code corresponding to the selected
item in the Results pane.
Text-Selection Find
Search for text without having to use the Find, Find and Replace, or Find in Files
windows. The IDE assumes that the most recent criteria defined in these windows also
applies to the current search. Select text in the active editor window to define the
search string.
Using the Find Previous Command
When searching for text, you can use the Find Previous command to have the IDE
find a previous match.
Follow these steps to use the Find Previous command:
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–137
Finding and Replacing Text
Text-Selection Find
1. Select Edit > Commands & Key Bindings.
The Customize IDE Commands window opens.
2. Click the Commands tab in the Customize IDE Commands window.
The window shows a customizable list of IDE commands.
3. Expand the Search item in the Commands list (the left-hand pane).
4. Select the Find Previous item in the expanded list.
If necessary, scroll in order to see the Find Previous item.
5. Information about the Find Previous item appears in the right-hand pane.
6. Select the Appears in Menus checkbox in the right-hand pane.
The Find Previous command will appear in the Search menu in the main IDE
menu bar.
7. Click Save to confirm your changes.
8. Close the Customize IDE Commands window.
You can now select the Find Previous command in the Search menu. You can
also use the key binding associated with Find Previous.
Searching with a Text Selection
Use the Find Selection command to search the active editor window for selected text.
1. Select the text to use as the search string.
2. Choose Search > Find Selection.
3. If desired, find preceding or succeeding matches.
• Choose Search > Find Previous to find a preceding match.
• Choose Search > Find Next to find a subsequent match.
The IDE searches the active editor window and scrolls to matching text or beeps if no
matching text occurs.
IDE–138
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Finding and Replacing Text
Text-Selection Find
NOTE
(Macintosh) Hold down the Shift key in order to select
Search > Find Previous.
On the Windows-hosted IDE, use the Customize IDE Commands window to activate
the Find Previous menu command. For more information, see the task Using the
Find Previous Command.
Searching with a Text Selection Across Multiple Windows
Use the Enter Find String command to change the current search string, then search
through multiple editor windows.
1. Select the text to use as the search string.
2. Choose Search > Enter Find String.
The selected text replaces the search string defined in the Find, Find and
Replace, and Find in Files windows.
3. Bring forward the editor window to search.
4. Choose Search > Find Selection.
5. If desired, find preceding or succeeding matches.
• Choose Search > Find Previous to find a preceding match.
• Choose Search > Find Next to find a subsequent match.
The IDE searches the active editor window and scrolls to matching text or beeps if no
matching text occurs.
NOTE
(Macintosh) Hold down the Shift key in order to select
Search > Find Previous.
On the Windows-hosted IDE, use the Customize IDE Commands window to activate
the Find Previous menu command. For more information, see the task Using the
Find Previous Command.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–139
Finding and Replacing Text
Regular-Expression Find
Regular-Expression Find
Use regular expressions to search text according to sophisticated text-matching rules.
A regular expression is a text string used as a mask for matching text in a file. To use
regular expressions, select Regular expression in the Find, Find and Replace, or
Find in Files windows. Certain characters become operators with special meanings in
a regular expression.
TIP
For an in-depth description of regular expressions, refer to the World
Wide Web for information on regexp(3) by Henry Spencer, and
Mastering Regular Expressions by Jeffrey E.F. Friedl, published by
O’Reilly & Associates, Inc.
Table 12.7 explains the regular-expression operators that the IDE recognizes.
Table 12.7 Regular-expression operators recognized by the IDE
Operator
Name
Explanation
.
match any
Matches any single printing or non-printing character except
newline and null.
*
match zero
or more
Replaces the smallest/preceding regular expression with a
sub-expression.
+
match one
or more
Repeats the preceding regular expression at least once and then as
many times as necessary to match the pattern.
?
match zero
or one
Repeats the preceding regular expression once or not at all.
\n
back reference
Refers to a specified group (a unit expression enclosed in
parentheses) in the find string. The digit n identifies the nth group,
from left to right, with a number from 1 to 9.
|
alternation
Matches one of a choice of regular expressions. If this operator
appears between two regular expressions, the IDE matches the
largest union of strings.
^
match beginning
of line
Matches items from the beginning of a string or following a
newline character. This operator also represents a list operator
when enclosed within brackets.
$
match end of line
Matches items from the end of a string or preceding a newline
character.
IDE–140
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Finding and Replacing Text
Regular-Expression Find
Table 12.7 Regular-expression operators recognized by the IDE (continued)
Operator
Name
Explanation
[...]
list
Defines a set of items to use as a match. The IDE does not allow
empty lists.
(...)
group
Defines an expression to be treated as a single unit elsewhere in the
regular expression.
-
range
Specifies a range. The range starts with the character preceding the
operator and ends with the character following the operator.
Matching Any Character
Use the . operator to match any character except a newline character. The operator
effectively becomes a placeholder for a single character in the search string.
Table 12.8 shows examples of using regular expressions to match any character.
Table 12.8 Examples of matching any character
This regular
expression...
...matches this text...
...in this text sample:
var.
var1
var2
cout << var1;
cout << var2;
c.t
cut
cot
cin >> cutF;
cin >> cotG;
Repeating Expressions
Use the * and + operators to indicate recurring characters in the search string. The IDE
matches the largest possible string with the regular expression.
Table 12.9 shows examples using repeating text in regular expressions.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–141
Finding and Replacing Text
Regular-Expression Find
Table 12.9 Examples of repeating expressions
This regular
expression...
...matches this text...
...in this text sample:
s*ion
ion
ssion
information
the session
s+ion
sion
ssion
confusion
the session
Grouping Expressions
Use the ( and ) operators to group regular expressions into a single unit in the search
string. The IDE applies operators to the unit.
Table 12.10 shows examples of grouping text in regular expressions.
Table 12.10 Examples of grouping expressions
This regular
expression...
...matches this text...
...in this text sample:
ris
ris
surprise
r( i)s
r is
the value of theVar is
Choosing One Character from Many
Use the [ and ] operators to define a list of possible character matches. The IDE
matches the search string with text that contains any character in the list. Precede the
list with ^ to match text with any character not in the list. Any operator immediately
following the [ operator becomes a literal character.
Use the - operator to define a range of possible character matches. The IDE matches
the search string with text that contains any character in the defined range. The operator becomes a literal character when placed at the beginning or end of a list.
Table 12.11 shows examples of using regular expressions to choose one character
from many characters.
IDE–142
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Finding and Replacing Text
Regular-Expression Find
.
Table 12.11 Examples of choosing one character from many
This regular
expression...
...matches this text...
...in this text sample:
[bls]ag
sag bag lag
the sagging bag lagged
[[aeiou][0-9]
[2 u9
cout << a[2] << u9;
[^bls]ag
rag
the sagging rag lagged
[-ab]V
aV -V
aVal-Val;
Matching Line Beginnings and Endings
Use the ^ operator to identify a search string to match only with the beginning of a
line. Similarly, use the $ operator to identify a search string to match only with the end
of a line.
Table 12.12 shows examples of using regular expressions to match line beginnings
and endings.
.
Table 12.12 Examples of matching line beginnings and endings
This regular
expression...
...matches this text...
...in this text sample:
^([\t]*cout)
cout
cout
cout << "no tab";
cout << "tab";
(l*;)$
l;
;
a-ct; a = battLvl;
b-ct;
Using the Find String in the Replace String
Use the & operator to incorporate matching text into a replacement string. The IDE
substitutes the matching text for the & operator. Use \& to indicate a literal ampersand
in the replacement string.
Table 12.13 shows examples of using the find string in the replace string of regular
expressions.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–143
Finding and Replacing Text
Regular-Expression Find
.
Table 12.13 Examples of using the find string in the replace string
Find string
Replace string
Matching text
After replacement
var[0-9]
my_&
var1
my_var1
tgt
\&target
tgt
&target
Remembering Sub-expressions
Use the \n construct to recall sub-expressions from the find string in the replacement
string. The digit n ranges from 1 to 9 and represents the nth sub-expression in the find
string, counting from left to right. Enclose each sub-expression in parentheses.
These tables show a sample replacement operation that recalls sub-expressions. Table
12.14 shows sample find-string, replacement-string, and sub-expression definitions.
Table 12.15 shows the result of applying the sample definitions to some text.
Table 12.14 Sub-expression definitions
Find string
\#define[ \t]+(.+)[ \t]+([0-9]+);
Replace string
const int \1 = \2;
\1
(.+)
\2
([0-9]+)
Table 12.15 Remembering sub-expressions
\1 matches
\2 matches
this text
this text
#define var1 10;
var1
10
const int var1 = 10;
#define a 100;
a
100
const int a = 100;
Sample text
IDE–144
After replacement
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IV
Browser
This section contains these chapters:
• Using the Browser
• Using Class Browser Windows
• Using Other Browser Windows
• Using Browser Wizards
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–145
IDE–146
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
13
Using the Browser
This chapter explains how to work with the browser in the CodeWarrior® IDE. Use the
browser to perform these tasks:
• Generate a browser database—the browser stores collected symbol information
in a browser database for the project. You can generate browser data from the
compiler or the language parser.
• Collect symbol information—symbols include functions, variables, and objects.
Enable the browser to collect information about the symbols in a project.
Read this chapter to learn more about typical tasks for working with the browser.
This chapter contains these sections:
• “Browser Database” on page 147
• “Browser Symbols” on page 151
Browser Database
The browser database contains information about the symbols in a program, which
include—depending on the program language—global variables, functions, classes,
and type declarations, among others.
Some IDE windows require that the project contain a browser database. For example,
the Class Hierarchy window only displays information for a project that contains a
browser database. This section explains how to configure a project to generate its
browser database.
NOTE
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Generating a browser database increases the project’s size. To
minimize the project’s size, generate the browser database only for
the targets you frequently use.
IDE–147
Using the Browser
Browser Database
Browser Data
Browser data contains symbolic and relationship information about the project code.
The browser uses this data to access the code information.
Use the Generate Browser Data From menu (Figure 13.1) in the Build Extras
target settings panel to enable and disable browser data generation. This drop-down
menu provides these options, which determine where the IDE generates browser data:
• None—The IDE does not generate browser data. Use None to disable browser
data. Select None to generate faster compiles (with no browser features).
• Compiler—The Compiler generates the browser data. While it compiles more
slowly, the compiler generates the most accurate browser data.
• Language Parser—The Code Completion plug-in associated with the project’s
programming language generates the browser data.
Figure 13.1 Generate Browser Data From menu
Generating Browser Data
You can select an option in the Generate Browser Data From drop-down menu to
establish where the IDE generates browser data for a project file.
To generate browser data, follow these steps:
1. Choose Edit > Target Settings.
2. From the Target Settings Panels list, select Build Extras.
IDE–148
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using the Browser
Browser Database
3. Choose Compiler or Language Parser from the Generate Browser Data
From menu.
a. Compiler—The compiler generates browser data (Figure 13.2).
NOTE
Some compilers do not generate browser data.
Figure 13.2 Generate browser data from compiler
If you enable Dump internal browse information after compile, the
generated browser data does not appear in a log window after you compile a
file.
• Language Parser—The Code Completion plug-in associated with the project’s
programming language generates the browser data. Browser data and the
#include pop-up window update as you edit.
NOTE
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Choose Language Parser for C/C++ code completion.
IDE–149
Using the Browser
Browser Database
Figure 13.3 Generate browser data from language parser
Applicable only to C/C++ Code Completion: the Prefix and Macro files (Figure
13.3).
• Prefix file—Similar to that used in the C/C++ Language Settings panel, the
Prefix file contains header files that help the C/C++ Code Completion plug-in
parse code. The Prefix file should only include text files (not pre-compiled header
files).
• Macro file—Contains C/C++ macro files that help the Code Completion plug-in
resolve any #ifdefs found in the source code or in the header files.
4. If you selected Compiler, choose Project > Bring Up To Date or Make.
The IDE generates browser data for the project.
If you selected Language Parser, the IDE generates browser data in the
background.
Disabling Browser Data
Select None to disable browser data and stop the IDE from generating browser
information for the project.
IDE–150
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using the Browser
Browser Symbols
Figure 13.4 Generate browser data from none
1. Choose Edit > Target Settings.
2. Select Build Extras from the Target Settings Panels list.
3. In the Generate Browser Data From drop-down menu, select None.
4. Click Save.
5. Choose Project > Make.
The IDE stops generating browser information.
Browser Symbols
Navigate browser symbols to open browser views, find symbol definitions, and
examine inheritance.
You can navigate browser symbols in these ways:
• Use the Browser contextual menu to open various browser windows for a
selected symbol.
• Double-click a symbol name in the Class Browser window to open the file that
contains the declaration of that symbol.
• Use the class hierarchy windows to determine the ancestors or descendants of a
selected symbol.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–151
Using the Browser
Browser Symbols
Browser Contextual Menu
Use the IDE’s browser contextual menu to enhance source-code editing in the IDE.
Use this menu to streamline text entry in editor windows. You can enter the first few
letters of a function name, then use the browser contextual menu to complete the entry.
Using the Browser Contextual Menu
Use a contextual menu in the browser to enhance source-code editing.
1. Open the browser contextual menu, as explained in Table 13.1.
Table 13.1 Opening a browser contextual menu
On this host...
Do this...
Windows
Right-click a symbol name.
Macintosh
Click and hold on a symbol name.
Solaris
Click and hold on a symbol name.
Linux
Click and hold on a symbol name.
2. Select a command from the contextual menu.
The IDE performs the selected command.
Identifying Symbols in the Browser Database
As a shortcut, you can use browser coloring to help recognize if a symbol resides in
the browser database. When you activate a browser, you can see browser-database
symbols because they appear in the editor and browser windows according to the
colors you select.
TIP
The default color setting is identical for all eight types of browserdatabase symbols. You can choose a different color for each symbol
type.
To change the browser symbol colors the editor uses, follow these steps:
IDE–152
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using the Browser
Browser Symbols
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
2. Select the Text Colors panel from the IDE Preference Panels list.
3. Select the Activate Syntax Coloring option.
4. Select the Activate Browser Coloring option.
5. Click the color swatch next to the symbol name to set that symbol's color.
6. Click Save.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–153
Using the Browser
Browser Symbols
IDE–154
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
14
Using Class Browser
Windows
This chapter explains how to work with the Class Browser windows in the
CodeWarrior™ IDE. Use the Class Browser to perform these tasks:
• View browser data—the class browser collects information about the elements of
a computer program. Such elements include functions, variables, and classes. The
class browser displays these elements in organized lists.
• Show data relationships—the class browser shows the relationships between
classes, data members, and methods. The class browser also updates the display
to reflect changes in class scope.
Read this chapter to learn more about typical tasks for working with Class Browser
windows.
This chapter contains these sections:
• “Class Browser window” on page 155
• “Classes pane” on page 161
• “Member Functions pane” on page 163
• “Data Members pane” on page 164
• “Source pane” on page 165
• “Status Area” on page 165
Class Browser window
Use the Class Browser window to view information about the elements of a computer
program. This section explains how to use the Class Browser window to view browser
data, assuming knowledge about activating the browser.
Figure 14.1 on page 156 shows the Class Browser window. Table 14.1 on page 156
explains the items in the window. Table 14.2 on page 158 explains the options in the
Browser Access Filters list box.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–155
Using Class Browser Windows
Class Browser window
Figure 14.1 Class Browser window
Table 14.1 Class Browser window—items
Item
Icon
Explanation
Go Back button
Click to return to the preceding browser view.
Go Forward button
Click to move to the succeeding browser view.
Browser Contents
button
Click to open the Browser Contents window.
Class Hierarchy
button
Click to open the Multi-class Hierarchy window.
Single Class
Hierarchy Window
button
Click to open the Single-class Hierarchy window for the
selected class.
IDE–156
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Class Browser Windows
Class Browser window
Table 14.1 Class Browser window—items (continued)
Item
Icon
Explanation
Browser Access
Filters list box
Select filters for displaying items in class-browser panes.
Show Inherited
Select to show inherited items in the Member Functions
pane and Data Members pane. Clear to hide inherited
items from these panes.
Classes pane
Lists all classes in the project browser database.
Member Functions
pane
Lists all member functions defined in the currently
selected class.
Data Members pane
Lists all data members defined in the selected class.
Source pane
Displays the source code for the currently selected item.
Status Area
Displays various status messages and other information.
Display toggle
buttons
Alphabetical
Toggles the Classes display between alphabetical and
hierarchical listings.
Hierarchical
New Item button
Opens wizards to create new items (e.g., classes, data
members, member functions).
Pane Expand box
Expands the pane to the width of the full window.
Pane Collapse Box
Collapses the pane to its original size.
Classes Pane button
Lists all classes in the project browser database.
Class Declaration
button
Opens a window that shows declarations for all classes
in the project.
Open File button
Opens the current source file in a new editor window.
VCS list pop-up
With a version control system enabled, choose the
version-control command to execute on the displayed
source file.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–157
Using Class Browser Windows
Class Browser window
Table 14.2 Browser access filters
Filter
Icon
Show items with this access:
Public
Private
Protected
View as implementor
•
•
•
View as subclass
•
View as user
•
Show public
•
•
Show protected
•
Show private
•
Viewing Class Data from the Browser Contents Window
To view class data for a project in the Browser Contents window, follow these steps:
1. Open the Browser Contents window, as explained in Table 14.3 on page 158.
Table 14.3 Opening the Browser Contents window
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Select View >
Macintosh
Select Window
> Browser Contents.
Solaris
Select Window
> Browser Contents.
Linux
Select Window
> Browser Contents.
Browser Contents.
2. Select a class in the Browser Contents window.
3. Open a contextual menu for the selected class, as explained in Table 14.4.
IDE–158
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Class Browser Windows
Class Browser window
Table 14.4 Opening a contextual menu for the selected class
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Right-click the selected class.
Macintosh
Control-click the selected class.
Solaris
Click and hold on the selected class.
Linux
Click and hold on the selected class.
A contextual menu like the one shown in Figure 14.2Figure 14.2 appears.
Figure 14.2 Browser Contents window—contextual menu
4. Select Open browser for class classname from the contextual menu.
The classname is the name of the class that you selected.
A Class Browser window appears.
Viewing Class Data from Hierarchy Windows
To view class data from a hierarchy window, follow these steps:
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–159
Using Class Browser Windows
Class Browser window
1. Open a Single-Hierarchy or Multi-Class Hierarchy window:
a. Click the Single Class Hierarchy Window button
in the browser
toolbar, or
b. Click the Class Hierarchy button
in the browser toolbar.
2. In the Single- or Multi-Class Hierarchy window, double-click a class name.
A Class Browser window appears.
Expanding Browser Panes
Click the Pane Expand box (just above the scroll bar in the upper right-hand corner of
the pane) to expand the Classes, Function Members, Data Members, or Source panes
in a Browser window.
1. Click the Pane Expand box
to expand a pane.
This pane expands to fill the Browser window.
2. Use the enlarged pane to view data.
Alternately, you can use the resize bar between the panes to enlarge each pane
(although the pane does not fill the Browser window).
1. Rest the cursor over the resize bar.
The cursor icon changes to this:
2. Hold down the mouse button.
3. Drag the resize bar to enlarge or shrink the pane.
Collapsing Browser Panes
Click the Pane Collapse box (just above the scroll bar in the upper right-hand corner
of the pane) to collapse the Classes, Function Members, Data Members, or Source
panes in a Browser window.
IDE–160
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Class Browser Windows
Classes pane
1. Click the Pane Collapse box
to collapse a pane.
The chosen pane collapses to its original size.
2. You can now view other panes in a Browser window.
Alternately, you can use the resize bar between the panes to collapse each pane
(although the pane does not fill the Browser window).
1. Rest the cursor over the resize bar.
The cursor icon changes to this:
2. Hold down the mouse button.
3. Drag the resize bar to collapse the pane.
Classes pane
Use the Classes pane to perform these tasks:
• Create a new class
• Toggle viewing of classes
• Sort classes
Figure 14.1 on page 156 shows the Classes pane. Table 14.5 explains the items in
the pane.
Table 14.5 Classes pane—items
Item
Icon
Explanation
New Item
Click to create a new class using the New Class Wizard.
Sort Alphabetical
Click to sort the Classes list in alphabetical order.
Sort Hierarchical
Click to sort the Classes list in hierarchical order.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–161
Using Class Browser Windows
Classes pane
Creating a New Class
Use the New Class wizard to specify the name, declaration, and location for a new
class. Click Finish in any screen to apply default values to any remaining parameters
and complete the process. The New Class wizard creates the files that define the class.
1. From the Classes pane, click the New Item button
.
2. Enter the Name and Location in the New Class window.
3. To create a more complex class, click Next (optional).
Follow the on-screen directions to further define the class.
4. Click Finish to complete the New Class process.
Showing the Classes Pane
Use the Show Classes button to expand the Classes pane.
1. Click the Show Classes button:
2. The Classes pane appears in the Class Browser window.
Hiding the Classes Pane
Use the Hide Classes button to collapse the Classes pane.
1. Click the Hide Classes button:
2. The Classes pane disappears from the Class Browser window.
IDE–162
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Class Browser Windows
Member Functions pane
Sorting the Classes List
Use the Sort Alphabetical and Sort Hierarchical commands to specify the sort order
of classes in the Classes pane. The displayed icon always represents the alternate sort
order. For example, when the Classes list appears in alphabetical order, the Sort
Hierarchical icon is visible.
• Click the Sort Alphabetical icon
.
The IDE sorts the Classes list in alphabetical order.
• Click the Sort Hierarchical icon
.
The IDE sorts the Classes list in hierarchical order.
Member Functions pane
Use the Member Functions pane to perform these tasks:
• Create a new member function
• Determine the inheritance type of a member function
Table 14.6 Member Function and Data Member identifier icons
Meaning
Icon
The member is…
static
a static member
virtual
a virtual function that can be overridden, or an override of an
inherited function
pure virtual
or abstract
a member function that must be overridden in a subclass to create
instances of that subclass
Creating a New Member Function
Use the New Member Function wizard to specify the name, return type, and
parameters for a new member function. Click Finish in any screen to apply default
values to any remaining parameters and complete the process.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–163
Using Class Browser Windows
Data Members pane
1. Click the New Item button
in the Member Functions pane.
2. Enter the Member Function Declarations in the New Member Function
window.
3. Click Next.
4. Enter Member function file locations and Include Files information.
5. Click Finish.
6. Review the settings summary, then click Generate.
The IDE adds the new member function to the class declaration.
Data Members pane
Use the Data Members pane to create a new data member. This section explains how
to create the data member.
Click the New Item button in the Data Members pane to open the New Data Member
wizard. See Table 14.6 for a complete list of identifier icons that appear in the Data
Members pane.
Creating a New Data Member
Use the New Data Member wizard to specify the name, type, and initializer for the
new data member. Specify other options to further refine the data member. Click
Finish in any screen to apply default values to any remaining parameters and complete
the process.
1. From the Data Members pane, click the New Item button:
2. Enter the Data Member Declarations in the New Data Member window.
3. Click Next.
4. Enter Data Member file locations and #include files information.
IDE–164
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Class Browser Windows
Source pane
5. Click Finish.
6. Review the settings summary, then click Generate.
The IDE adds the new data member to the class declaration.
Source pane
Use the Source pane to view the source code that corresponds to the selected class,
member function, or data member. This section explains the items in the
Source pane.
Figure 14.1 on page 156 shows the Source pane. Table 14.7 explains the items in
the pane.
For information on editing source code, see “Editing Source Code” on page 101.
Table 14.7 Source pane—items
Item
Icon
Explanation
Open File
Click to open the current source file in a new editor window.
VCS menu
Enable a version-control system in order to activate this menu. Use
this menu to select and execute a version-control command on the
source file.
Status Area
Use the status area to perform these tasks:
• Toggle viewing of the Classes pane
• View class declarations
• View classes according to public, private, or protected access
Figure 14.1 on page 156 shows the status area. Table 14.8 on page 166 explains the
items in the status area.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–165
Using Class Browser Windows
Status Area
Table 14.8 Status area—items
Item
Icon
Explanation
Show Classes Pane
Click to display the Classes pane in the Class Browser window.
Hide Classes Pane
Click to hide the Classes pane in the Class Browser window.
Class Declaration
Click to show the declaration of the
current class.
Access Filter Display
Displays the access state of the current class.
IDE–166
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
15
Using Other Browser
Windows
This chapter explains how to work with the Class Hierarchy windows in the
CodeWarrior™ IDE. Use Class Hierarchy windows to perform these tasks:
• View hierarchical browser data—the class hierarchy window shows a graphical
representation of hierarchical structure. Object-oriented languages, such as C++
and Java, allow hierarchical relationships between classes.
• Analyze inheritance structure—the class hierarchy window shows the inheritance
structure of classes. This structure reveals the data-handling capabilities of a
particular class.
Read this chapter to learn more about typical tasks for working with Class Hierarchy
windows.
This chapter contains these sections:
• “Multiple-Class Hierarchy Window” on page 167
• “Single-Class Hierarchy Window” on page 170
• “Browser Contents window” on page 172
• “Symbols window” on page 174
Multiple-Class Hierarchy Window
Use the Multi-Class Hierarchy window to visually examine the structure of every class
in the browser database. Each class name appears in a box, and lines connect boxes to
indicate related classes. The left-most box is the base class, and subclasses appear to
the right.
Figure 15.1 on page 168 shows the Multi-Class Hierarchy window. Table 15.1 on page
168 explains the items in the window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–167
Using Other Browser Windows
Multiple-Class Hierarchy Window
Figure 15.1 Multi-Class Hierarchy window
Table 15.1 Multi-class hierarchy window—items
Item
Icon
Explanation
Hierarchy Control
Click to expand or collapse the subclasses displayed for a
specific class.
Ancestor menu
Click and hold on a class or subclass box to display a menu. Select a
class from this menu in order to display that class.
Line button
Click to toggle the lines that connect classes between diagonal and
straight lines.
Viewing Browser Data by Inheritance
Use a Hierarchy window to view data in graphical form and better understand class
relationships. Use the expand and collapse arrows to enlarge or shrink the class views.
IDE–168
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Other Browser Windows
Multiple-Class Hierarchy Window
1. Activate the browser.
2. Update the browser database by using the Bring Up To Date, Make, Run, or
Debug command.
3. Open a graphical Hierarchy window, as explained in Table 15.2.
Table 15.2 Opening the Hierarchy window
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Select View
Macintosh
Select Window
> Class Hierarchy.
Solaris
Select Window
> Class Hierarchy.
Linux
Select Window
> Class Hierarchy.
> Class Hierarchy.
Printing Class Hierarchies
To print the contents of a Class Hierarchy window, save an image of the window
contents, then print the image file from a graphics-processing application.
The IDE saves the image in a graphics-file format based on the host platform, as
shown in Table 15.3.
Table 15.3 Graphics-file format for host platforms
Host
Graphics-file Format
Windows
EMF (Enhanced Metafile)
Macintosh
PICT (Picture)
Solaris
PICT (Picture)
Linux
PICT (Picture)
1. Open the Class Hierarchy window.
2. Choose File > Save a Copy As.
3. Save the image to a file.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–169
Using Other Browser Windows
Single-Class Hierarchy Window
4. Open the image file in an graphics-processing application.
5. Print the image file.
The graphics-processing application prints the image of the class hierarchy.
Changing Line Views in a Hierarchical Window
Use the Diagonal Line and Straight Line commands to change the appearance of the
connecting lines between classes and subclasses in a hierarchical window display.
• Click the Diagonal Line icon
.
The Hierarchical window display updates to use diagonal lines.
• Click the Straight Line icon
.
The Hierarchical window display updates to use straight lines.
Single-Class Hierarchy Window
Use the Single-Class Hierarchy window to examine the structure of a single class in
the browser database. The Single-Class Hierarchy window operates identically to the
Multi-Class Hierarchy window, but restricts the display to a single class.
IDE–170
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Other Browser Windows
Single-Class Hierarchy Window
Figure 15.2 Single-Class Hierarchy window
The Single-Class Hierarchy window contains the same components as the Multi-Class
Hierarchy window.
Opening a Single-Class Hierarchical window
Use one of these methods to open a Single-Class Hierarchical window:
• Click the Show Single-Class Hierarchy icon
in a Browser toolbar.
• Use the Browser Contextual menu in one of these windows:
• New Class Browser window.
• Browser Contents window.
• Multi-Class Hierarchical window.
A Single-Class Hierarchical window appears.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–171
Using Other Browser Windows
Browser Contents window
Browser Contents window
Use the Browser Contents window to view browser data sorted by category into an
alphabetical list. This section explains how to use the Browser Contents window to
view browser data, assuming knowledge about activating the browser.
Figure 15.3 shows the Browser Contents window. Table 15.4 explains the items in
the window.
Figure 15.3 Browser Contents window
Table 15.4 Browser Contents window—items
Item
Icon
Explanation
Symbols list box
Select the type of symbol to display in the Symbols list.
Symbols list
Double-click a symbol name to display the source file in
a new editor window that defines the symbol.
IDE–172
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Other Browser Windows
Browser Contents window
Viewing Browser Data by Contents
Use the Browser Contents window to display symbol information stored in the
browser database, listed in alphabetical order. You can choose from these categories:
• classes
• constants
• enumerations
• functions
• global variables
• macros
• function templates
• type definitions
1. Activate the browser.
2. Use the Bring Up To Date, Make, Run, or Debug command to update the
browser database.
3. Open the Browser Contents window, as explained in Table 15.5.
Table 15.5 Opening the Browser Contents window
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Select View
Macintosh
Select Window
> Browser Contents.
Solaris
Select Window
> Browser Contents.
Linux
Select Window
> Browser Contents.
> Browser Contents.
4. Select a category from the Category list pop-up.
The symbol information for the selected category appears in alphabetical order in
the Symbols list.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–173
Using Other Browser Windows
Symbols window
Symbols window
The Symbols window displays information from project browser databases. With the
browser enabled, the IDE generates a browser database for a project during the build
process.
The Symbols window displays symbols that have multiple definitions in the browser
database. For example, the window displays information about multiple versions of
overridden functions in object-oriented code.
Figure 15.4 shows the Symbols window. Table 15.5 on page 173 explains the items in
the window.
Figure 15.4 Symbols window
IDE–174
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Other Browser Windows
Symbols window
Table 15.6 Symbols window—items
Item
Explanation
Symbols toolbar
Provides one-click access to common browser commands and class-filtering
commands.
Symbols pane
Displays a list of all symbols with multiple declarations.
Source pane
Displays the source code for the currently selected item.
Opening the Symbols Window
Use the Symbols window to list all implementations, whether overridden or not, of
any symbol that has multiple definitions. You can access the Symbols window by
using a contextual menu.
1. Open a contextual menu, as explained in Table 15.7.
Table 15.7 Opening the Symbols window
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Right-click the symbol name.
Macintosh
Control-click the symbol name.
Solaris
Click and hold on the symbol name.
Linux
Click and hold on the symbol name.
2. Select Find all implementations of from the contextual menu that appears.
3. The Symbols window opens.
Symbols toolbar
Most of the Symbol toolbar items are identical to those in the Class Browser window.
Symbols pane
The Symbols pane lists symbols with multiple definitions in the browser database.
Select a symbol from the list to view its definition in the Source pane.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–175
Using Other Browser Windows
Symbols window
Source pane
The Source pane used in the Symbols window is identical to the one used by the Class
Browser window. See “Source pane” on page 165 for more details.
IDE–176
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
16
Using Browser Wizards
When you create a new class, member function, or data member in the IDE, you use
browser wizards. These wizards provide the steps to help you complete the process.
This chapter provides information on these wizards:
• “The New Class Wizard” on page 177
• “The New Member Function Wizard” on page 182
• “The New Data Member Wizard” on page 185
NOTE
Most wizard pages contain default settings. To accept all current
settings in the wizard, click Finish in any screen. The wizard
displays a summary of all the current settings for the new project.
Click Generate to accept the current settings and create the new
item, or click Cancel to return to the wizard to modify settings.
The New Class Wizard
Use the New Class wizard to specify the name, declaration, and location for a new
class. Click Finish in any screen to apply default values to remaining parameters to
complete the process. The New Class wizard creates the files that define the class.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–177
Using Browser Wizards
The New Class Wizard
Figure 16.1 New Class wizard—Name and Location
Using the New Class Wizard
To use the New Class Wizard, follow these steps:
1. Open the Class Browser window, as explained in Table 16.1.
Table 16.1 Opening the Class Browser window
On this host...
Do this...
Windows
Select View >
Macintosh
Select Window
IDE–178
Class Browser.
> Class Browser.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Browser Wizards
The New Class Wizard
Table 16.1 Opening the Class Browser window (continued)
On this host...
Do this...
Solaris
Select Window
> Class Browser.
Linux
Select Window
> Class Browser.
2. Select Browser > New Class.
You can also click the New Item icon
window to create a new class.
NOTE
in the Class Browser
3. In the New C++ Class wizard, enter Name and Location information:
a. Class Name—Enter a name for the class in this field.
b. Declaration File—This menu lets you specify whether the file is a New File,
which is a new declaration file, or Relative to class, which is a declaration
that depends on an existing file in the project.
If you choose the New File option, type in the enabled field the path where
you want to save the file. Alternatively, click Set next to the field to choose
the path in which to save the file.
If you choose the Relative to class option, select Before or After to establish
the order of the new class in relation to existing classes. In the field next to the
Before and After drop-down selection, type the name of the class you want to
relate to the new class. Alternatively, click Set next to this field, type the
name of a class in the window that opens, and then click Select.
NOTE
If you want to use a separate file to define the members of the new
class, type the path to the separate file in the field below the Use
separate file for member definitions checkbox. Alternatively, click
Existing to use a standard dialog box to select the file. To create a
new, separate file, click New and save the new file to a location on
your hard disk.
4. Click Next.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–179
Using Browser Wizards
The New Class Wizard
Figure 16.2 New Class wizard—Base Class and Methods
5. Enter Base Classes and Methods information.
Enter a list of base classes for the new class:
a. Access—Choose an access type, Public, Protected, or Private, for the
constructor and destructor from this drop-down menu.
b. Constructor parameters—Enter a list of parameters for the constructor.
c. Virtual destructor—Click this checkbox to create a virtual destructor for the
new class.
d. As an option, you can enter in the Namespaces required for the base classes
and constructor parameters field the required namespaces for the base
classes from the Base Classes field, and the constructor parameters in the
Generate Constructor and Destructor section of the wizard.
Or,
If needed, you can specify the base classes and constructor parameters.
IDE–180
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Browser Wizards
The New Class Wizard
6. Click Next.
Figure 16.3 New Class wizard—Include Files
7. Enter Include Files information.
Specify additional header #include files for the new class:
a. Include files that will automatically be added for base classes—This field
shows you a list of #include files that the IDE automatically adds to find the
base classes.
b. Additional header include files—Enter in this field a list of other include
files for the new class in addition to those in the previous field. Separate each
file in the list with a comma.
8. Click Next.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–181
Using Browser Wizards
The New Member Function Wizard
Figure 16.4 New Class wizard—Targets
9. Enter Targets information:
Select the checkbox next to the build target’s name in the list to add the class files
to a specific build target.
10. Click Finish.
Review the settings summary.
11. Click Generate.
The New Member Function Wizard
Use the New Member Function wizard to specify the name, return type, and
parameters for a new member function. Enter additional information in the wizard
fields to refine the function definition.
IDE–182
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Browser Wizards
The New Member Function Wizard
Figure 16.5 New Member Function wizard
Using the New Member Function Wizard
To use the New Member Function wizard, follow these steps:
1. Open the Class Browser window, as explained in Table 16.2 on page 183.
Table 16.2 Opening the Class Browser window
On this host...
Do this...
Windows
Select View
Macintosh
Select Window
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
> Class Browser.
> Class Browser.
IDE–183
Using Browser Wizards
The New Member Function Wizard
Table 16.2 Opening the Class Browser window (continued)
On this host...
Do this...
Solaris
Select Window
> Class Browser.
Linux
Select Window
> Class Browser.
2. Select Browser > New Member Function.
3. In the New C++ Member Function window, enter the Member Function
Declaration.
a. Name—Type a name for the member function.
b. Return Type—Enter an appropriate function return type.
c. Parameters—Type a list of function parameters.
d. Namespaces required for parameters (optional)—Type a list of
namespaces required for parameters.
4. Click Next.
IDE–184
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Browser Wizards
The New Data Member Wizard
Figure 16.6 New Member Function wizard—File Locations
5. Enter Member Function File Locations and Include Files information.
6. Click Finish.
7. Review settings summary, then click Generate.
The New Data Member Wizard
Use the New Data Member wizard to define the new data-member declaration, and to
specify new data member file locations. The wizard offers additional options to further
define the function.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–185
Using Browser Wizards
The New Data Member Wizard
Figure 16.7 New Data Member wizard
Using the New Data Member Wizard
To use the New Data Member wizard, follow these steps:
1. Open the Class Browser window, as explained in Table 16.3 on page 186.
Table 16.3 Opening the Class Browser window
On this host...
Do this...
Windows
Select View >
Macintosh
Select Window
IDE–186
Class Browser.
> Class Browser.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Browser Wizards
The New Data Member Wizard
Table 16.3 Opening the Class Browser window (continued)
On this host...
Do this...
Solaris
Select Window
> Class Browser.
Linux
Select Window
> Class Browser.
2. Select Browser > New Data Member.
3. In the New C++ Data Member window, enter the Name, Type, Namespaces
required for type (optional), Initializer, and Modifiers.
a. Name—Type a name for the data member in this field.
b. Type—Enter an appropriate data-member type in this field.
c. Namespaces required for type (optional)—(Optional) Enter a list of
namespaces required for the type in the Type field. A sample namespace
is std.
d. Initializer—(Optional) Enter an initial value for the data member in this
field. Sample initializers are 100 and inConstructorParameterName.
e. Modifiers—Select the access level and type for the new data member.
4. Click Next.
5. Specify Data Member File Locations.
This section lets you specify file locations associated with the new member
functions, including these fields: Declaration, Definition (not available in this
wizard), Include file automatically added for member type, and Additional
header include files.
a. Declaration—This field shows you the data member’s declaration file
location.
b. Definition—This field is not available in this wizard.
c. Include file automatically added for member type—This field shows you
if an include file will be automatically added for the data-member type.
d. Additional header include files—Enter in this field a list of other include
files for the new data member, in addition to the file listed in the previous
field. Example files are <string> and YourHeader.h.
6. Click Finish.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–187
Using Browser Wizards
The New Data Member Wizard
7. Review settings summary, then click Generate.
IDE–188
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
V
Debugger
This section contains these chapters:
• Introduction to Debugging
• Basic Debugging
• Advanced Debugging
• Using Breakpoints
• Using Watchpoints
• Using Eventpoints
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–189
IDE–190
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
17
Introduction to Debugging
This chapter explains how to work with the debugger in the CodeWarrior™ IDE. Use
the debugger to perform these tasks:
• Find problems in source code—the debugger helps you find errors, or bugs, in
source code. Bugs prevent a computer program from performing tasks as
expected.
• Control program execution—the debugger provides control over a computer
program as it executes. Choose to execute an entire program, a single operation,
or the individual machine-level instructions that carry out a single operation.
• View memory use in the program—the debugger includes windows that show
how a computer program manipulates memory. For example, use a window to
view changes to variables used in the program.
This chapter contains these sections:
• What is a Debugger?
• What is a Symbolics File?
What is a Debugger?
A debugger controls program execution and shows the internal operation of a
computer program. Use the debugger to find problems while the program executes.
Also use the debugger to observe how a program uses memory to complete tasks.
The CodeWarrior debugger provides these levels of control over a computer program:
• Execution of one statement at a time
• Suspension of execution after reaching a specific point in the program
• Suspension of execution after changing a specified memory location
After the debugger suspends program execution, use various windows to perform
these tasks:
• View the function-call chain
• Manipulate variable values
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–191
Introduction to Debugging
What is a Symbolics File?
• View register values in the computer processor
What is a Symbolics File?
A symbolics file contains debugging information generated by the IDE for a computer
program. The debugger uses this information to provide control over program
execution. For example, the debugger uses the symbolics file to find the source code
that corresponds to the executing object code of the computer program.
Symbolics files usually contain this information:
• Routine names
• Variables names
• Variable locations in source code
• Variable locations in object code
The IDE supports several types of symbolics files. Some programs generate separate
symbolic files, while others do not. For example, when using CodeView on Windows,
the IDE places the symbolics file inside the generated binary file.
IDE–192
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
18
Basic Debugging
This chapter explains how to perform basic debugging tasks in the CodeWarrior™
IDE. Basic debugging tasks take place in these windows:
• Thread window—use this window to control program execution, manipulate
memory contents, and view source code.
• Message window—use this window to view operation results and general error
messages.
This chapter contains these sections:
• “Thread Window” on page 193
• “Common Debugging Actions” on page 195
Thread Window
The debugger suspends the execution of processes in a computer program. The Thread
window displays information about a suspended process during a debugging session.
Use the Thread window to perform these tasks:
• View the call chain for a routine
• View routine variables, both local and global
• View a routine in source, assembler, or mixed-mode code
Figure 18.1 on page 194 shows the Thread window. Table 18.1 on page 194 explains
the items in the window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–193
Basic Debugging
Thread Window
Figure 18.1 Thread window
Table 18.1 Thread window—items
Item
Explanation
Debugger toolbar
Controls the current debugging session
Stack pane
Displays the current subroutine calling chain, with the most current routine
name at the bottom
Variables pane
Displays the local and global variables used by the current routine. Click the
Variables Pane Listing icon ( ) to switch between these display states:
• All—show all local and global variables in the code
• Auto—show only the local variables of the routine to which the currentstatement arrow points
• None—show no variables. Use this type to improve stepping performance
for slow remote connections.
Source pane
IDE–194
Displays the source files in the current build target, including any comments
and white space.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Basic Debugging
Common Debugging Actions
Table 18.1 Thread window—items (continued)
Item
Explanation
Functions list box
Displays a list of functions declared in the file.
Line and Column
Indicator
Displays the current line and column number of the text-insertion cursor.
Source list box
Select how to display the source code in the Sources pane. The options
consist of:
• Source—source code appears in the programming-language instructions
used to create it
• Assembler—source code appears in the assembly-language instructions
used to implement each line
• Mixed—source code alternates with the assembly-language instructions
that implement each line of code
Common Debugging Actions
Using the debugger involves a common set of debugging tasks. Use this set of tasks to
correct source-code errors, control program execution, and observe memory behavior:
• Start the debugger.
• Step into, out of, or over routines.
• Stop, resume, or kill program execution.
• Run the program.
• Restart the debugger.
Starting the Debugger
Use the Debug command to begin a debugging session. The debugger takes control of
program execution, starting at the main entry point of the program.
1. Click Debug
on the debugger toolbar.
2. The debugger starts a new debugging session and opens a new Thread window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–195
Basic Debugging
Common Debugging Actions
NOTE
Some projects require additional configuration before the debugging
session can begin. If needed, the IDE prompts for permission to
perform this configuration automatically.
Stepping Into a Routine
Use the Step Into command to execute one source-code statement at a time and follow
execution into a routine call. The command follows execution into called routines.
1. Step Into a routine.
• Choose Debug > Step Into, or
• Click Step Into
on the debugger toolbar.
2. The debugger executes one statement. The current-statement arrow moves to the
next statement:
• If the current statement does not call a routine, the current-statement arrow moves
to the next statement in the source code.
• If the current statement calls a routine, program execution enters the called
routine. The current-statement arrow moves to the next statement in the called
routine.
Stepping Out of a Routine
Use the Step Out command to execute the rest of the current routine and stop program
execution after the routine returns to its caller. This command causes execution to
return up the calling chain.
1. Step out of a routine.
• Choose Debug > Step Out, or
• Click Step Out
on the debugger toolbar.
2. The current routine executes and returns to its caller, then program execution
stops.
IDE–196
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Basic Debugging
Common Debugging Actions
Stepping Over a Routine
Use the Step Over command to navigate linearly through the source code, executing
each statement along the way. Use this command to observe a program as it executes
each line of code. The command executes a routine call without displaying its lines in
the Thread window.
1. Step over a routine call.
• Choose Debug > Step Over, or
• Click Step Over
on the debugger toolbar.
2. Program execution continues through the routine call.
NOTE
After program execution steps over code and reaches the end of a
routine, the current-statement arrow points to the next statement that
executes.
Stopping Program Execution
Use the Break or Stop commands to suspend program execution during a debugging
session.
1. Stop program execution.
• (Windows) Choose Debug > Break, or
• (Macintosh, Solaris, and Linux) Choose Debug > Stop, or
• Click Stop
on the debugger toolbar.
2. The operating system surrenders control to the debugger, which stops program
execution.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–197
Basic Debugging
Common Debugging Actions
Resuming Program Execution
Use the Resume command to continue executing a suspended debugging session. If
the debugging session is already active, use this command to switch view from the
Thread window to the executing program.
NOTE
The Resume command appears only for those platforms that
support it.
1. Resume the program.
• Choose Project > Resume, or
• Click Debug
on the debugger toolbar.
2. The stopped session continues, or the view changes to the running program.
Killing Program Execution
Use the Kill command to completely terminate program execution and end the
debugging session. This behavior differs from stopping a program, as stopping
temporarily suspends execution.
1. Kill program execution.
• Choose Debug > Kill, or
• Click Kill
on the debugger toolbar.
2. The debugger terminates program execution and ends the debugging session.
Running a Program
Use the Run command to execute a program normally, without debugger control.
1. Run the project.
IDE–198
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Basic Debugging
Common Debugging Actions
• Choose Project > Run, or
• Click Run
on the debugger toolbar.
2. The project runs.
Restarting the Debugger
Use the Restart command after stopping program execution. The debugger goes back
to the beginning of the program and begins execution again. This behavior is
equivalent to killing execution, then starting a new debugging session.
1. Choose Debug > Restart.
2. The debugger returns to the beginning of the program and begins controlled
execution.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–199
Basic Debugging
Common Debugging Actions
IDE–200
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
19
Advanced Debugging
This chapter explains how to perform advanced debugging tasks in the CodeWarrior™
IDE. This is a sample list of advanced tasks:
• Use the Processes window—the Processes window shows individual processes
and tasks that the debugger can control.
• Use the Expressions window—the Expressions window lets you monitor and edit
frequently used variables, structure members, and array elements.
• Use the Register window—the Register window lets you monitor and edit
register contents of a processor.
• Use the Memory window—the Memory window lets you monitor and edit
memory usage of an application.
This chapter contains these sections:
• “What is Advanced Debugging?” on page 202
• “Symbol Hint” on page 202
• “Contextual Menus” on page 203
• “Symbolics Window” on page 205
• “Processes Window” on page 208
• “Expressions Window” on page 210
• “Global Variables Window” on page 213
• “Registers Window” on page 214
• “Log Window” on page 218
• “Variable Window” on page 220
• “Array Window” on page 221
• “Memory Window” on page 223
• “Multi-core Debugging” on page 228
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–201
Advanced Debugging
What is Advanced Debugging?
What is Advanced Debugging?
In addition to controlling program execution, the IDE includes several windows for
handling advanced program elements:
• symbolics files—these files contain information generated by the IDE for a
project. The debugger uses symbolics files to display information about program
structure and to control that structure during execution.
• processes—the debugger can control most processes associated with the running
program as well as manually assigned processes.
• expressions—the debugger can manipulate various expressions and their
changing values during program execution.
• variables—the debugger can monitor and modify global and local variables used
during program execution.
• registers—the debugger provides views and manipulation of some register
contents.
• memory—the debugger can manipulate memory structures, such as array
elements, used during program execution.
Symbol Hint
The symbol hint shows information about variable values. This information appears
automatically while the debugger is active.
Select the Show variable values in source code option in the Display Settings
preference panel to use the symbol hint.
Figure 19.1 Symbol hint
IDE–202
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Advanced Debugging
Contextual Menus
Toggling the Symbol Hint
Enable the symbol hint to view information about program variables in source views.
1. Select Edit > Preferences.
The IDE Preferences window appears.
2. Select Display Settings in the IDE Preference Panels list.
The Display Settings preference panel appears.
3. Toggle Show variable values in source code:
• Selected—enables the symbol hint
• Cleared—disables the symbol hint
4. Click Apply or Save to confirm your changes to the preference panel.
5. Close the IDE Preferences window.
Using the Symbol Hint
During a debugging session, use the symbol hint to view information about program
variables.
1. Rest the cursor over a variable in a source view.
2. After a brief pause, the symbol hint appears and shows the current variable value.
Contextual Menus
The contextual menu provides a shortcut to frequently used menu commands. The
available menu commands change, based on the context of the selected item.
Sample uses of the contextual menu for debugging tasks include:
• Changing the format of variables displayed in variable panes or the General
Registers window
• Manipulating breakpoints and the program counter in source panes
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–203
Advanced Debugging
Contextual Menus
• Viewing memory in separate windows
TIP
Experiment using the contextual menu in various IDE windows to
discover additional features.
Figure 19.2 Contextual menus
Using Contextual Menus
Use contextual menus to more conveniently apply context-specific menu commands
to selected items.
• Open the contextual menu.
• Windows: Right-click an item.
• Macintosh: Control-click or click and hold on an item.
• Solaris: Ctrl-click or click and hold on an item.
IDE–204
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Advanced Debugging
Symbolics Window
• Linux: Ctrl-click or click and hold on an item.
The contextual menu appears, displaying menu commands applicable to the selected
item.
Symbolics Window
The Symbolics window displays information that the IDE generates for the active file.
Symbolics information includes program variables, functions, data structures, and
source files.
Select the Activate Browser option in the Build Extras target settings panel in order
to generate the symbolics information during the next build or debugging session.
Figure 19.3 shows the Symbolics window. Table 19.1 on page 206 explains the items
in the window.
Figure 19.3 Symbolics window
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–205
Advanced Debugging
Symbolics Window
Table 19.1 Symbolics window—items
Item
Icon
Explanation
Debugger toolbar
Contains buttons that represent common debugging
commands, such as stopping the program and stepping
through code.
Executables pane
Lists recently used executable files that contain
symbolics information.
Files pane
Lists source files in the build target being debugged, for
the selected executable file.
Functions pane
Lists the functions declared in the file selected in the
Files pane.
Source pane
Displays the source code in the file selected in the
Files pane.
Opening the Symbolics Window
The Symbolics window displays information generated by the IDE for a file.
To open the Symbolics window, do one of these tasks:
• Select View > Symbolics or Window > Symbolics window.
• Open a symbolics file. The IDE typically appends .xSYM or .iSYM, to the names
of these files.
• Open an executable file for which the IDE previously generated symbolics
information. The IDE typically appends .exe or .app to the names of the files.
Alternatively, click the Symbolics button in the Thread window toolbar to
open the Symbolics window.
Using the Executables Pane
The Executables pane lists recently opened executable files for which the IDE
generated symbolics information.
To use the pane, select an executable file in the list. The Files pane updates to display
information for the selected executable file.
IDE–206
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Advanced Debugging
Symbolics Window
Using the Files Pane
The Files pane lists the source files in the build target being debugged, for the selected
executable file in the Executables pane.
To use the pane, select a file in the list. The Functions pane and Source pane update to
display information for the selected file.
Using the Functions Pane
The Functions pane lists functions declared in the selected file in the Files pane.
TIP
The Sort functions by method name in symbolics window option
changes the order in which the Functions pane lists functions.
To use the pane, select a function in the list. The Source pane updates to display source
code for the selected function.
Using the Source Pane
The Source pane displays source code for the selected function in the Functions pane,
using the fonts and colors specified in the IDE Preferences window.
To use the pane, select a function in the Functions pane. The corresponding source
code appears in the Source pane.
If the selected function does not contain source code, the Source pane displays the
message Source text or disassembly not available.
NOTE
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Use the Source pane in the Symbolics window to view source code,
copy source code, and set breakpoints. Use an editor window to
modify the source code. Use a Thread window to view the currently
executing statement.
IDE–207
Advanced Debugging
Processes Window
Processes Window
The Processes window manipulates processes on the host computer:
• running processes
• tasks for selected processes
• some hidden processes
The debugger also controls manually added processes.
Figure 19.4 shows the Processes window. Table 19.2 explains the items in the
window.
Figure 19.4 Processes window
Table 19.2 Processes window—items
Item
Icon
Explanation
Processes selector
Select an item for which to display active processes.
Debugger toolbar
Toolbar buttons represent common debugging
commands, such as debugging the program and killing
execution.
Attach to Process
Click to use the debugger to control the selected
process in the Process pane.
IDE–208
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Advanced Debugging
Processes Window
Table 19.2 Processes window—items (continued)
Item
Icon
Explanation
Stack Crawl window
Click to open a Thread window for the selected process
in the Process pane.
Process pane
Lists active processes for the selected machine.
Task pane
Lists the status of tasks for a selected process in the
Process pane.
Opening the Process Window
Use the Process Window command to view and manipulate active processes on a
selected machine.
NOTE
The Processes window appears only for those platforms that
support it.
Table 19.3 explains how to open the Processes window.
Table 19.3 Opening the Processes window
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Select View
Macintosh
Select Window
> Processes Window.
Solaris
Select Window
> Processes Window.
Linux
Select Window
> Processes Window.
> Processes.
Using the Process Pane
Use the Process pane to view active processes on a selected machine. Processes under
debugger control appear in bold or with a check mark.
1. Use the Processes selector to select the item for which to view active processes.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–209
Advanced Debugging
Expressions Window
2. Select a process in the Process pane.
The Task pane displays all tasks assigned to the selected process.
Using the Task Pane
Use the Task pane to view tasks under debugger control. Select a process in the
Process pane to display its tasks under debugger control in the Task pane. Doubleclick a task to open it in a new Thread window, or choose the task name and click the
Stack Crawl Window button.
Attaching the Debugger to a Process
Click the Attach to Process button to assign a selected process to a new debugging
session. This assignment allows the debugger to control processes that it does not
otherwise recognize. For example, you can click the Attach to Process button to assign
dynamic link libraries or shared libraries to the debugger.
1. Use the Processes selector to select the item for which to view active processes.
2. Select a process to attach to the debugger.
3. Click Attach to Process
.
The debugger assumes control of the selected process. Processes under debugger
control appear in bold or with a check mark.
Expressions Window
The Expressions window helps you monitor and manipulate these kinds of items:
• global and local variables
• structure members
• array elements
Figure 19.5 on page 211 shows the Expressions window. Table 19.4 on page 211
explains the items in the window.
IDE–210
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Advanced Debugging
Expressions Window
Figure 19.5 Expressions window
Table 19.4 Expressions window—items
Item
Explanation
Expression column
Lists expressions and expression hierarchies. Click the hierarchical
controls to expand or collapse the expression view.
Value column
Shows the current value of each corresponding expression in the
Expression column. Double-click a value to change it.
Opening the Expressions Window
Use the Expressions window to inspect frequently used variables as their values
change during a debugging session.
To open the Expressions window, select View > Expressions or Window >
Expressions Window.
Alternatively, click the Expressions button in the Thread window toolbar to
open the Expressions window.
Adding Expressions
The Expressions window handles various ways of adding expressions for inspection.
To add an expression to the Expressions window, do this:
• Select the desired expression and choose Data > Copy to Expression, or
• Use the contextual menu with a selected expression, or
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–211
Advanced Debugging
Expressions Window
• Drag and drop an expression from another window into the Expressions window.
The Expressions window updates to reflect the added expression. Drag expressions
within the window to reorder them.
Adding a Constant Value to a Variable
You can enter an expression in the Expressions window that adds a constant value to a
variable. Suppose x is a short integer type in the variable context of some function
scope in C++ code. You can enter the expression x+1 and the IDE computes the
resulting value just as you would compute it on a calculator.
1. Select the variable to which you want to add a constant value.
For example, select x.
2. Enter an expression that adds a constant value to the variable.
For example, append +1 to x so that the resulting expression is x+1.
The IDE adds the constant value to the variable and displays the result in the
Expressions window.
Making a Summation of Two Variables
You can enter an expression in the Expressions window that computes the sum of two
variables. Suppose x is a short integer type in the variable context of some function
scope in C++ code. You can enter the expression x+y and the IDE computes the
resulting value just as you would compute it on a calculator.
1. Select the variable to which you want to add another variable.
For example, select x.
2. Enter an expression that adds a second variable to the first variable.
For example, append +y to x so that the resulting expression is x+y.
The IDE computes the sum of the two variables and displays the result in the
Expressions window.
IDE–212
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Advanced Debugging
Global Variables Window
Removing Expressions
The Expressions window handles various ways of removing expressions that no
longer require inspection.
To remove an expression from the Expressions window, do this:
• Select the expression to remove and choose Edit > Delete or Edit > Clear, or
• Select the expression to remove and press the Backspace or Delete key.
The Expressions window updates to reflect the removed expression.
NOTE
Unlike the Variable window, the Expressions window does not
remove a local variable after program execution exits the routine that
defines the variable.
Global Variables Window
The Global Variables window shows all global and static variables used by the
executing program. Use this window to observe changes in variable values as the
program executes.
TIP
Use multiple Variable windows to observe global variables in
separate windows.
Figure 19.6 on page 214 shows the Global Variables window. Table 19.5 on page 214
explains the items in the window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–213
Advanced Debugging
Registers Window
Figure 19.6 Global Variables window
Table 19.5 Global Variables window—items
Item
Explanation
File
Lists source files that declare global or static variables. Click a source file
to view its static variables. Click Global Variables to view all global
variables declared in the program.
Variables
Lists variables according to the file selected in the File pane. Double-click a
variable to display it in a separate Variable window.
Opening the Global Variables Window
Use the Global Variables window to display global variables declared in a program or
static variables declared in the source files the comprise the program.
To open the Global Variables window, select View > Global Variables or Window
> Global Variables Window.
Registers Window
The Registers window gives you a hierarchical view of these register types:
• general registers—contents of the central processing unit (CPU) of the host
computer
IDE–214
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Advanced Debugging
Registers Window
• floating-point unit (FPU) registers—contents of the FPU registers
• registers specific to the host computer
You can use the Register window to perform these tasks:
• expand the hierarchical items in the window and view their contents
• select and modify register values
• view documentation for individual registers (depending on the register)
Figure 19.7 shows a sample Registers window.
Figure 19.7 Registers Window
General Registers
The General Registers are the register contents of the central processing unit (CPU)
of the host computer. The exact listing of these registers depends on the host CPU and
on the current build target. See the Targeting documentation for additional
information.
FPU Registers
The FPU Registers are the register contents of the floating-point unit (FPU) of the
host computer. The exact listing of these registers depends on the host FPU and on the
current build target. See the Targeting documentation for additional information.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–215
Advanced Debugging
Registers Window
Host-specific Registers
The Registers window also lists additional register contents for registers specific to the
host computer. The exact listing of these registers depends on the host computer and
on the current build target. See the Targeting documentation for additional
information.
Opening the Registers Window
Open the Registers window to inspect and modify various register contents.
Figure 19.7 explains how to open the Registers window.
Table 19.6 Opening the Registers window
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Select View >
Macintosh
Select Window
> Registers Window.
Solaris
Select Window
> Registers Window.
Linux
Select Window
> Registers Window.
Registers.
Viewing Registers
View registers to inspect and modify their contents.
1. Open the Registers window.
2. Expand the hierarchical list to view register groups.
Expanding the list shows the register groups that you can view or change.
3. Expand a register group.
Expanding a group shows its contents, by register name and corresponding value.
IDE–216
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Advanced Debugging
Registers Window
Changing Register Values
Change register values during program execution in order to examine program
behavior.
1. Open the Registers window.
2. Expand the hierarchical list to view the names and corresponding values of the
register that you want to modify.
3. Double-click the register value that you want to change.
The value highlights.
4. Enter a new register value.
5. Press Enter or Return.
The register value changes.
Changing Register Data Views
Change register data views to see register contents in a different format. For example,
you can change the view of a register from binary format to hexadecimal format.
1. Open the Registers window.
2. Expand the hierarchical list to view the names and corresponding values of the
register that you want to view in a different format.
3. Select the register value that you want to view in a different format.
The value highlights.
4. Select Data > View as format, where format is the data format in which you
want to view the register value.
The available formats depend on the selected register value.
5. The register value changes format.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–217
Advanced Debugging
Log Window
6. Select Data > View as Default to restore the original data format.
Alternatively, you can use a contextual menu to change the data format, as explained
in Table 19.7 on page 218.
Table 19.7 Changing the data format by using a contextual menu
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Right-click the register value and select View as format.
Macintosh
Control-click the register value and select View as format.
Solaris
Click and hold on the register value and select View
as format.
Linux
Click and hold on the register value and select View
as format.
Opening Registers in a Separate Registers Window
Open registers in a separate Register Window to narrow the scope of registers that
appear in a single window.
1. Open the Registers window.
2. Expand the hierarchical list to view the register or register group that you want to
view in a separate Registers window.
3. Double-click the register or register group.
4. A new Registers window opens.
The new Registers window lists the name and value of the register that you doubleclicked, or the names and values of the register group that you double-clicked.
Log Window
The Log window displays messages during program execution. Select the Log System
Messages option in the Debugger Settings panel to activate the Log window.
The IDE allows saving Log window contents to a .txt (text) file and copying text
from the Log window to the system clipboard.
IDE–218
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Advanced Debugging
Log Window
Windows-hosted Log window messages include:
• Dynamic Link Library (DLL) loading and unloading
• debugging printf() messages
Macintosh-hosted Log window messages include:
• PowerPC™ code fragments
• DebugStr() messages
Figure 19.8 shows the Log window.
Figure 19.8 Log window
Opening the Log Window
Use the Debugger Settings preference panel to enable message logging. The Log
window records these types of messages for a program during a debugging session:
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–219
Advanced Debugging
Variable Window
• the start of new tasks
• routine entry and exit
• Windows: DLL loading and unloading, and debug printf() messages
• Macintosh: PowerPC code-fragment loading and DebugStr() messages
1. Select the Log System Messages option in the Debugger Settings preference
panel.
2. Select Project > Debug.
The Log window appears. It allows selecting, copying, and saving logged text to
a file for later analysis. See the Targeting documentation for additional
information.
Variable Window
A Variable window allows manipulation of a single variable used in source code. For a
local variable, the window closes after program execution exits the routine that defines
the variable.
Figure 19.9 shows the Variable window.
Figure 19.9 Variable window
Opening a Variable Window
A Variable window manipulates a single variable or variable hierarchy. A Variable
window containing a local variable closes after program execution exits the routine
that defines that variable.
1. Select a variable in any window pane that lists variables.
IDE–220
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Advanced Debugging
Array Window
2. Open a Variable window:
• Select Data > View Variable, or
• Double-click the variable.
A Variable window appears. Double-click a value to change it.
TIP
Use Variable windows to monitor individual variables independently
of other windows. For example, use a Variable window to continue
monitoring a variable that leaves the current scope of program
execution in the Thread window.
Alternatively, use a contextual menu to open a variable window, as explained in Table
19.8.
Table 19.8 Opening a Variable window by using a contextual menu
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Right-click the variable and select View
Macintosh
Control-click the variable and select View
Solaris
Click and hold on the variable, then select View
Variable.
Linux
Click and hold on the variable, then select View
Variable.
Variable.
Variable.
Array Window
An Array window allows manipulation of a contiguous block of memory, displayed as
an array of elements. The window lists array contents sequentially, starting at
element 0.
The Array window title shows the base address bound to the array. The base address
can bind to an address, a variable, or a register. An array bound to a local variable
closes after the routine that defines the variable returns to the calling routine.
For array elements cast as structured types, a hierarchical control appears to the left of
each element. Use these hierarchical controls to expand or collapse the display of each
element’s contents.
Figure 19.10 shows an Array window. Table 19.9 explains the items in the window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–221
Advanced Debugging
Array Window
Figure 19.10 Array window
Table 19.9 Array window—items
Item
Icon
Explanation
Hierarchical control
Click to collapse the view of the information pane.
Bind To
Select the base address of the array: Address,
Variable, or Register.
Array size
Enter the number of elements to display in the
Array window.
Struct Member
Select a specific member to show in each element, or
show all members.
Element
Shows the array elements in a hierarchical list.
Value
Shows the value of each array element.
Location
Shows the address in memory of each array element.
IDE–222
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Advanced Debugging
Memory Window
Opening an Array Window
Use the View Array command to manipulate a contiguous memory block as an array
of elements in an Array window.
1. Select the array that you want to view.
2. Select Data > View Array.
A new Array window appears.
TIP
Drag and drop a register name or variable name to an Array window
to set the base address. Use the View Memory As command to
interpret memory displayed in an Array window as a different type.
Alternatively, use a contextual menu to open an Array window, as explained in Table
19.10 on page 223.
Table 19.10 Opening an Array window by using a contextual menu
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Right-click the array and select View
Macintosh
Control-click the array and select
Solaris
Click and hold on the array, then select
View Array.
Linux
Click and hold on the array, then select
View Array.
Array.
View Array.
Memory Window
The Memory window manipulates program memory contents in various data types.
Use this resizable window to perform these tasks:
• View memory
• Change individual memory bytes
• Set watchpoints
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–223
Advanced Debugging
Memory Window
CAUTION
Arbitrarily changing memory contents could degrade the stability of
the IDE, another program, or the operating system itself. Understand
the consequences of manipulating memory.
Figure 19.11 shows the Memory window. Table 19.11 on page 224 explains the items
in the window.
Figure 19.11 Memory window
Table 19.11 Memory window—items
Item
Icon
Explanation
Display
Enter a symbol representing the starting address of
memory to display. Valid symbols include addresses
and non-evaluating expressions, such as main or x.
View
Select the data format in which to view memory
contents.
Memory Space
(for processors that
support multiple
memory spaces)
Choose the memory space in which to view selected
variables or
source code.
Previous Memory
Block
Click to view the preceding block
of memory.
IDE–224
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Advanced Debugging
Memory Window
Table 19.11 Memory window—items (continued)
Item
Icon
Explanation
Next Memory Block
Click to view the succeeding block of memory.
Address
Displays a contiguous range of memory addresses,
beginning with the address entered in the Display field.
Hex
Displays a hexadecimal representation of the memory
addresses shown in the Address pane.
Ascii
Displays an ASCII representation of the memory
addresses shown in the Address pane.
Word Size
Select the bit size of displayed words.
Page
(for processors that
support multiple
pages)
Select the memory-space page in which to view source
code.
Viewing and Changing Raw Memory
Use the View Memory command to view and change the raw contents of memory.
1. Select an item or expression that resides at the memory address to be examined.
2. Choose Data > View Memory.
A new Memory window appears.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–225
Advanced Debugging
Memory Window
3. Select Raw data from the View list pop-up.
The contents of memory at the selected location appears in both hexadecimal and
ASCII.
Scroll through memory by selecting the Address, Hex, or ASCII pane of the
Memory window and then using the up and down arrow keys. Display a different
memory location by changing the expression in the Display field.
Change the word size displayed in the Memory window by using the Word Size
list pop-up. The choices are 8, 16, and 32 bits.
Change the contents of a particular memory location by double-clicking on that
location in either the hexadecimal or ASCII pane of the Memory window.
Replace the current value by entering a hexadecimal value in the Hex pane or a
string of ASCII characters in the ASCII pane.
Alternatively, use a contextual menu to view and change memory, as explained in
Table 19.12.
Table 19.12 Opening a Memory window by using a contextual menu
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Right-click the item and select View Memory.
Macintosh
Control-click the item and select
Solaris
Click and hold on the item, then select View
Memory.
Linux
Click and hold on the item, then select View
Memory.
View Memory.
Viewing Memory Referenced by a Pointer
Use the View Memory command to inspect the memory referenced by a pointer—
including an address stored in a register.
1. Select a pointer in a source window.
2. Choose Data > View Memory.
A new Memory window appears.
IDE–226
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Advanced Debugging
Memory Window
3. Select Raw data from the View list pop-up.
The contents of memory referenced by the pointer appears in both hexadecimal
and ASCII.
Viewing Different Memory Spaces
Use the Page list pop-up to view a particular memory space.
NOTE
This feature is available only for processors that support multiple
memory spaces.
1. Select the name of a variable or a function in a source window.
2. Choose Data > View Memory.
A Memory window appears.
3. Select a memory space from the Page list pop-up.
4. Select Raw data from the View list pop-up if inspecting a variable. Select
Disassembly, Source, or Mixed from the View list pop-up if inspecting source
code.
The Memory window displays the selected memory-space page.
Setting a Watchpoint in the Memory Window
To set a Watchpoint using the Memory window, follow these steps:
1. Run/Debug your program.
2. From the Main Toolbar, choose Data > View Memory.
This opens the Memory window.
3. Select a range of bytes in the Memory window.
Do not double-click the range of bytes.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–227
Advanced Debugging
Multi-core Debugging
4. From the Main Toolbar, choose Debug > Set Watchpoint.
NOTE
A red line appears under the selected variable in the Variable
window, indicating that you have set a Watchpoint. You can change
the color of this line in the Display Settings panel of the IDE
Preferences window (Edit > IDE Preferences).
Clearing Watchpoints from the Memory window
To clear a Watchpoint from the Memory window, follow these steps:
1. Select a range of bytes in the Memory window.
2. Choose Debug > Clear Watchpoint.
To clear all Watchpoints from the Memory window:
1. Open the Memory window.
You do not have to select a range of bytes.
2. Choose Debug > Clear All Watchpoints.
NOTE
All Watchpoints clear automatically when the target program
terminates or the debugger terminates the program, and reset next
time the program runs.
Multi-core Debugging
The IDE allows simultaneous debugging of multiple projects. This feature provides
multi-core debugging capability for some embedded processors. By configuring each
project to operate on a single core, the IDE can debug multiple cores by debugging
multiple projects.
Configuring multi-core debugging involves these tasks:
• Configuring specific target settings for each project
IDE–228
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Advanced Debugging
Multi-core Debugging
• For some cores, specifying a configuration file for initializing multi-core
debugging
For more information, see the Targeting documentation.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–229
Advanced Debugging
Multi-core Debugging
IDE–230
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
20
Using Breakpoints
This chapter explains how to use breakpoints in the CodeWarrior™ IDE. Breakpoints
alter normal program execution, optionally according to specified conditions or
events.
This chapter contains these sections:
• “About Breakpoints” on page 231
• “Breakpoints Window” on page 231
• “Common Breakpoint Tasks” on page 233
About Breakpoints
Breakpoints change the flow of normal program execution. Use them to suspend
execution, examine current program state, and trigger specific actions.
The IDE recognizes these major breakpoint types:
• Regular breakpoints—halt program execution on specific source lines
• Conditional breakpoints—halt program execution after meeting specified
conditions
• Temporary breakpoints—halt program execution and then remove the breakpoint
that caused the halt
Breakpoints Window
The Breakpoints window shows all breakpoints defined in the active project. For each
breakpoint, the window shows this information:
• The source file that contains the breakpoint
• The line that contains the breakpoint
• The current status of the breakpoint
• The breakpoint class
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–231
Using Breakpoints
Breakpoints Window
• (Optional) The condition associated with the breakpoint
Use the Breakpoints window to perform these tasks:
• Manipulate breakpoint conditions
• Change breakpoint status
• View the source line that contains each breakpoint
• View the class of each breakpoint
Figure 20.1 shows the Breakpoints window. Table 20.1 explains the items in the
window.
Figure 20.1 Breakpoints window
Table 20.1 Breakpoints window—items
Item
Explanation
Status
Click the displayed marker to toggle breakpoint status:
•
indicates an active breakpoint
•
indicates an inactive breakpoint
Location
A list of all breakpoints currently set in the project files.
Class
Indicates the breakpoint class:
• regular
• conditional
• temporary
Condition
IDE–232
Displays the condition attached to the breakpoint. To attach a condition to
a breakpoint, double-click the Condition column, then type a
conditional expression.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Breakpoints
Common Breakpoint Tasks
Common Breakpoint Tasks
You can perform these breakpoint tasks:
• opening the Breakpoints window
• setting breakpoints in source panes
• clearing breakpoints in source panes
• clearing all breakpoints
• clearing breakpoints in the Breakpoints window
• setting temporary breakpoints
• setting conditional breakpoints
NOTE
The Solaris- and Linux-hosted IDEs rely on an external debugger to
provide breakpoint support. The tasks in this section do not apply to
these IDE hosts.
Opening the Breakpoints Window
Use the Breakpoints window to view all breakpoints currently set in the program.
1. Open the Breakpoints window, as explained in Table 20.2.
Table 20.2 Opening the Breakpoints window
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Select View
Macintosh
Select Window
> Breakpoints Window.
Solaris
Select Window
> Breakpoints Window.
Linux
Select Window
> Breakpoints Window.
> Breakpoints.
2. The Breakpoints window appears.
NOTE
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Double-click a breakpoint in the Breakpoints window to display its
associated source line in the Browser window.
IDE–233
Using Breakpoints
Common Breakpoint Tasks
Setting Breakpoints in Source Panes
Use the Set Breakpoint command to set a breakpoint. A breakpoint suspends
execution of the target program at a specified line and returns control to the debugger.
The debugger does not execute the line that contains the breakpoint.
Set breakpoints in any window that displays source code, such as these examples:
• editor windows
• the Thread window (with Stack Crawl, Variable, and Source panes)
Figure 20.2 Setting Breakpoints
The red marker indicates
an active breakpoint.
The dash indicates a
line that can contain
a breakpoint.
1. In the source code, find the line at which you want to set the breakpoint.
2. Click the dash in the Breakpoint column (left edge of window) next to the line of
source code.
The breakpoint appears. During the next program run, execution proceeds normally
until reaching the breakpoint. The debugger then suspends program execution.
NOTE
Specifying a breakpoint in a file affects all other targets that include
that file.
Clearing Breakpoints in Source Panes
Use the Clear Breakpoints command to clear an individual breakpoint.
Clear breakpoints in any window that displays source code, such as these examples:
• editor windows
IDE–234
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Breakpoints
Common Breakpoint Tasks
• the Thread window (with Stack Crawl, Variable, and Source panes)
1. Open any window that displays source code.
2. Find the breakpoint that you want to clear. A red marker in the Breakpoint
column (left edge of window) indicates a breakpoint.
3. Click the red marker in the Breakpoint column.
The IDE clears the breakpoint.
Clearing All Breakpoints
Use the Clear All Breakpoints command to clear all project breakpoints with a single
command.
1. Select Debug > Clear All Breakpoints.
2. The IDE clears all breakpoints in project source files.
NOTE
Alternatively, use the Breakpoints window to clear breakpoints:
select the breakpoint that you want to remove and press Delete.
Clearing Breakpoints in the Breakpoints window
Use the Clear Breakpoints command to clear breakpoints in the Breakpoints
window.
1. Open the Breakpoints window:
2. In the Location column, select the breakpoint that you want to clear.
3. Click the red marker to the left of the breakpoint.
The IDE clears the breakpoint.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–235
Using Breakpoints
Common Breakpoint Tasks
Setting Temporary Breakpoints
Use the Temporary Breakpoint command to set temporary breakpoints. A temporary
breakpoint causes the debugger to halt program execution only once. The debugger
removes the temporary breakpoint after suspending program execution. Essentially,
setting a temporary breakpoint is equivalent to using the Run To Cursor command.
1. Open any window that displays source code.
2. In the source code, find the line at which you want to set the temporary
breakpoint.
3. Set the temporary breakpoint, as explained in Table 20.3.
Table 20.3 Setting the temporary breakpoint
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Alt-click the dash in the Breakpoint column.
Macintosh
Option-click the dash in the Breakpoint column.
Solaris
Alt-click the dash in the Breakpoint column.
Linux
Alt-click the dash in the Breakpoint column.
The temporary breakpoint appears.
NOTE
For source code with multiple breakpoints, the debugger suspends
program execution at each breakpoint. Suppose that some source
code contains a breakpoint followed by temporary breakpoint. The
debugger suspends program execution at the breakpoint first and then
again at the temporary breakpoint.
Setting Conditional Breakpoints
Use the Conditional Breakpoint command to set a conditional breakpoint. A
conditional breakpoint is a breakpoint with an associated conditional expression. The
IDE–236
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Breakpoints
Common Breakpoint Tasks
debugger evaluates the expression to determine whether to suspend program execution
at that breakpoint.
A conditional breakpoint behaves in two different ways:
• If the expression evaluates to true (non-zero value), the debugger suspends
program execution.
• If the expression evaluates to false (zero), the breakpoint has no effect. Program
execution continues without interruption.
1. Set a breakpoint that you want to associate with a conditional expression.
2. Open the Breakpoints window.
3. Double-click the condition column of the breakpoint.
4. Enter a conditional expression in the Condition text box.
5. Choose Project > Debug.
During subsequent debugging runs, the debugger evaluates the conditional breakpoint
to determine whether to stop the program at that breakpoint.
NOTE
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Alternatively, drag-and-drop an expression from a source view or
from the Expression window into the Breakpoints window.
IDE–237
Using Breakpoints
Common Breakpoint Tasks
IDE–238
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
21
Using Watchpoints
This chapter explains how to use Watchpoints in the CodeWarrior® IDE, and contains
these sections:
• “About Watchpoints” on page 239
• “Using Watchpoints in the Memory Window” on page 240
• “Using Watchpoints in the Watchpoints Window” on page 242
• “Using Watchpoints in Other Windows” on page 245
About Watchpoints
A Watchpoint tracks locations in memory that you want the debugger to observe. Set a
Watchpoint when you want the IDE to alert you to which part of the program changed
a particular location in memory.
Unlike a Breakpoint, a Watchpoint can detect when any part of the program affects the
global data. When the program writes a new value to that location or area of memory,
the debugger suspends program execution and notifies you with an alert.
Typically, the variables or memory locations on which you set a Watchpoint are
underlined in red in the Memory, Variable, or Symbolics windows. (However, you
can change the alert’s color to your preference.)
When you get an alert, you can examine the call chain, inspect or change variables,
step through your code, or use any of the debugger’s other facilities. (In particular,
from the debugger level, you can change the contents of the location that triggered the
Watchpoint without triggering it again.) Use the Run command (or the Run button on
the debugger toolbar) to continue execution from the Watchpoint.
NOTE
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Since the debugger cannot detect Watchpoints for variables stored on
the stack or in registers, you cannot set Watchpoints on
local variables.
IDE–239
Using Watchpoints
Using Watchpoints in the Memory Window
While you can view the program’s current Watchpoints in the Watchpoints window,
you can set and clear a Watchpoint in several IDE windows. To view, set, or clear
Watchpoints, you must first debug your program.
A project can have a different maximum number of watchpoints, depending on the
target. The IDE generally limits the acceptable range for watchpoints to memory that it
can write-protect. This range also depends on the host and on the application. For
more information, see the Targeting documentation.
Viewing Watchpoints
To see a list of all Watchpoints you have set in your program, open the Watchpoints
window.
To view Watchpoints, follow these steps:
1. Run/Debug your program.
2. Open the Watchpoints window, as explained in Table 21.1.
Table 21.1 Opening the Watchpoints window
On this platform...
Do this...
Windows
Select View > Watchpoints.
Macintosh
Select Window > Watchpoints.
Solaris
Select Window > Watchpoints.
Linux
Select Window > Watchpoints.
Using Watchpoints in the Memory
Window
The Memory window displays the contents of memory in hexadecimal and
corresponding ASCII character values.
IDE–240
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Watchpoints
Using Watchpoints in the Memory Window
Figure 21.1 Memory Window
Setting a Watchpoint in the Memory Window
To set a Watchpoint using the Memory window, follow these steps:
1. Run/Debug your program.
2. From the Main Toolbar, choose Data > View Memory.
This opens the Memory window.
3. Select a range of bytes in the Memory window.
Do not double-click the range of bytes.
4. From the Main Toolbar, choose Debug > Set Watchpoint.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–241
Using Watchpoints
Using Watchpoints in the Watchpoints Window
NOTE
A red line appears under the selected variable in the Variable
window, indicating that you have set a Watchpoint. You can change
the color of this line in the Display Settings panel of the IDE
Preferences window (Edit > IDE Preferences).
Clearing Watchpoints from the Memory window
To clear a Watchpoint from the Memory window, follow these steps:
1. Select a range of bytes in the Memory window.
2. Choose Debug > Clear Watchpoint.
To clear all Watchpoints from the Memory window:
1. Open the Memory window.
You do not have to select a range of bytes.
2. Choose Debug > Clear All Watchpoints.
NOTE
All Watchpoints clear automatically when the target program
terminates or the debugger terminates the program, and reset next
time the program runs.
Using Watchpoints in the Watchpoints
Window
The Watchpoints window lists the Watchpoints in your current build target by
memory address.
IDE–242
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Watchpoints
Using Watchpoints in the Watchpoints Window
Figure 21.2 Watchpoints window
Clearing a Watchpoint from the Watchpoints window
To clear a Watchpoint from the Watchpoints window, follow these steps:
1. Open the Watchpoints window, as explained in Table 21.2.
Table 21.2 Opening the Watchpoints window
On this platform...
Do this...
Windows
Select View > Watchpoints.
Macintosh
Select Window > Watchpoints.
Solaris
Select Window > Watchpoints.
Linux
Select Window > Watchpoints.
2. Select an existing Watchpoint in the Watchpoints window.
3. Choose Debug > Clear Watchpoint.
Alternately, you can right-click the Watchpoint and select Clear Watchpoint. You
can also highlight a Watchpoint and press the Delete key to clear a Watchpoint in the
Watchpoints window.
The variable disappears from the Watchpoints window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–243
Using Watchpoints
Using Watchpoints in the Watchpoints Window
Disabling a Watchpoint from the Watchpoints window
To disable a Watchpoint from the Watchpoints window, follow these steps:
1. Open the Watchpoints window, as explained in Table 21.3.
Table 21.3 Opening the Watchpoints window
On this platform...
Do this...
Windows
Select View > Watchpoints.
Macintosh
Select Window > Watchpoints.
Solaris
Select Window > Watchpoints.
Linux
Select Window > Watchpoints.
2. Select an existing Watchpoint in the Watchpoints window.
3. Choose Debug > Disable Watchpoint.
The Watchpoint grays out. The Watchpoint remains intact, however, the program
does not stop at this Watchpoint or alert you when data changes.
Alternately, you can right-click the Watchpoint and select Disable Watchpoint.
Enabling a Watchpoint from the Watchpoints window
To enable a Watchpoint from the Watchpoints window, follow these steps:
1. Open the Watchpoints window, as explained in Table 21.4.
Table 21.4 Opening the Watchpoints window
On this platform...
Do this...
Windows
Select View > Watchpoints.
Macintosh
Select Window > Watchpoints.
Solaris
Select Window > Watchpoints.
Linux
Select Window > Watchpoints.
IDE–244
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Watchpoints
Using Watchpoints in Other Windows
2. Select an existing, disabled Watchpoint in the Watchpoints window.
While intact, the disabled Watchpoint is grayed-out and the program will not stop
or alert you when data changes.
3. Choose Debug > Enable Watchpoint.
The program now stops at this Watchpoint and alerts you when data changes.
Alternately, you can right-click the Watchpoint and select Enable Watchpoint.
Using Watchpoints in Other Windows
As a general rule, you can right-click a variable in most windows to set and clear a
Watchpoint.
Using Watchpoints in the Thread Window
The Thread window (Figure 21.3), also known as the Debugger, Stack Crawl, and
Program windows, shows debugging information about the currently
suspended process.
Figure 21.3 Thread window
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–245
Using Watchpoints
Using Watchpoints in Other Windows
Setting a Watchpoint in the Thread Window
Follow these steps to set a Watchpoint in the Variables pane in the Thread window:
1. Debug/Run your program.
The Thread window opens.
2. In the Variables pane in the Thread window, select the variable.
3. Choose Debug > Set Watchpoint.
Alternately, right-click the variable and Set Watchpoint.
Follow these steps to set a Watchpoint in the source pane of the Thread window:
1. Debug/Run your program.
The Thread window opens.
2. In the Source pane in the Thread window, double-click the variable.
3. Choose Debug > Set Watchpoint.
Alternately, right-click the variable and Set Watchpoint.
Clearing a Watchpoint in the Thread Window
To clear a watchpoint in the Thread window, follow these steps:
1. Debug/Run your program.
The Thread window opens.
2. In the Source pane in the Thread window, double-click the variable.
3. Choose Debug > Clear Watchpoint.
Alternately, right-click the variable and Clear Watchpoint.
IDE–246
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Watchpoints
Using Watchpoints in Other Windows
Enabling and Disabling Watchpoints in the Thread window
To enable a Watchpoint in the Thread window, follow these steps:
1. Debug/Run your program.
The Thread window opens.
2. In the Source pane in the Thread window, double-click the variable.
3. Choose Debug > Enable/Disable Watchpoint.
Alternately, right-click the variable and Enable/Disable Watchpoint.
While intact, a disabled Watchpoint is grayed-out and the program does not stop
or alert you when data changes.
An enabled Watchpoint suspends program execution and alerts you when data
changes.
Using Watchpoints in the Variable Window
The Variable window displays a single variable and lets you edit its contents.
Setting a Watchpoint in the Variable Window
To set a Watchpoint in the Variable window, follow these steps:
1. In the Thread window, double-click on a variable in the Variables pane to open a
Variable window.
2. Select the variable from the Variable window.
3. Choose Debug > Set Watchpoint.
Alternately, right-click the variable and Set Watchpoint.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–247
Using Watchpoints
Using Watchpoints in Other Windows
Setting a Conditional Watchpoint
A conditional watchpoint is a watchpoint that stops program execution at a given point
when a specified condition is met. Use the Variable window to create conditional
watchpoints.
To set a conditional watchpoint, follow these steps:
1. Select a variable from the Variable window.
2. Select Debug > Set Watchpoint.
3. Open the Watchpoints window, as explained in Table 21.5 on page 248.
Table 21.5 Opening the Watchpoints window
On this platform...
Do this...
Windows
Select View > Watchpoints.
Macintosh
Select Window > Watchpoints.
Solaris
Select Window > Watchpoints.
Linux
Select Window > Watchpoints.
4. Double-click the Condition field in the Watchpoints window for the watchpoint
that you just created.
The field becomes editable.
5. Enter an expression in the Condition field.
The debugger evaluates this expression to determine whether to stop program
execution at the watchpoint. If the expression evaluates to true (non-zero), the
debugger stops program execution at the watchpoint. If the expression evaluates
to false (zero), program execution continues past the watchpoint.
6. Choose Project > Debug.
NOTE
IDE–248
When the debugger reaches a Watchpoint, it stops execution before it
executes the statement.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Watchpoints
Using Watchpoints in Other Windows
Clearing Watchpoints from the Variable window
To clear a watchpoint from the Variable window, follow these steps:
1. Select a Watchpoint in the Variable window.
2. Choose Debug > Clear Watchpoint.
Using Watchpoints in the Symbolics
Window
The Symbolics window lets you view any file in the build target for which the IDE
generated a symbolics file, and lets you view or edit all global variables for each
project that contains symbolics information. The Symbolics window appears once you
open a file that contains symbolics information.
Figure 21.4 Symbolics window
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–249
Using Watchpoints
Using Watchpoints in Other Windows
Setting or Clearing a Watchpoint in the Symbolics Window
To set a Watchpoint in the Symbolics window, follow these steps:
1. Select Project > Debug.
A debugging session starts
2. Open the Symbolics window.
3. Highlight a variable in the Source pane of the Symbolics window.
4. Select Debug > Set/Clear Watchpoint.
The IDE sets the watchpoint. Select the variable again and choose the same menu
command to clear the watchpoint.
Alternatively, use a contextual menu to set or clear the watchpoint, as explained in
Table 21.6.
Table 21.6 Clearing a watchpoint y using a contextual menu
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Right-click the variable and select Set/Clear Watchpoint.
Macintosh
Control-click the variable and select Set/Clear Watchpoint.
Solaris
Control-click the variable and select Set/Clear Watchpoint.
Linux
Ctrl-click the variable and select Set/Clear
IDE–250
Watchpoint.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
22
Using Eventpoints
This chapter explains how to use eventpoints in the CodeWarriorTM IDE, and contains
these sections:
• “About Eventpoints” on page 251
• “Using Eventpoints in the Breakpoints Window” on page 256
• “Using Eventpoints in Other Windows” on page 259
• “Using Eventpoints in the Symbolics Window” on page 261
About Eventpoints
An eventpoint is a conditional breakpoint that performs a specific task instead of
halting program execution. An eventpoint can behave in various ways.
You can set these types of eventpoints:
• Log Point—logs or speaks a string or expression; records messages to the log
window
• Pause Point—pauses execution just long enough to refresh debugger data
• Script Point—runs a script, application, or other item when it reaches the
eventpoint in a line of code. The eventpoint triggers when execution reaches that
line in the code.
• Skip Point—skips execution on a source line where you set an eventpoint
• Sound Point—plays a sound when the program finds an eventpoint
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–251
Using Eventpoints
About Eventpoints
Figure 22.1 Eventpoints in an editor window
Table 22.1 Eventpoint icons
Eventpoint
Icon
Explanation
Log Point
The IDE logs or speaks a string or expression.
Pause Point
The IDE pauses execution just long enough to refresh
debugger data.
Script Point
The IDE runs a script, application, or other item.
Skip Point
The IDE skips execution of a source line on which you set
the eventpoint.
Sound Point
The IDE plays a sound when it finds an eventpoint.
Inactive eventpoint
This icon shows that an eventpoint is inactive (disabled).
IDE–252
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Eventpoints
About Eventpoints
Log Point
A Log Point is an eventpoint that logs or speaks a string or expression. A Log Point
records messages to the log window. You can configure the message that appears in
the log window.
Figure 22.2 Log Point settings
Select at least one of these Log Point settings:
• Log Message—the default setting for Log Point, the IDE writes the message you
type in the Message field in an IDE log window when it finds an eventpoint.
• Speak Message—select to have the debugger use the operating system to speak
the message you type in the Message field.
NOTE
(Windows) Install the Speech software development kit (SDK) in
order to use the Speak Message option.
• Treat as Expression—evaluates the text you typed in the Message field. For
example, if you enter "n = 100" in the Message field, the debugger parses that
text as an expression.
TIP
Include quotation marks around your expression,
for example, "n = 100".
• Stop in Debugger—select to have the debugger stop when it finds an eventpoint.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–253
Using Eventpoints
About Eventpoints
Pause Point
A Pause Point suspends program execution just long enough to refresh debugger data.
In a typical debugging session, the debugger cannot refresh the data unless it stops
program execution. A Pause Point, however, lets you set an eventpoint to see if
memory changes, for example, without stopping the debugging session.
Script Point
You can configure the program to run a script, application, or other item when it
reaches the eventpoint in a line of code. The eventpoint triggers when execution
reaches that line in the code. For example, the Mac OS can launch AppleScripts or
applications; Windows can execute a file as if you had used a Windows command line.
Skip Point
You can set a Skip Point so that the IDE does not execute a source line on which you
set the eventpoint. This eventpoint is especially useful when you are aware of a line
that you need to fix, but would like to go ahead and debug the rest of the program. You
can set a Skip Point and the debugger will debug the rest of the application but skip
that particular line.
NOTE
Skip Points do not currently work in Java.
Sound Point
A Sound Point is an audible alert. You can set a Sound Point so that when you step or
run through code, the IDE plays a sound when it finds an eventpoint. Unlike a Log
Point set to Speak Message, which speaks the message you specify, the Sound Point
plays a simple notification sound.
IDE–254
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Eventpoints
About Eventpoints
Figure 22.3 Sound point settings
You can configure the sound you would like to hear when the program finds an
eventpoint. To configure speech, use a Log Point.
Figure 22.4 Sound point settings drop-down menu
Setting Eventpoints
You can use the editor and debugger windows to set eventpoints.
1. Open either an editor or debugger window that contains source code.
2. In the source code, find the line on which you want to set the eventpoint.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–255
Using Eventpoints
Using Eventpoints in the Breakpoints Window
3. Double-click the line or symbol on which you want to set the eventpoint.
4. Choose Debug > Set Eventpoint. Alternately, right-click the symbol and select
Set Eventpoint.
Choose one of the eventpoints—Log, Pause, Script, Skip, or Sound—in the dropdown menu. You can choose more than one eventpoint for the same line or
symbol.
5. Debug the program.
During subsequent debugging runs, the eventpoints trigger their associated tasks as
defined by their IDE plug-ins.
Clearing Eventpoints
You can clear eventpoints from most IDE windows.
1. Open any window that displays source code and has an eventpoint.
2. Click on the eventpoint icon in the window’s breakpoints column.
This clears the eventpoint.
Alternately, to this:
1. Double-click the line or symbol on which you want to clear the eventpoint.
2. Choose Debug > Clear Eventpoint.
Using Eventpoints in the Breakpoints
Window
The Breakpoints window lists the eventpoints in your current build target by memory
address.
IDE–256
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Eventpoints
Using Eventpoints in the Breakpoints Window
Figure 22.5 Breakpoints window
Clearing an Eventpoint from the Breakpoints window
To clear an eventpoint from the Breakpoints window, follow these steps:
1. Open the Breakpoints window, as explained in Table 22.2.
Table 22.2 Opening the Breakpoints window
On this platform...
Do this...
Windows
Select View > Breakpoints.
Macintosh
Select Window > Breakpoints.
Solaris
Select Window > Breakpoints.
Linux
Select Window > Breakpoints.
2. Click on the text that has the eventpoint you want to clear.
3. Choose Debug > Clear Eventpoint.
Disabling an Eventpoint from the Breakpoints window
To disable an eventpoint from the Breakpoints window, follow these steps:
1. Open the Breakpoints window, as explained in Table 22.2 on page 257.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–257
Using Eventpoints
Using Eventpoints in the Breakpoints Window
Table 22.3 Opening the Breakpoints window
On this platform...
Do this...
Windows
Select View > Breakpoints.
Macintosh
Select Window > Breakpoints.
Solaris
Select Window > Breakpoints.
Linux
Select Window > Breakpoints.
2. Click the eventpoint icon.
This action toggles the eventpoint, disabling it. Click the icon again to enable the
eventpoint.
Enabling an Eventpoint from the Breakpoints window
To enable an eventpoint from the Breakpoints window, follow these steps:
1. Open the Breakpoints window, as explained in Table 22.4.
Table 22.4 Opening the Breakpoints window
On this platform...
Do this...
Windows
Select View > Breakpoints.
Macintosh
Select Window > Breakpoints.
Solaris
Select Window > Breakpoints.
Linux
Select Window > Breakpoints.
2. Click the icon of a disabled eventpoint.
This toggles the eventpoint, enabling it. You can click the icon again to disable
the eventpoint.
Setting a Conditional Eventpoint
A conditional eventpoint is an eventpoint that initiates an event at a given point in the
source code when a specified condition is met. Similar to a conditional breakpoint,
IDE–258
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Eventpoints
Using Eventpoints in Other Windows
which stops program execution if a condition is met, a conditional eventpoint performs
an action. Use the Breakpoints window to create conditional eventpoints.
To set a conditional eventpoint, follow these steps:
1. Open the Breakpoints window.
2. In the Condition field next to the eventpoint, enter your condition. For example,
enter a condition like this: x == n.
Figure 22.6 Conditional eventpoint
The next time you debug the program, the IDE initiates an event based on the
conditions you set for the eventpoint.
Using Eventpoints in Other Windows
As a general rule, you can right-click a variable in most windows to set and clear an
eventpoint.
Using Eventpoints in the Thread Window
The Thread window, also known as the Debugger, Stack Crawl, and Program
windows, shows debugging information about the currently suspended process.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–259
Using Eventpoints
Using Eventpoints in Other Windows
Figure 22.7 Thread window
Setting an Eventpoint in the Thread Window
Follow these steps to set an eventpoint in the Variables pane in the Thread window:
1. Debug your program.
The Thread window appears.
2. In the Variables pane in the Thread window, select the variable.
IDE–260
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Eventpoints
Using Eventpoints in the Symbolics Window
3. Choose Debug > Set Eventpoint.
Follow these steps to set an eventpoint in the Source pane in the Thread window:
1. Debug your program.
The Thread window appears.
2. In the Source pane in the Thread window, double-click the variable.
3. Choose Debug > Set Eventpoint.
Alternately, right-click the variable and choose Set Eventpoint.
Clearing an Eventpoint in the Thread Window
To clear an eventpoint in Variables pane in the Thread window, follow these steps:
1. Debug your program.
The Thread window appears.
2. In the Variables pane in the Thread window, double-click the variable.
3. Choose Debug > Clear Eventpoint.
To clear an Eventpoint in the Source pane in the Thread window, follow these steps:
1. In the Source pane in the Thread window, double-click the variable.
2. Choose Debug > Clear Eventpoint.
Alternately, right-click the variable and choose Clear Eventpoint.
Using Eventpoints in the Symbolics
Window
The Symbolics window lets you view any file in the build target for which the IDE
generated a symbolics file, and lets you view or edit all global variables for each
project that contains symbolics information. The Symbolics window appears once you
open a file that contains symbolics information.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–261
Using Eventpoints
Using Eventpoints in the Symbolics Window
Figure 22.8 Symbolics window
Setting an Eventpoint in the Symbolics Window
To set an eventpoint in the Symbolics window, follow these steps:
1. Choose Project > Debug.
The Thread window appears.
2. Open the Symbolics window, as explained in Table 22.5.
IDE–262
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Using Eventpoints
Using Eventpoints in the Symbolics Window
Table 22.5 Opening the Symbolics window
On this platform…
Do this…
Windows
Select View
Macintosh
Select Window
> Symbolics Window.
Solaris
Select Window
> Symbolics Window.
Linux
Select Window
> Symbolics Window.
> Symbolics.
3. Select the variable in the Source pane of the Symbolics window.
4. Choose Debug > Set Eventpoint.
Alternately, right-click the variable and choose Set Eventpoint.
Clearing an Eventpoint in the Symbolics Window
To clear an eventpoint in the Symbolics window, follow these steps:
1. Choose Project > Debug.
The Thread window appears.
2. Open the Symbolics window, as explained in Table 22.6.
Table 22.6 Opening the Symbolics window
On this platform…
Do this…
Windows
Select View
Macintosh
Select Window
> Symbolics Window.
Solaris
Select Window
> Symbolics Window.
Linux
Select Window
> Symbolics Window.
> Symbolics.
3. Select the variable in the Source pane of the Symbolics window.
4. Choose Debug > Clear Eventpoint.
Alternately, right-click the variable and choose Clear Eventpoint.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–263
Using Eventpoints
Using Eventpoints in the Symbolics Window
IDE–264
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
VI
Compilers and Linkers
This section contains these chapters:
• Compilers
• Linkers
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–265
IDE–266
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
23
Compilers
This chapter explains how to work with compilers in the CodeWarrior™ IDE. The IDE
uses compilers to complete these tasks:
• Generate object code—the compiler translates source code into object code.
Sample source code includes C++ files and Java files. Object code represents the
same source instructions in a language that the computer directly understands.
• Flag syntax errors—the compiler highlights source code with syntax errors.
Syntax errors result from failing to follow valid structure in a programming
language. In C++, a common syntax error is to forget to conclude a statement
with a semicolon.
Read this chapter to learn more about typical tasks for working with compilers.
This chapter contains these sections:
• Choosing a Compiler
• Compiling Projects
Choosing a Compiler
Choose a compiler to determine how the IDE interprets source code. The IDE uses a
plug-in compiler architecture. This architecture provides these features:
• Modularity—the IDE associates a specific compiler plug-in with a particular
programming language or environment. For example, a compiler plug-in exists
for C++ source code, and another compiler plug-in exists for Java source code.
• Flexibility—as new programming languages develop, the IDE can use new
compiler plug-ins.
The IDE associates common file-name extensions with various plug-in compilers. For
example, most Java files have the file-name extension .java. The IDE associates
these files with the Java compiler. The File Mappings panel provides control over
such associations.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–267
Compilers
Compiling Projects
Compiling Projects
Compile projects to process the source files that comprise a computer program and
generate object code. The compiler flags syntax errors in the source files.
Use these tasks to compile projects:
• Compile source files.
• Set the build order or link order.
• Update a project or its files.
• Create an executable file from a project.
• Run an application created from the project.
• Remove object code.
This section explains how to perform each task.
Compiling Source Files
Use the Compile commands to compile source files into binary files. The IDE can
compile a single file, multiple files, or all files in an open project.
1. Enable the Project window that contains the desired files to be compiled.
2. Select one or more files.
3. Choose Project > Compile.
The IDE compiles the selected files.
NOTE
The Project menu contains most commands for compiling and
linking projects. However, depending on the project type, some
commands might be disabled or renamed.
Setting the Build and Link Order of Files
Use the Link Order view in the Project window to specify the order in which the
compiler and linker process files. Establishing the proper link order prevents link
IDE–268
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Compilers
Compiling Projects
errors caused by file dependencies. The Link Order view is sometimes called the
Segments view or Overlays view, depending on the target.
1. Click the Link Order tab in a Project window.
2. Click and drag files into the desired link order.
The IDE changes the link order. The build begins at the top of the link order, processes
each file, and concludes at the bottom of the link order.
NOTE
The IDE uses the new link order during subsequent Update, Make,
Run, and Debug operations.
Updating Projects
Use the Bring Up To Date command to compile, but not link, the newly added,
modified, and touched files in a project. Unlike the Make and Run commands, the
Bring Up To Date command does not produce a binary file.
1. Select the project to update.
2. Choose Project > Bring Up To Date.
The IDE compiles all uncompiled project files.
Making Executable Files
Use the Make command to compile the newly-added, modified, and touched files in a
project, then link them into a binary file. Unlike the Run command, the Make
command does not execute the binary file. The Make command is useful for creating
dynamic link libraries (DLLs), shared libraries, code resources, or tools.
1. Select the project to make.
2. Choose Project > Make.
The IDE processes the project and creates a binary file.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–269
Compilers
Compiling Projects
Running Application Projects
Use the Run command to perform these tasks:
• Compile and link a project (if necessary).
• Create a standalone application.
• Change project settings (if required).
• Save the application.
• Run the application.
Note, the Run command is not available if the project creates a non-executable file
like a dynamic linked library (DLL), shared library, library, code resource, or tool.
1. Select the project to run.
2. Choose Project > Run.
Synchronizing File Modification Dates
Use the Synchronize Modification Dates command to update the modification dates
of all files stored in a project. This command is useful for handling files from a thirdparty editor that does not share file-status information with the IDE.
1. Select the project window.
2. Choose Project > Synchronize Modification Dates.
The IDE checks the file-modification dates and marks modified files for recompilation.
Removing Object Code
Use the Remove Object Code command to remove binary object code stored in the
project file and reduce project size.
1. Open the desired project to remove object code.
2. Choose Project > Remove Object Code.
IDE–270
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Compilers
Compiling Projects
3. Set compaction options as desired.
• Select Recurse subprojects to remove object code from all subprojects in the
project file.
• Select Compact targets to remove these items:
– Target data files with the .tdt extension.
– Browser data.
– Dependency information.
– Additional data cached by the IDE.
4. Select the method by which the IDE removes the object code.
• Click All Targets to remove object code from all build targets.
• Click Current Target to remove object code only from the active build target.
The IDE removes the specified object code from the project.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–271
Compilers
Compiling Projects
IDE–272
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
24
Linkers
This chapter explains how to work with linkers in the CodeWarrior™ IDE. The IDE
uses linkers to complete these tasks:
• Combine code—the linker combines source-file object code with object code
from library files and other related files. The combined code represents a
complete computer program.
• Create a binary file—the linker processes the complete computer program and
generates a binary file. Sample binary files include applications and shared
libraries.
Read this chapter to learn more about typical tasks for working with linkers.
This chapter contains these sections:
• Choosing Linkers
• Linking Projects
Choosing Linkers
Choose a linker to determine the binary file type produced by the IDE. This list
describes common binary files:
• Applications—applications, or executable files, represent a wide body of
computer programs. Common applications include word processors, web
browsers, and multimedia players.
• Libraries—libraries contain code for use in developing new computer programs.
Libraries simplify programming tasks and enhance re-usability.
• Specialized files—files designed for highly efficient operation in a specific
context. Such files usually support a particular combination of hardware and
software to perform tasks.
The IDE provides various linkers for software development. The Target Settings
panel contains an option for selecting a linker. The IDE maps to each linker a group of
recognized file-name extensions. These mappings determine how the IDE interprets
each file.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–273
Linkers
Linking Projects
Linking Projects
Link projects to process object code and generate a binary file. Refer to the
CodeWarrior Targeting documentation for more information about linkers for specific
computer systems. This section explains general-purpose linker tasks.
Generating Project Link Maps
Use the Generate Link Map command to create a link-map file that contains function
and cross-section information about the generated object code. The link map reveals
the files, libraries, and functions ignored by the IDE while producing the binary
output.
The IDE stores the link-map file in the project folder. The file uses the same name as
the build target, with a .MAP or .xMAP extension.
1. Select the project window.
2. Choose Edit > target_name Settings.
3. Select the linker panel in the Target Settings Panels list.
4. Select the Generate Link Map option.
5. Click Save.
6. Choose Project > Make.
The IDE generates the link-map file.
IDE–274
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
VII
RAD (Rapid Application
Development)
This section contains these chapters:
• Creating RAD Projects
• Layout Editing
• Component Editing
• Object Wiring
• RAD Browsing
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–275
IDE–276
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
25
Creating RAD Projects
This chapter explains how to create Rapid Application Development (RAD) projects
in the CodeWarrior™ IDE. RAD projects provide these programming aids:
• Graphical construction—instead of manually coding a user interface, use the
RAD tools to create the interface visually. The IDE creates rudimentary code that
implements the interface.
• Component manipulation—the RAD tools manipulate graphical items, or
components, that make up a user interface.
• Catalog organization—use component collections, or catalogs, to quickly
construct a user interface. Create custom catalogs of frequently used components
to simplify RAD tasks.
Read this chapter to learn more about typical tasks for creating RAD projects.
This chapter contains these sections:
• “RAD Wizards” on page 277
• “Working with Designs” on page 278
• “Working with Layouts” on page 282
RAD Wizards
Use RAD wizards to create RAD projects in the IDE. The wizards provide options for
specifying RAD-related items:
• Names—specify the name of the RAD project, or the name of an item to place
inside an existing RAD project.
• Locations—specify the location in which to store the RAD project, or the item to
place inside an existing RAD project.
• Parameters—specify additional information about the project. The selected RAD
wizard determines the available parameters.
The wizard uses these options to create a new RAD project.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–277
Creating RAD Projects
Working with Designs
Using a RAD Wizard
Use the New command to create a RAD project.
1. Open the project.
2. Choose File > New.
3. Select the type of RAD project to create. These include:
• Java Applet Wizard
• Java Application Wizard
• Java Bean Wizard
4. Type a name in the Project name text box and specify Location.
5. Click OK.
6. For each subsequent wizard window:
• Enter the information requested, then click Next.
OR
• Click Finish at any time to complete the project using default values.
The wizard builds the RAD project according to the specified custom or default
parameters.
Working with Designs
RAD projects contain one or more designs. A design organizes a particular set of user
interfaces and components in an application. A design typically contains these items:
• Layouts—the layouts visually represent user interfaces that contain one or more
interface components. For example, a design could contain layouts that depict
different preference windows used in an application.
• Components—individual elements like controls, lists, or menus that comprise the
user interface of a layout. For example, the design contains the components that
make up the various layouts in an application.
• Build targets—the build targets used by the IDE to compile the design. For
example, the design contains a debugging build target and a release build target.
IDE–278
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Creating RAD Projects
Working with Designs
Use the Design tab in the Project window to view a list of designs in the RAD project.
Figure 25.1 Design hierarchy diagram
Project
Design #1
Design #2
Layout #1
Component #1
Layout #1
Component #2
Layout #2
Layout #3
Layout #2
Build Target #1
Debug
Build Target #2
Release
Build Target #3
Debug
Build Target #5
Debug
Build Target #6
Release
Build Target #4
Release
Adding a Design to a Project
Use the New command to add a design to a project.
1. Open the project.
2. Choose File > New.
3. Click the Project tab to display a list of available wizards.
4. Select the appropriate wizard for the design to add.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–279
Creating RAD Projects
Working with Designs
5. Enable the Add Design to Project checkbox.
6. Type a design name in the Design Name text box.
7. Choose the project’s name from the Project list pop-up.
8. Click OK.
9. Click Finish.
The design is added to the project and displayed in the Design view of the project
window.
Removing a Design from a Project
Use the Remove command to remove a design from a project.
1. Click the Targets tab in the project window.
2. Select the design that you want to remove.
3. Remove the design from the project, as explained in Table 25.1.
Table 25.1 Removing the design from the project
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Select Edit
> Delete.
Macintosh
Select Edit
> Clear.
Solaris
Select Edit
> Clear.
Linux
Select Edit
> Clear.
Alternatively, use a contextual menu to remove the design, as explained in Table
25.2 on page 281.
IDE–280
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Creating RAD Projects
Working with Designs
Table 25.2 Removing a design by using a contextual menu
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Right-click the design and select Delete.
Macintosh
Control-click the design and choose Clear.
Solaris
Click and hold on the design, then choose Clear.
Linux
Click and hold on the design, then choose Clear.
The IDE removes the design from the project.
Viewing a Design
Use the Design view tab in the project window to view all RAD designs in the current
build target. Use the Current Target list pop-up to change which build target’s
designs to view.
• Click the Design view tab in the project window.
The current build target’s designs are shown.
Creating an Empty Design
Create an empty design in a legacy project to add design objects to that project. In
order to add an empty design, at least one build target must not yet belong to an
existing design in the project.
1. Open a project.
The project window appears.
2. Click the Targets tab in the project window.
The Targets view appears. This view shows the existing designs in the project
and their corresponding build targets.
3. Choose Project > Create Design.
The Create New Design dialog box appears.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–281
Creating RAD Projects
Working with Layouts
4. Enter a design name in the Name for new design field.
5. Select the checkbox next to each build target that you want to assign to the new
design.
Clear the checkbox next to each build target that you do not want to assign to the
new design.
NOTE
You must assign at least one build target to the new design.
6. Click OK.
The IDE creates an empty design and associates with it the build targets that you
selected. The new design appears in the Targets view of the project window.
Working with Layouts
RAD projects can contain one or more layouts. A layout visually organizes a particular
set of components in a user interface. A layout contains these items:
• Components—the user-interface components that comprise a graphical interface.
For example, you can create a layout that contains components that make up an
alert box. The individual components include the alert-box window, the alert
message, and an OK button.
• Views—the views of a complex user-interface. For example, you can create a
multi-tabbed window in one layout. The layout could also contain the different
states of the window that might appear as users perform various actions.
A pane in the layout editor contains a hierarchical list of the components in a layout.
Adding a Layout to a Design
Use the New command to add a layout to a RAD design.
1. Click the Design tab in the project window.
2. Choose File > New.
3. Click the Object tab.
IDE–282
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Creating RAD Projects
Working with Layouts
4. Select the Java Frame Wizard.
5. Select the project from the Project list pop-up.
6. Select the design from the Design list pop-up.
7. Click OK.
8. Specify the Frame Class information, then click Finish.
A new layout appears in the Design tab. Double-click this layout to open it and view
its contents in the layout editor.
Removing a Layout from a Design
Use the Remove command to remove a layout from a design.
1. Click the Designs tab in the project window.
2. Select the layout that you want to remove.
3. Remove the layout from the project, as explained in Table 25.3.
Table 25.3 Removing the layout from the project
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Select Edit
> Delete.
Macintosh
Select Edit
> Clear.
Solaris
Select Edit
> Clear.
Linux
Select Edit
> Clear.
Alternatively, use a contextual menu to remove the layout, as explained in Table
25.4 on page 284.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–283
Creating RAD Projects
Working with Layouts
Table 25.4 Removing a layout by using a contextual menu
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Right-click the layout and select Delete.
Macintosh
Control-click the layout and choose Clear.
Solaris
Click and hold on the layout, then choose Clear.
Linux
Click and hold on the layout, then choose Clear.
The IDE removes the layout from the project.
IDE–284
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
26
Layout Editing
This chapter explains how to edit Rapid Application Development (RAD) layouts in
the CodeWarrior™ IDE. Use layouts to perform these tasks:
• Construct a user interface—a layout visually represents a user interface.
Construct a layout with various components. For example, you can construct a
dialog-box layout that contains button, scrollbar, and panel components.
• Manage components—organize related components into catalogs. For example,
you can collect frequently used components into a single catalog.
• Manipulate components—examine or change each component in a layout. For
example, you can change properties and events.
This chapter contains these sections:
• “Layout Wizards” on page 285
• “Layout Editor” on page 286
• “Component Palette” on page 290
• “Object Inspector” on page 294
Layout Wizards
Use layout wizards to create new layouts for RAD projects. The IDE uses the
information that you specify in a layout wizard to perform these tasks:
• name the layout.
• display the layout onscreen
• generate the source code that implements the layout at runtime
The wizard provides a series of steps that help you to create a new layout.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–285
Layout Editing
Layout Editor
Layout Editor
Use the Layout Editor to design a graphical user interface (GUI) for a RAD project.
The IDE uses RAD plug-ins to display the layout in the Layout Editor.
Use the Layout Editor in conjunction with the Component Palette to perform these
tasks:
• add components, like controls, lists, and menus, to an interface
• position interface components
• resize interface components
• view components in an interface
• remove components from an interface
Figure 26.1 shows the Layout Editor. Table 26.1 on page 287 explains the items in the
Layout Editor.
Figure 26.1 Layout Editor
IDE–286
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Layout Editing
Layout Editor
Table 26.1 Layout Editor—items
Item
Icon
Description
Group button
Select two or more components in the layout, then click this button to
combine those selected components so that they move together as a
group. Clicking this button is equivalent to selecting Layout >
Group.
Ungroup button
Select a group in the layout, then click this button to separate the
components so that they move independently of one another.
Clicking this button is equivalent to selecting Layout > Ungroup.
Left Edges button
Select two or more components in the layout, then click this button to
align the selected components along their left edges. Clicking this
button is equivalent to selecting Layout > Align > Left Edges.
Vertical Center
button
Select two or more components in the layout, then click this button to
align the selected components along their vertical centers. Clicking
this button is equivalent to selecting Layout > Align >
Vertical Center.
Right Edges button
Select two or more components in the layout, then click this button to
align the selected components along their right edges. Clicking this
button is equivalent to selecting Layout > Align > Right
Edges.
Top Edges button
Select two or more components in the layout, then click this button to
align the selected components along their top edges. Clicking this
button is equivalent to selecting Layout > Align > Top Edges.
Horizontal Center
button
Select two or more components in the layout, then click this button to
align the selected components along their horizontal centers.
Clicking this button is equivalent to selecting Layout > Align >
Horizontal Center.
Bottom Edges
button
Select two or more components in the layout, then click this button to
align the selected components along their bottom edges. Clicking
this button is equivalent to selecting Layout > Align >
Bottom Edges.
New Wire button
Click this button, then create a wire by clicking in the layout or by
dragging the cursor from one component to another in the layout.
Edit Wire button
Select a wire in the layout, then click this button to edit the wire
properties. Clicking this button is equivalent to selecting Layout
Edit Wire.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
>
IDE–287
Layout Editing
Layout Editor
Table 26.1 Layout Editor—items (continued)
Item
Icon
Description
Show All Wires
button
Clicking this button toggles visibility of all wires in the layout. Clicking
this button is equivalent to selecting Layout > Show All Wires.
Show Incoming
Wires
button
Select a component in the layout, then click this button to view all
wires that define the selected component as their destination
component. Clicking this button is equivalent to selecting Layout >
Show Incoming Wires.
Show Outgoing
Wires
button
Select a component in the layout, then click this button to view all
wires that define the selected component as their source component.
Clicking this button is equivalent to selecting Layout >
Show Outgoing Wires.
Grid button
Clicking this button toggles visibility of a grid in the layout editor.
Clicking this button is equivalent to selecting Layout > Display
Grid.
Snap To Grid button
Clicking this button toggles whether components snap to the grid in
the layout editor as you move them in the layout. Clicking this button
is equivalent to selecting Layout > Snap To Grid.
Customize button
Select a component in the layout, then click this button to open a
customization utility for the selected component. Clicking this button
is equivalent to selecting Layout > Customize. This button grays
out if the component does not support a utility.
Properties button
Click this button to open the object inspector and manage the
properties of the selected component. Clicking this button is
equivalent to selecting
Layout > Properties.
Component Palette
button
Click this button to open the Component Palette.
Component list
Lists all components in the current layout. In this list, you can expand
and collapse view, drag a component to reorder it in the list, open a
contextual menu for a selected component, and clear a selected
component.
Layout manager
Shows the user interface for the current layout. The IDE generates
source code that implements this user interface.
IDE–288
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Layout Editing
Layout Editor
Opening a Layout
To open a layout in a design, follow these steps.
1. Click the Design tab in the project window.
2. Double-click the layout name.
A layout editor appears and shows the layout that you double-clicked.
Using Contextual Menus in the Layout Editor
Use the contextual menu in the layout editor to execute specific commands on the
selected component. The available commands depend on the item that you select.
Table 26.2 explains contextual-menu commands for the layout editor.
Table 26.2 Contextual menu commands in the layout editor
Command
Description
Align
Aligns selected objects first with the grid in the layout window, then second in
relation to other selected objects. You can show or hide the grid in the
layout editor.
Resize
Resizes selected components in relationship to other selected components
Send To Back
Moves selected objects so that they appear behind all other objects in
the layout
Bring To Front
Moves selected objects so that they appears in front of all other objects in
the layout
Display Grid
If checked, a grid appears in the layout window. If not checked, the grid does
not appear.
Snap To Grid
If checked, the layout editor automatically aligns objects with the graphical grid.
If not checked, you can freely move objects in the layout.
Customize
Opens a customization utility for the selected component. This command is
available only for those components that support customization utilities.
Properties
Opens the object inspector, which shows the properties and events for the
selected component.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–289
Layout Editing
Component Palette
Table 26.2 Contextual menu commands in the layout editor
Command
Description
New Wire
Opens the Create Wire wizard. Use this wizard to create a new wire in
the layout.
Edit Wire
Opens the Create Wire wizard for the selected wire. Use this wizard to modify
the wire details.
Follow these steps to use a contextual menu in the layout editor:
1. Select an item in the layout.
2. Open a contextual menu, as explained in Table 26.3.
Table 26.3 Using a contextual menu in the layout editor
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Right-click the item.
Macintosh
Control-click the item.
Solaris
Click and hold on the item.
Linux
Click and hold on the item.
3. Select a command in the contextual menu.
The IDE applies to the item the command that you select.
Component Palette
Use the Component Palette to find and select components that you want to add to a
layout in the layout editor. The Component Palette is a tool-based version of the
Component Catalog. The components listed in the Component Catalog appear as
buttons in the Component Palette. Click these buttons, then draw components in the
layout.
IDE–290
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Layout Editing
Component Palette
Figure 26.2 Component Palette
Table 26.4 Component Catalog window—items
Component
Icon
Description
Open Catalog button
Click to open a catalog file and add it to the All
Catalogs list in the Component Catalog.
Close Catalog button
Click to close the active catalog shown in the Catalog
list pop-up.
Component Catalog
button
Click to open the Component Catalog for the active
catalog shown in the Catalog list pop-up.
Catalog list pop-up
Use to select a component catalog.
Component tool
buttons
(Sample tool)
Shows the available tools for the selected component
catalog. Each tool button represents a component.
Opening the Component Palette
Open the Component Palette to select components to add to a layout.
1. Open the Component Palette window, as explained in Table 26.5 on page 292.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–291
Layout Editing
Component Palette
Table 26.5 Opening the Component Palette window
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Select View >
Macintosh
Select Window
> Component Palette.
Solaris
Select Window
> Component Palette.
Linux
Select Window
> Component Palette.
Component Palette.
2. The component palette appears.
Alternatively, click the Component Palette button in the layout editor.
Adding a Component to a Layout
You can add new components to a layout by using the Component Palette or the
Component Catalog.
Component Palette
Click the component that you want to use, then click in the layout shown in the layout
editor to place that component in the layout.
The component appears in the layout.
Component Catalog
1. Select a component in the Component Catalog.
2. Drag the selection from the Component Catalog to the layout shown in the layout
editor.
The component appears in the layout.
Removing a Component from a Layout
Remove a component that you no longer use from the layout shown in the layout
editor.
IDE–292
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Layout Editing
Component Palette
1. Select the component that you want to remove.
2. Remove the component, as explained in Table 26.6.
Table 26.6 Removing a component
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Select Edit
> Delete.
Macintosh
Select Edit
> Clear.
Solaris
Select Edit
> Clear.
Linux
Select Edit
> Clear.
The IDE removes the component from the layout.
Moving a Component in a Layout
Follow these steps to reposition components in the layout editor:
1. Select the component that you want to move.
Shift-click additional components that you want to move.
2. Reposition the selected components.
• Click and drag the components to a new position.
• Press the arrow keys to move the components to a new position.
The IDE repositions the selected components.
Resizing a Component in a Layout
Use the Resize Component command to resize the selected component in a layout.
Resize handles appear around a selected component, one in each corner and midway
along each side. Use these resize handles to resize the selected component.
A heavy outline appears as you drag a resize handle. This outline represents the final
shape of the component after you release the cursor.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–293
Layout Editing
Object Inspector
1. Select the component that you want to resize.
Resize handles appear around the component.
2. Click and drag one of the resize handles.
The heavy outline appears.
3. Release the cursor after resizing the component.
The component changes size.
Object Inspector
Use the Object Inspector to display and edit these items in the layout:
• component properties
• events
• wires
Use dialog boxes, list pop-up menus, contextual menus, or the keyboard to enter
information about these items.
IDE–294
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Layout Editing
Object Inspector
Figure 26.3 Object Inspector
Table 26.7 Object Inspector—items
Component
Icon
Description
Object list pop-up
Select an object to edit its properties and events.
Properties tab
Click to show and edit properties for the component
shown in the Object list pop-up.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–295
Layout Editing
Object Inspector
Table 26.7 Object Inspector—items (continued)
Component
Icon
Description
Events tab
Click to show and edit events for the component
shown in the Object list pop-up.
Wires tab
Click to display and edit the wires defined in the layout.
Options list pop-up
Select a preset value and assign it to a property.
Show Options button
Click to assign a set of values to the property.
Opening the Object Inspector
Open the Object Inspector to examine and modify component properties and events.
1. Open the Object Inspector, as explained in Table 26.8.
Table 26.8 Opening the Object Inspector
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Select View >
Macintosh
Select Window
> Object Inspector.
Solaris
Select Window
> Object Inspector.
Linux
Select Window
> Object Inspector.
Object Inspector.
2. The object inspector appears.
Alternatively, use a contextual menu to open the Object Inspector, as explained in
Table 26.9.
Table 26.9 Opening the Object Inspector by using a contextual menu
On this host...
Do this...
Windows
Right-click the component and select Properties.
Macintosh
Control-click the component and select Properties.
IDE–296
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Layout Editing
Object Inspector
Table 26.9 Opening the Object Inspector by using a contextual menu (continued)
On this host...
Do this...
Solaris
Click and hold on the component, then select Properties.
Linux
Click and hold on the component, then select Properties.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–297
Layout Editing
Object Inspector
IDE–298
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
27
Component Editing
This chapter explains how to edit Rapid Application Development (RAD) components
in the CodeWarrior™ IDE. Component editing covers these categories:
• Component catalogs—organize related components into groups or catalogs. For
example, create a catalog to store frequently used components.
• Menu editors—the IDE provides specialized editors for constructing menus and
pop-up menus in RAD projects.
Read this chapter to learn more about typical tasks for editing components.
This chapter contains these sections:
• “Component Catalog Window” on page 299
• “Working with Catalogs” on page 302
• “Working with Menu Editors” on page 304
Component Catalog Window
Use the Component Catalog window to manage catalog files and their graphical user
interface (GUI) components. Use this window to perform these tasks:
• create new component catalog files
• open and close multiple catalog files
• import or copy GUI components from one catalog into another
• view GUI components within catalog files
• access GUI component properties for editing
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–299
Component Editing
Component Catalog Window
Figure 27.1 Component Catalog window
Table 27.1 Component Catalog window—items
Component
Icon
Description
New Catalog
Click to create a new catalog file.
New Folder
Click to create a new folder within the active catalog.
Open Catalog
Click to open a catalog file and add it to the All Catalogs list.
Close Catalog
Click to close the selected catalog in the All Catalogs list.
Import Components
Click to import .jar files (beans) and add it to the All Catalogs list.
Toggle Index View
Click to toggle the appearance of the Catalog list.
IDE–300
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Component Editing
Component Catalog Window
Table 27.1 Component Catalog window—items (continued)
Component
Icon
Description
Edit Item Properties
To open an Object Inspector window for editing of the selected GUI
component, click Edit Item Properties.
Component Palette
To open the active catalog’s GUI component palette, click
Component Palette.
All Catalogs list
Displays a list of all current open catalog files.
Components list
Displays a list of all GUI components stored in the active catalog file.
To edit a component, select it, then click Edit Item Properties.
List View
Click the List View icon to display the active catalog’s GUI
components in the Components list in list format.
Live View
Click the Live View icon to display the active catalog’s GUI
components in the Components list in active graphic form.
Opening the Component Catalog
Open the Component Catalog to create, manipulate, and manage component catalog
files.
1. Open the Component Catalog, as explained in Table 27.2.
Table 27.2 Opening the Component Catalog
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Select View
Macintosh
Select Window
> Component Catalog.
Solaris
Select Window
> Component Catalog.
Linux
Select Window
> Component Catalog.
> Component Catalog.
2. The Component Catalog appears.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–301
Component Editing
Working with Catalogs
Working with Catalogs
Use these tasks to work with catalogs:
• Manage components.
• Create and remove catalogs.
• Add and remove components in catalogs.
This section explains how to perform each task.
Creating a Component Catalog
Use the New command to create component catalog files for storing frequently used or
customized RAD components.
1. Open the project.
2. Choose File > New.
3. Click the File view tab in the New window.
4. Select Component Catalog File from the File list.
5. Type a name in the File Name text box.
6. Specify a location in the Location text box.
7. Click OK.
The IDE creates the new catalog file and displays it in the component catalog.
Alternatively, click the New Catalog toolbar button in the Component Catalog in order
to create a new catalog file.
Adding Components to a Catalog File
Populate a catalog file with the components that you use frequently. In adding
components to a catalog file, you copy one or more components from an existing
catalog file.
IDE–302
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Component Editing
Working with Catalogs
1. Open the Component Catalog.
2. Select a catalog file in the All Catalogs list to display its components.
3. Add one or more components to the catalog file.
Adding a single component
Click-and-drag the selected component from the Components list onto the destination
catalog file shown in the All Catalogs list.
Adding multiple components simultaneously
1. Select the components, as explained in Table 27.3.
Table 27.3 Selecting components
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Ctrl-click each component.
Macintosh
Shift-click each component.
Solaris
Shift-click each component.
Linux
Shift-click each component.
2. Click-and-drag the selected components from the Components list onto the
destination catalog file shown in the All Catalogs list.
Adding components by using copy and paste
1. Select the components in the Components list that you want to copy.
2. Select Edit > Copy.
3. Select the destination catalog file in the All Catalogs list.
4. Select Edit > Paste.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–303
Component Editing
Working with Menu Editors
Removing Components from a Catalog File
Remove from a component catalog file the components that you no longer use.
1. Open the Component Catalog.
2. Select the component catalog file in the All Catalogs list to display its
components.
3. Select the component that you want to remove.
4. Remove the component, as explained in Table 27.4.
Table 27.4 Removing the component
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Select Edit
> Delete.
Macintosh
Select Edit
> Clear.
Solaris
Select Edit
> Clear.
Linux
Select Edit
> Clear.
The IDE removes the selected component from the catalog file.
Working with Menu Editors
Perform these tasks to work with the menu editor:
• Manage menus or menu items.
• Create and remove menus or menu items.
• Modify menus or menu items.
This section explains how to perform each task.
IDE–304
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Component Editing
Working with Menu Editors
Menu Editor
Use the Menu Editor to display and edit RAD menus and pop-up menus. To open a
Menu Editor, double-click any menubar or pop-up menu component in the
layout editor.
Figure 27.2 Menu Editor window
Table 27.5 Menu Editor window—items
Item
Icon
Explanation
Menu
A named menu in the menu bar.
Menu placeholder
An unnamed menu in the menu bar.
Menu Item
placeholder
An unnamed menu item in the menu.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–305
Component Editing
Working with Menu Editors
Creating a Menu or Menu Item
Use the Menu Editor to add menus and menu items to a menubar component in the
layout.
1. Select the menu component that you want to edit.
2. Select Layout > Customize.
3. The Menu Editor appears.
4. Double-click the placeholder for the menu or menu item in the Menu Editor (the
placeholder appears as a rectangle).
5. Enter menu or menu-item information in the Menu Item Attributes window.
6. Click OK.
The menu or menu item appears in the Menu Editor. Continue customizing the
menu, then close the Menu Editor window.
Alternatively, you can open the Menu Editor by performing one of these tasks:
• double-clicking the menu component in the layout editor
• selecting the menu component in the layout and clicking the Customize toolbar
button in the layout editor
• using a contextual menu, as explained in Table 27.6.
Table 27.6 Opening the Menu Editor by using a contextual menu
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Right-click the menu component and select Customize.
Macintosh
Control-click the menu component and select Customize.
Solaris
Click and hold on the menu component, then select Customize.
Linux
Click and hold on the menu component, then select Customize.
IDE–306
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Component Editing
Working with Menu Editors
Removing a Menu or Menu Item
Remove from the Menu Editor the menus and menu items that you no longer use.
1. Double-click a menubar component in the layout editor.
2. Select the menu or menu item in the Menu Editor that you want to remove.
3. Remove the menu or menu item, as explained in Table 27.7.
Table 27.7 Removing a menu or a menu item
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Select Edit
> Delete.
Macintosh
Select Edit
> Clear.
Solaris
Select Edit
> Clear.
Linux
Select Edit
> Clear.
4. Click OK.
The IDE removes the menu or menu item.
Alternatively, select the item that you want to remove and press Delete.
Modifying a Menu or Menu Item
Use the Menu Editor to modify menus and menu items on a menubar component in a
RAD layout.
1. Double-click a menubar component in the Layout Editor.
2. Double-click the menu or menu item in the Menu Editor window to modify.
3. Change the menu or menu item information in the Menu Item Attributes
window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–307
Component Editing
Working with Menu Editors
4. Click OK.
The modified menu or menu item is shown in the Menu Editor window.
IDE–308
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
28
Object Wiring
This chapter explains how to use object wiring in the CodeWarrior™ IDE. Object
wiring establishes interactions between Rapid Application Development (RAD)
components. To establish these relationships, you draw wires onscreen to connect one
component to a related component.
Object wiring has these benefits:
• Visual metaphor—wires between objects indicate an interaction between those
objects
• Source-code generation—after you draw each wire, the IDE generates a basic
function or method that implements the wire in source code
This chapter contains these sections:
• “About Object Wiring” on page 309
• “Working with Object Wires” on page 310
• “Using the Create Wire Wizard” on page 315
• “Inspecting Wires” on page 317
About Object Wiring
A wire is a one-way relationship between two RAD components. The wire connects a
source component to a destination component. A dot on one end of the wire denotes
the source. An arrow at the other end of the wire denotes the destination.
An action is the operation that the destination component performs after an event on
the source component occurs. The wire is a visual representation of this action.
Figure 28.1 on page 310 shows a sample wire connecting a source component to a
destination component. Table 28.1 on page 310 defines the source component,
destination component, and wire in terms of Figure 28.1 on page 310.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–309
Object Wiring
Working with Object Wires
Figure 28.1 Sample wire
Table 28.1 Sample wire—items
Item
Icon
Explanation
Source component
The component on which an event triggers an operation
on the destination component.
Wire
Connects the source component to the destination
component. The dot denotes the source and the arrow
denotes the destination.
Destination
component
The component on which an operation occurs as a result
of an event on the source component.
You work with object wiring in these IDE elements:
• layout editor—draw wires, modify wires, and delete wires either graphically or
by using a contextual menu
• Create Wire wizard—define the action represented by the wire
• object inspector—reorder wires with the same source component and action, and
delete wires
Working with Object Wires
You work with object wires in these ways:
• create a wire
• modify a wire
• delete a wire
IDE–310
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Object Wiring
Working with Object Wires
This section explains how to perform these tasks.
Creating a Wire by Drawing It
Draw wires in the layout editor to connect a source component to a destination
component. The wire represents an action on the destination component.
To view the layout editor, open a RAD project and open a layout from the Design tab
in the project window.
1. Identify the source and destination component in the layout.
These components have an interaction that you define by drawing a wire between
them.
NOTE
You do not need to select a source component or destination
component in order to create a wire. In this case, the Create Wire
wizard substitutes default values in place of the missing components.
You can change these default values in the wizard.
2. Click the New Wire button in the layout editor toolbar:
The button highlights.
3. Position the cursor over the source component.
4. Drag the cursor from the source component to the destination component.
The wire appears as you drag the cursor. Draw the wire so that it begins on top of
the source component and ends on top of the destination component.
5. Release the cursor.
The Create Wire wizard appears. Complete this wizard to specify the details of
the wire.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–311
Object Wiring
Working with Object Wires
Creating a Wire by Using a Menu
Use the New Wire menu command to create a wire in the layout editor. To view the
layout editor, open a RAD project and open a layout from the Design tab in the project
window.
1. Select a source component in the layout.
Handles appear on the selected component.
NOTE
You do not need to select a source component in order to create a
wire. In this case, the Create Wire wizard substitutes the layout
itself in place of the missing source component.
2. Select Layout > New Wire.
The Layout menu becomes visible after you open the layout.
The Create Wire wizard appears. Complete this wizard to specify the details of
the wire, such as the destination component and action.
Creating a Wire by Using a Contextual Menu
Use the New Wire command in the layout editor contextual menu to create a wire in
the layout. To view the layout editor, open a RAD project and open a layout from the
Design tab in the project window.
1. Select a source component in the layout.
Handles appear on the selected component.
2. Open the Layout Editor contextual menu, as explained in Table 28.2.
Table 28.2 Opening the Layout Editor contextual menu
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Right-click the selected component.
Macintosh
Control-click the selected component.
IDE–312
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Object Wiring
Working with Object Wires
Table 28.2 Opening the Layout Editor contextual menu (continued)
On this host…
Do this…
Solaris
Control-click the selected component.
Linux
Ctrl-click the selected component.
3. Select New Wire from the contextual menu.
Figure 28.2 shows the contextual menu.
The Create Wire wizard appears. Complete this wizard to specify the details of the
wire, such as the destination component and action.
Figure 28.2 Layout Editor contextual menu - New Wire
Modifying a Wire by Using the Layout Editor
Modify an existing wire as you develop your layout in the layout editor. Use the
Create Wire wizard to make changes to the wire data.
1. Bring forward the layout editor window.
2. Select the wire that you want to modify.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–313
Object Wiring
Working with Object Wires
TIP
You can click different parts of a particular wire to select it quickly.
If few wires connect the same source and destination component, try
clicking the dot or arrow of a particular wire to select it quickly.
If many wires connect the same source and destination component,
try clicking the wire itself to select it quickly.
3. Choose Layout > Edit Wire.
Alternatively, double-click the wire or use the layout editor contextual menu.
4. The Create Wire wizard appears.
Use the wizard to modify the current data for the wire.
Deleting a Wire by Using the Layout Editor
Delete an existing wire in your layout to remove the interaction between its source and
destination components.
While deleting the wire removes it from the layout, the IDE does not remove the
generated source code that implements the wire.
This behavior helps preserve your source code. For example, if you modify the
generated functions or methods to offer additional functionality, the IDE does not
delete your work after you delete the wire. Instead, the IDE removes the wire from the
layout.
1. Bring forward the layout editor window.
2. Select the wire that you want to delete.
Handles appear on the selected wire.
3. Select Edit > Clear.
The IDE removes the selected wire from the layout.
IDE–314
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Object Wiring
Using the Create Wire Wizard
Using the Create Wire Wizard
After you create a wire in the layout, the IDE collects this information:
• source component—the object on which an event triggers the wire
• destination component—the object on which an action occurs as a result of
triggering the wire
• source event—the event that triggers the wire
• action—the operation that the destination component performs
• action parameters—details that qualify the action
Depending on how you create the wire, the IDE already has some of this information:
• create a wire between two components—source and destination components
already identified
• create a wire with one component selected—source component already identified
Use the Create Wire wizard to customize any remaining information.
Completing the Create Wire Wizard
Use the Create Wire wizard to specify details for wires that you create.
1. Bring forward the layout editor window.
2. Create a wire.
Draw the wire in the layout itself, or use menu commands to create the wire.
3. The Create Wire wizard appears.
Depending on how you created the wire, the wizard displays different pages to
help you complete the wire. Figure 28.3 on page 316 shows a sample page in the
Create Wire wizard.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–315
Object Wiring
Using the Create Wire Wizard
Figure 28.3 Create Wire wizard
4. Specify the event that triggers the wire.
a. Scroll though the list of available events.
b. Select an event.
NOTE
IDE–316
Clear the Show events by group checkbox to list available events in
alphabetical order. Select the checkbox to arrange available events by
group.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Object Wiring
Inspecting Wires
5. Specify the destination component.
If you selected a destination component when creating the wire, the Create Wire
wizard already has this information.
6. Specify the action performed on triggering the wire.
a. Select an action type from the pop-up menu:
• Set a Property—on the destination component
• Call a Method—on the destination component
• Perform an Action—(predefined action) on the destination component
• Execute Your Own Code—after the wire triggers
b. Select an action.
The available actions depend on the selected action type.
7. Complete additional information presented in the Create Wire wizard.
This information completes the data the IDE needs to implement the wire in
source code.
8. Click Finish.
The Create Wire wizard displays a Summary dialog box.
9. Click Generate to create the wire, or click Cancel to discard the wire.
If you generate the wire, it appears in the layout. The IDE generates a basic wire
implementation in source code, using your supplied information to complete the
process.
NOTE
If you choose to Execute Your Own Code, an editor window opens
and scrolls to the generated source code. Insert your source code at
this location.
Inspecting Wires
Use the Object Inspector to perform these tasks with wires:
• view wires defined in the current layout
• re-order wires with the same source component and action
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–317
Object Wiring
Inspecting Wires
• modify wires
• delete wires
Viewing Wires by Using the Object Inspector
You can use the object inspector to see a list of wires currently defined in the layout
editor.
1. Open the object inspector for the active RAD project:
2. Click the Wires tab in the object inspector.
Wire information for the current layout appears in the Wires tab.
Use the hierarchical controls in the Wires tab to collapse or expand the wire hierarchy.
Re-ordering Wires by Using the Object Inspector
Use the object inspector to change the order of wires that have the same source
component and action. The order listed in the object inspector represents the order of
wire precedence.
1. Open the object inspector for the active RAD project:
2. Click the Wires tab in the object inspector.
The Wires tab appears.
3. Drag the wires listed in the Wires tab to change their order.
The order of wire precedence begins at the top of the hierarchical list and
proceeds to the bottom of the list. For example, if Wire A appears above Wire B,
Wire A has precedence over Wire B.
IDE–318
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Object Wiring
Inspecting Wires
Modifying a Wire by Using the Object Inspector
In addition to modifying a wire by using the layout editor, you can modify the wire by
using the object inspector. Use the Create Wire wizard to make changes to the wire
data.
1. Open the object inspector for the active RAD project.
2. Click the Wires tab in the object inspector.
The Wires tab appears.
3. In the Wires tab, find the wire that you want to modify.
Expand or collapse hierarchical controls in order to find the wire.
4. Double-click the wire in the Wires tab.
The Create Wire wizard appears. Use the wizard to modify the current data for
the wire.
Deleting a Wire by Using the Object Inspector
In addition to deleting a wire by using the layout editor, you can delete the wire by
using the object inspector.
While deleting the wire removes it from the layout, the IDE does not remove the
generated source code that implements the wire.
This behavior helps preserve your source code. For example, if you modify the
generated functions or methods to offer additional functionality, the IDE does not
delete your work after you delete the wire. Instead, the IDE removes the wire from the
layout.
1. Open the object inspector for the active RAD project.
2. Click the Wires tab in the object inspector.
The Wires tab appears.
3. Select in the Wires tab the wire that you want to delete.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–319
Object Wiring
Inspecting Wires
4. Press Delete:
The IDE removes the wire from the layout.
Sorting the Wires Tab by Using a Contextual Menu
Use a contextual menu to change wire sorting in the Wires tab of the object inspector.
1. Open the object inspector for the active RAD project.
2. Click the Wires tab in the object inspector.
The Wires tab appears.
3. Right-click inside the Wires view.
A contextual menu appears.
4. Select the sorting method that you want to apply to the Wires tab. Table 28.3
explains the resulting hierarchy after selecting each sorting method.
Table 28.3 Selecting a sorting method
Sorting Method
Resulting Hierarchy
View By Source Object
1. Source components
2. Wires associated with each source component
View By Source Object And Event
1. Source components
2. Events associated with each source component
3. Wires associated with each event
View By Destination Object
1. Destination components
2. Wires associated with each destination component
5. The IDE applies to the Wires tab the sorting method that you select.
IDE–320
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
29
RAD Browsing
This chapter explains how to browse Rapid Application Development (RAD) projects
in the CodeWarrior™ IDE. The browser generates additional information for RAD
projects:
• Properties—the properties of a selected component in the RAD project. View the
property names and their implementations in source code.
• Methods—the functions or methods of a selected component in the RAD project.
View the method names and their implementations in source code.
• Events—the actions or events of a selected component in the RAD project View
the event names and their groupings within event sets.
Read this chapter to learn more about typical tasks for browsing RAD projects.
This chapter contains these sections:
• “RAD Browser Window” on page 321
• “Browser RAD Wizards” on page 323
RAD Browser Window
The Browser window displays additional items for RAD projects:
• Tab control
• Properties tab
• Methods tab
• Events tab
This section explains each item.
Tab Control
The browser displays a tab control for browsing the additional information generated
for RAD projects. The tab control shows a series of tabs with different names. For
example, the tab control for a Java RAD application contains these tabs:
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–321
RAD Browsing
RAD Browser Window
• Java
• Properties
• Methods
• Events
Click a tab to view its browser information. For example, click the Properties tab to
view information about component properties and source-code implementations.
NOTE
Some tabs display information only for public data not inherited from
other member functions. For these tabs, the Browser Access Filters
pop-up menu and the Show Inherited checkbox gray out.
Properties Tab
The Properties tab displays information for a selected component in the Classes pane
of the browser window. The tab contains these panes:
• Properties—view the properties of the selected component.
• Implementation—view the property implementation in the source code.
The browser allows source-code editing within the Implementation pane. The pane
also shows the path to the source file.
Methods Tab
The Methods tab displays information for a selected component in the Classes pane of
the browser window. The tab contains these panes:
• Methods—view the functions or methods of the selected component.
• Implementation—view the method implementation in the source code.
The browser allows source-code editing within the Implementation pane. The pane
also shows the path to the source file.
Events Tab
The Events tab displays information for a selected component in the Classes pane of
the browser window. The tab contains these panes:
• Event Sets—view a list of event sets for the selected component. Each event set
contains one or more events.
IDE–322
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
RAD Browsing
Browser RAD Wizards
• Events—view the events within the selected event set.
The browser allows source-code editing within the Implementation pane. The pane
also shows the path to the source file.
Browser RAD Wizards
The Browser menu contains commands for accessing various RAD wizards. Use these
wizards to create new RAD items for which the browser generates information. These
are sample browser RAD wizards:
• New Property—create a new property for a selected component.
• New Method—create a new method for a selected component.
• New Event Set—create a new event set for a selected component. Event sets
contain one or more events.
• New Event—create a new event for a selected event set.
The selected browser RAD wizard steps through the process of creating the new item.
After completing the wizard, the browser window updates to display information for
the newly created item.
Invoking the New Wizard
Use the New Wizard command on a selected component to assist in the creation of
new:
• properties
• methods
• event sets
• events
for that component.
1. Select the component to modify.
2. Choose the appropriate new wizard:
• Browser > New Property to add a new property.
• Browser > New Method to add a method.
• Browser > New Event Set to add an event set.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–323
RAD Browsing
Browser RAD Wizards
• Browser > New Event to add an event.
3. Enter the requested information into the window text boxes.
4. Click Add.
The new property, method, event set, or event is added to the component.
IDE–324
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
VIII
Preferences and Target
Settings
This section contains these chapters:
• Customizing the IDE
• Working with IDE Preferences
• Working with Target Settings
• Preference and Target Settings Options
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–325
IDE–326
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
30
Customizing the IDE
The CodeWarrior™ IDE enables you to customize menus, toolbars, and key bindings
to suit your programming preferences. Use the Customize IDE Commands
window—which consists of the Commands, Toolbar Items, and Key Bindings tabs—
to build your customizations.
This chapter contains these sections:
• “Customizing IDE Commands” on page 327
• “Customize Toolbars” on page 338
• “Customize Key Bindings” on page 344
Customizing IDE Commands
You can customize the menu commands in the IDE’s menu bar, as well as control the
appearance of specific menu commands, create new command groups to distinguish
menu commands, and associate a command line (Windows, Solaris, and Linux) or a
script or application (Mac OS) with a new menu command. The customized menu
commands you create have access to IDE information, such as the current editor
selection, the frontmost window, and the current project and its output file.
Figure 30.1 on page 328 shows the Customize IDE Commands window. Table 30.1 on
page 328 explains the buttons in the window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–327
Customizing the IDE
Customizing IDE Commands
Figure 30.1 Customize IDE Commands window
Table 30.1 Customize IDE Commands window—button explanations
Button name
Explanation
New Group
Click to add a new command group to the Commands list.
New Command
Click to add a new command setting within a group.
Factory Settings
Click to restore the default options for the current Customize IDE Commands
(Commands and Toolbar Items) lists.
Revert
Click to restore the most recently saved options for the current Customize IDE
Commands (Commands and Toolbar Items) lists.
Export
Click to save a file that contains commands and key bindings to use later in the
Customize IDE Commands lists.
Import
Click to open a file that contains commands and key bindings to use in the
current Customize IDE Commands lists.
Save
Click to save customizations to the Customize IDE Commands list.
IDE–328
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Customizing the IDE
Customizing IDE Commands
Commands Tab
Click the Commands tab at the top of the Customize IDE Commands window to
display the commands view. Use this view to modify existing menu commands, and to
create and remove command groups and menu commands.
Modifying Existing Commands
You can use the Commands tab of the Customize IDE Commands window to
examine and modify existing command groups and menu commands. This view
includes a Commands list. This hierarchical list organizes individual menu commands
into command groups. Click the hierarchical control next to a command group to
expand that group and view its contents.
To examine a particular item, select it in the Commands list. The information for the
selected item appears on the right-hand side of the Customize IDE Commands
window. This window provides this information for each selected item:
• Name—This field shows the name of the selected item. If the IDE does not
permit you to change the name of the selected items, this field is grayed out.
• Appears in Menus—Enable this checkbox to display the selected item in the
specified position in the CodeWarrior menu bar. For example, enabling this
checkbox for the RunApp menu command allows that menu command to appear
under the MyMenu command group in the menu bar. Disabling the checkbox
prevents the RunApp menu command from appearing in the menu bar under the
MyMenu command group.
• Action—This section shows information about the action the selected item
performs. For default menu commands, this section shows the command type,
such as Command or Hierarchical Menu. For customized menu commands
that you create, this section lets you specify a command line (Windows, Solaris,
and Linux) or a script (Mac OS) that runs after you choose the customized menu
command.
• Key Bindings—This area consists of the Key Bindings list, the New Binding
button, and the Auto Repeat checkbox.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–329
Customizing the IDE
Customizing IDE Commands
Creating a New Command Group
To create a new command group for menu commands, follow these steps:
1. Click the New Group button.
The IDE creates a new command group called New Group, adds it to the Commands
list, and displays its information in the Customize IDE Commands window.
2. Rename the new command group in the Name field.
Change the default name of New Group to describe your new command group.
3. Use the Appears in Menus checkbox to toggle the appearance of the new
command group in the IDE menu bar.
Select the Appears in Menus checkbox to display the new command group in the
menu bar. Clear the checkbox if you do not want the command group to appear in
the menu bar.
4. Click Save.
The IDE saves your new command group. If you selected the Appears in Menus
checkbox, your new command group appears in the menu bar.
IDE–330
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Customizing the IDE
Customizing IDE Commands
Figure 30.2 New Command group
Creating a New Menu Command
To create a new menu command, follow these steps:
1. Select the command group you want to contain the new menu command.
You must select an existing command group in the Commands list.
2. Click the New Command button.
The IDE creates a new menu command named New Command and places it within
the selected command group. The information for the new menu command appears in
the Customize IDE Commands window.
3. Enter a name for the new menu command.
You can change the default name of New Command. Enter a new name in the Name
field of the Customize IDE Commands window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–331
Customizing the IDE
Customizing IDE Commands
4. Use the Appears in Menus checkbox to toggle the appearance of the new
command within its command group.
5. Define the desired Action for the new menu command.
6. Click Save.
The IDE saves your new menu command. If you enabled the Appears in Menus
checkbox, the new menu command appears within the selected command group.
Figure 30.3 Command action fields
Defining Command Actions (Windows)
These fields help you associate an action with the new menu command:
• Execute—Enter in this field a command to run an application. Alternatively,
click the ellipsis button next to the field to select the application using a
standard dialog box.
IDE–332
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Customizing the IDE
Customizing IDE Commands
• Arguments—Enter in this field the arguments that the IDE must pass to the
application specified in the Execute field. Alternatively, choose the desired
arguments from the pop-up menu next to the field.
• Directory—Enter in this field the working directory the IDE should use when
it executes the application specified in the Execute field. Alternatively, choose
the desired directory from the pop-up menu next to the field.
Pre-defined Variables in Command
Definitions
The IDE provides pre-defined variables for Windows, Solaris, and Linux (not Mac
OS) to associate actions with commands. When you create a new command, you can
use these pre-defined variables in command definitions to provide additional
arguments that the IDE passes to the application (which is specified in the Execute
field).
NOTE
You can use variables that end with Dir as both argument and
directory names.
Figure 30.4 Pre-defined Arguments variables
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–333
Customizing the IDE
Customizing IDE Commands
Figure 30.5 Pre-defined Directory variables
Table 30.2 explains the pre-defined variables for command-line arguments.
Table 30.2 Pre-defined variables in command definitions
Variable
Command-line output
%sourceFilePath
sourceFilePath is the frontmost editor window's full path.
%sourceFileDir
sourceFileDir is the frontmost editor window's directory.
%sourceFileName
sourceFileName is the frontmost editor window's filename.
%sourceLineNumber
sourceLineNumber is the line number of the insertion point in the front
window.
%sourceSelection
sourceSelection is the path to a temporary file containing the currently
selected text.
%sourceSelUpdate
IDE–334
sourceSelUpdate is like sourceSelection, except the IDE waits for the
command to finish and updates the selected text with the contents of the file.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Customizing the IDE
Customizing IDE Commands
Table 30.2 Pre-defined variables in command definitions (continued)
Variable
Command-line output
%projectFilePath
projectFilePath is the full path of the front project window.
%projectFileDir
projectFileDir is the directory of the front project window.
%projectFileName
projectFileName is the filename of the front project window.
%projectSelectedFiles
%projectSelectedFiles passes the selected filenames in the project
window.
%targetFilePath
targetFilePath is the full path of the output file of the front project.
%targetFileDir
targetFileDir is the directory of the output file of the front project.
%targetFileName
targetFileName is the filename of the output file of the front project.
%currentTargetName
%currentTargetName passes the name of the current target of the
frontmost window.
%symFilePath
symFilePath is the full path to the symbolics file of the front project (can be
the same as targetFile, such as CodeView).
%symFileDir
symFileDir is the full directory to the symbolics file of the front project (can
be the same as targetFile, such as CodeView)
%symFileName
symFileName is the full filename to the symbolics file of the front project
(can be the same as targetFile, such as CodeView)
Using a Pre-defined Variable
To use a pre-defined variable, follow these steps:
1. Create a new menu command.
The IDE creates a new menu command named New Command and places it
within your selected command group. The information for the new menu
command appears in the Customize IDE Commands window.
2. Enter a name for the new menu command.
You can change the default name of New Command. Enter a new name in the
Name field of the Customize IDE Commands window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–335
Customizing the IDE
Customizing IDE Commands
3. Use the Appears in Menus checkbox to toggle the appearance of the new
command within its command group.
4. Define the Action for the new menu command.
a. Enter in the Execute field a command line to run an application.
b. Next to the Arguments field, click on the arrow icon and select an
argument listed in the pop-up menu.
c. Next to the Directory field, click on the arrow icon and select a directory
listed in the pop-up menu.
5. Click Save.
The IDE saves your new menu command with the pre-defined variables. If you
enabled the Appears in Menus checkbox, the new menu command appears within the
selected command group.
Defining Command Actions (Mac OS)
After you create a new menu command the Customize IDE Commands window
shows the Run App/Script field. This field appears in the Action section of the
window.
1. Click the Choose button next to the field to display a standard Open dialog box.
2. Use the dialog box to select an application or script.
The IDE launches this application or script each time you choose the menu
command. The path to the selected application or script appears in the Run App/
Script field.
Deleting Command Groups and Menu Commands
You can delete the command groups and menu commands that you create for the IDE.
Once removed, the command groups no longer appear in the IDE’s menu bar, and the
menu commands no longer activate their associated command lines (Windows) or
applications or scripts (Mac OS).
IDE–336
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Customizing the IDE
Customizing IDE Commands
NOTE
If you need to temporarily remove your customized command groups
and menu commands, consider exporting your settings. If you export
your settings, you do not need to reconstruct them if you want them
in the future.
Figure 30.6 Delete Command group
To delete a command group or menu command, follow these steps:
1. Select the command group or menu command you wish to delete.
If necessary, click the hierarchical control next to a group to expand and view its
contents.
2. Click Delete.
After clicking the Delete button, the selected command group or menu command
disappears from the Commands list.
3. Click Save.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–337
Customizing the IDE
Customize Toolbars
Clicking the Save button confirms the deletion. The IDE removes deleted command
groups from its menu bar. Deleted menu commands disappear from their respective
command groups.
Customize Toolbars
You can customize your IDE toolbars to contain frequently used commands.
The IDE toolbars contain a series of elements. Each element typically represents a
menu command. After you click the element, the IDE executes the associated menu
command. The toolbar can also contain elements that execute actions other than menu
commands.
Figure 30.7 Toolbar Items tab
IDE–338
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Customizing the IDE
Customize Toolbars
This section explains these topics:
• “Kinds of Toolbars” on page 339
• “Toolbar Elements” on page 340
• “Modify a Toolbar” on page 340
Kinds of Toolbars
The CodeWarrior IDE uses two toolbar types:
• Main toolbar—This toolbar, also known as the floating toolbar, is always
available.
• Window toolbars—These toolbars appear in particular windows, such as the
Project window toolbar and the Browser window toolbar.
This distinction is important because you show, hide, clear, and reset the different
toolbar types by using different sets of menu commands. These commands distinguish
between the floating toolbar and the other window toolbars.
When you change one of these toolbar types, that change applies to every instance of
that toolbar type you subsequently create. For example, if you modify the toolbar in an
editor window, your changes appear in all editor windows opened thereafter.
Figure 30.8 Main toolbar
Figure 30.9 Project window toolbar
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–339
Customizing the IDE
Customize Toolbars
Toolbar Elements
A toolbar can contain these elements:
• Commands—buttons that you click to execute IDE menu commands
• Controls—menus, such as Document Settings, Functions, Header Files, Markers,
Version Control, and Current Target
• Miscellaneous—other elements, such as the File Dirty Indicator and File Path
field
• Scripts (Mac OS)—buttons that you click to execute one of the scripts available
through the Scripts menu
Click the Toolbar Items tab at the top of the Customize IDE Commands window to
display the Toolbar view. Use this view to add new elements to a toolbar.
Modify a Toolbar
You can modify a toolbar in these ways:
• Add a toolbar element
• Remove a toolbar element
• Clear all elements on a toolbar
• Reset a toolbar
In certain circumstances there are restrictions on which elements you can add or
remove from a toolbar. For example, you cannot add a second instance of an element
to the toolbar.
After you modify a toolbar, the changes apply to every instance of that toolbar. For
example, if you customize the Project window toolbar, those changes will affect every
Project window that you open, not just the toolbar in the active Project window. Your
changes do not affect windows that are already open.
TIP
IDE–340
To display a ToolTip that names a toolbar element, rest the cursor
over the element. On the Mac OS 9-hosted IDE, activate Balloon
Help and rest the cursor over the element.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Customizing the IDE
Customize Toolbars
Adding a Toolbar Element
You add an element to a toolbar by dragging and dropping it from the Toolbar Items
list onto a toolbar. This list is in the Toolbar Items view in the Customize IDE
Commands window.
To add an element to a toolbar, follow these steps:
1. From the Toolbar Items list, select the icon next to the element that you want to
add to a toolbar.
Make sure that the destination toolbar is visible.
2. Drag the element’s icon from the Toolbar Items list to the destination toolbar.
On the Windows-hosted IDE, if the destination toolbar accepts the element, a
framing bracket appears in the toolbar. This framing bracket shows you where the
new element will appear after you release the cursor. If the destination toolbar
does not accept the element, the framing bracket does not appear.
3. Release the element at the desired position.
After you release the element, the IDE inserts the element into the
destination toolbar.
The toolbar might not accept an element for these reasons:
• The toolbar is full.
• The element already exists in the toolbar.
• You cannot use the element in the toolbar because the window does not support
that element.
• You cannot add these elements to any toolbar except the editor window toolbar:
Document Settings, Functions, Header Files, Markers, and Version Control
menus; File Dirty Indicator; and File Path field.
• You cannot add the Current Target menu element to any toolbar except the
Project window toolbar.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–341
Customizing the IDE
Customize Toolbars
Removing a Toolbar element
You remove a toolbar element by selecting it and using a contextual menu command
to remove it from the toolbar.
To remove an element from a toolbar, follow these steps:
1. Display a contextual menu for the button that you want to remove, as explained in
Table 30.3 on page 342.
Table 30.3 Displaying a contextual menu for a toolbar button
On this host...
Do this...
Windows
Right-click the button.
Macintosh
Control-click the button.
Solaris
Control-click the button.
Linux
Ctrl-click the button.
2. Select the Remove Toolbar Item command from the contextual menu.
The IDE removes the button from the toolbar.
Clearing All Buttons on Toolbars
You can clear all elements from a toolbar and build your own toolbar from scratch.
Table 30.4 explains how to clear the main (floating) toolbar and window toolbars.
Table 30.4 Clearing toolbars
On this host…
Do this to clear the
main toolbar…
Do this to clear the
window toolbar…
Windows
Select View > Toolbars >
Clear Main Toolbar.
Select View > Toolbars >
Clear Window Toolbar.
Macintosh
Select Window
Select Window > Toolbar >
Clear Window Toolbar.
IDE–342
> Toolbar >
Clear Floating Toolbar.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Customizing the IDE
Customize Toolbars
Table 30.4 Clearing toolbars (continued)
On this host…
Do this to clear the
main toolbar…
Do this to clear the
window toolbar…
Solaris
Select Window > Toolbar >
Clear Floating Toolbar.
Select Window > Toolbar >
Clear Window Toolbar.
Linux
Select Window
Select Window > Toolbar >
Clear Window Toolbar.
> Toolbar >
Clear Floating Toolbar.
Reset Toolbars
Reset a toolbar to restore its default button set.explains how to reset the main (floating)
toolbar and window toolbar by using menu commands.
Table 30.5 Resetting a toolbar by using menu commands
On this host…
Do this to reset the
main toolbar…
Do this to reset the
window toolbar…
Windows
Select View > Toolbars >
Reset Main Toolbar.
Select View > Toolbars >
Reset Window Toolbar.
Macintosh
Select Window
> Toolbar >
Reset Floating Toolbar.
Select Window > Toolbar >
Reset Window Toolbar.
Solaris
Select Window
> Toolbar >
Reset Floating Toolbar.
Select Window > Toolbar >
Reset Window Toolbar.
Linux
Select Window
Select Window > Toolbar >
Reset Window Toolbar.
> Toolbar >
Reset Floating Toolbar.
Alternatively, you can use a contextual menu to reset the main toolbar or a window
toolbar. Once you reset the toolbar, the IDE restores the default toolbar button set.
explains how to reset the main (floating) toolbar and window toolbar by using a
contextual menu.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–343
Customizing the IDE
Customize Key Bindings
Table 30.6 Resetting a toolbar by using a contextual menu
On this host…
Do this to reset the
main toolbar…
Do this to reset the
window toolbar…
Windows
Right-click the toolbar and select
Reset Toolbar.
Reset Toolbar.
Control-click the toolbar and select
Reset Toolbar.
Reset Toolbar.
Solaris
Click and hold on the toolbar, then
select Reset Toolbar.
Click and hold on the toolbar, then
select Reset Toolbar.
Linux
Click and hold on the toolbar, then
select Reset Toolbar.
Click and hold on the toolbar, then
select Reset Toolbar.
Macintosh
Right-click the toolbar and select
Control-click the toolbar and select
Customize Key Bindings
You can customize the keyboard shortcuts, known as key bindings, for various
commands in the CodeWarrior IDE. You can bind a set of keystrokes to virtually any
command. To activate the command, type its associated key binding. Use the
Customize IDE Commands window to change IDE key bindings.
You can also use the Customize IDE Commands window to look up default key
bindings for specific commands, as well as change existing key bindings to better suit
your needs.
Click the Commands tab at the top of the Customize IDE Commands window to
display the Commands view. Use this view to configure the key bindings for menu
commands, editor actions, and other actions. You can also specify prefix keys.
This section has these topics:
• Modifying key bindings
• Adding key bindings
• Deleting key bindings
• Setting Auto Repeat for key bindings
• Exporting commands and key bindings
• Importing commands and key bindings
IDE–344
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Customizing the IDE
Customize Key Bindings
Figure 30.10 Customize IDE Commands—Key Bindings
Adding Key Bindings
Use the Customize IDE Commands window to specify additional key bindings for a
particular command.
To add a key binding, follow these steps:
1. From the Commands list, select the command to which you want to add a new
key binding.
Click the hierarchical controls next to the command categories to expand them as
necessary so that you can see individual commands. Select the individual
command you wish to modify.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–345
Customizing the IDE
Customize Key Bindings
NOTE
If you want to use your keyboard’s numeric keypad as part of the
new key binding, enable the Numeric Keypad Bindings checkbox
in the Customize IDE Commands window.
2. Click New Binding.
After clicking this button, the Edit Key Binding dialog box appears.
Figure 30.11 Edit Key Bindings
3. Create the key combination you would like to use for the selected command.
For example, to add the key combination Ctrl-8, hold down the Ctrl key and
press the 8 key, then release both keys at the same time.
If you decide against the key combination that you just entered, or if you make a
mistake, click Cancel in the Edit Key Binding dialog box. The IDE discards
changes and returns you to the Customize IDE Commands window.
4. Click OK in the Edit Key Binding dialog box.
The new key binding appears in the Key Bindings list in the Customize IDE
Commands window.
5. Click Save in the Customize IDE Commands window to save your changes.
The new key binding is now available for use in the IDE.
IDE–346
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Customizing the IDE
Customize Key Bindings
Exporting Commands and Key Bindings
You can export commands and key bindings for later use if you do not want to delete
them.
To export a command or key binding, follow these steps:
1. Click Export in the Customize IDE Commands window.
After you click this button, a standard Save dialog box appears.
2. Select a location in a computer or network folder to save the Cmds&Bindings
file.
3. Click Save.
The IDE exports the current commands and key bindings to a file at that location.
Complete the name of the Cmds&Bindings file with a .mkb filename extension like this: MyCmdsAndKBs.mkb. This naming
convention helps you quickly identify the file as a Metrowerks Key
Bindings file. Furthermore, the Windows-hosted version of the
CodeWarrior IDE uses this extension to properly recognize the
commands and key bindings file.
TIP
Importing Commands and Key Bindings
You can import commands and key bindings from a previously exported file.
To import a command or key binding, follow these steps:
1. Click Import in the Customize IDE Commands window.
After you click this button, a standard Open dialog box appears.
2. Use the dialog box to find and open the Cmds&Bindings file you want to
import.
The IDE adds the imported commands and key bindings to the Commands list in
the Customize IDE Commands window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–347
Customizing the IDE
Customize Key Bindings
IDE–348
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
31
Working with IDE
Preferences
This chapter explains core CodeWarrior™ IDE preference panels and provides basic
information on global- and project-level preference options. Consult the Targeting
documentation for information on platform-specific preference panels.
This chapter contains these sections:
• “IDE Preferences Window” on page 349
• “General Panels” on page 351
• “Editor Panels” on page 365
• “Debugger Panels” on page 375
• “RAD Tools Panels” on page 383
Abbreviated descriptions appear in this chapter. See “Preference and Target Settings
Options” on page 411 for more information on preference-panel options.
IDE Preferences Window
The IDE Preferences window lists global IDE preference options. These preferences,
unless superseded by a Target Settings option, apply to every open project file.
The IDE Preferences window lists preferences by group:
• General—configures overall IDE preferences, such as project builds, recent
items, and third-party tools
• Editor—configures editor preferences, such as fonts, tabs, and syntax coloring
• Debugger—configures debugger preferences, such as window hiding during
debugging sessions, low-level interactions, and variable highlighting
• RAD Tools—configures Rapid Application Development preferences, such as
Layout Editor operation
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–349
Working with IDE Preferences
IDE Preferences Window
Figure 31.1 IDE Preferences window
Table 31.1 IDE Preferences window—items
Item
Explanation
IDE Preference Panels list
Lists preference panels, organized by group. Click the hierarchical
control next to a group name to show or hide individual
preference panels.
Preference panel
Shows the options for the selected item in the IDE Preference
Panels list.
Factory Settings
Click to restore the default options for the current preference panel.
Revert Panel
Click to restore the most recently saved options for the current
preference panel.
Export Panel
Click to save an XML file that contains options for the current
preference panel.
Import Panel
Click to open an XML file that contains options for the current
preference panel.
IDE–350
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with IDE Preferences
General Panels
Table 31.1 IDE Preferences window—items (continued)
Item
Explanation
OK (Windows)
Click to save modifications to all preference panels and close
the window.
Cancel (Windows)
Click to discard modifications to all preference panels and close
the window.
Apply (Windows)
Click to confirm modifications to all preference panels.
Save (Macintosh, Solaris, and
Linux)
Click to save modifications to all preference panels.
Opening the IDE Preferences Window
Use the IDE Preferences window to modify global general, editor, debugger, and
RAD options.
To open the IDE Preferences window, select Edit > Preferences.
General Panels
The General section of the IDE Preference Panels list defines the basic options
assigned to a new project.
The General preference panels available on most IDE hosts include:
• “Build Settings” on page 351
• “Concurrent Compiles” on page 353
• “IDE Extras” on page 354
• “Help Preferences” on page 358
• “Plugin Settings” on page 358
• “Shielded Folders” on page 359
• “Source Trees” on page 361
Build Settings
The Build Settings preference panel provides options for customizing various aspects
of project builds, including:
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–351
Working with IDE Preferences
General Panels
• file actions during project builds
• memory usage to accelerate builds
• local data storage of projects stored on read-only volumes
Figure 31.2 Build Settings preference panel (Windows)
Figure 31.3 Build Settings preference panel (Macintosh)
IDE–352
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with IDE Preferences
General Panels
Table 31.2 Build Settings preference panel—items
Item
Explanation
Play sound after ‘Bring Up To
Date’ & ‘Make’ (Macintosh,
Solaris, and Linux)
Bring Up To Date or Make command.
Select to have the IDE play an alert sound after completing a
Success (Macintosh, Solaris,
and Linux)
Bring Up To Date or Make command.
Choose the sound the IDE plays after successfully completing a
Failure (Macintosh, Solaris, and
Linux)
Bring Up To Date or Make command.
Choose the sound the IDE plays after failing to complete a
Build before running
Choose to always build the project before running it, never build the
project before running it, or ask for the desired action.
Save open files before build
Select to automatically save the contents of all editor windows before
starting a build.
Show message after building
up-to-date project
Select to have the IDE display a message after successfully building
a project.
Include file cache (Macintosh)
Enter the kilobytes of memory to allocate to the file cache used for
#include files during a project build.
Compiler thread stack
(Windows and Macintosh)
Enter the kilobytes of memory to allocate to the stack for execution of
the IDE compiler thread. Increase the size when compiling heavily
optimized code.
Use Local Project Data Storage
Select to specify a location to save project data if the project is on a
read-only volume. Click Choose to select the location.
Concurrent Compiles
The Concurrent Compiles preference panel controls execution of simultaneous IDE
compilation processes. The IDE lists this panel in the IDE Preference Panels list when
the active compiler supports concurrency.
The IDE uses concurrent compiles to compile code more efficiently. The IDE
improves its use of available processor capacity by spawning multiple compile
processes, which allow the operating system to perform these tasks as needed:
• optimize resource use
• use overlapped input/output
For those compilers that support concurrency, concurrent compiles improve compile
time on both single- and multiple-processor systems.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–353
Working with IDE Preferences
General Panels
Figure 31.4 Concurrent Compiles preference panel
Table 31.3 Concurrent Compiles preference panel—items
Item
Explanation
Use Concurrent Compiles
Select to have the IDE run multiple compilation processes
simultaneously.
Recommended
Select to allow the number of concurrent compiles suggested by
the IDE.
User Specified
Select to stipulate the number of concurrent compiles.
IDE Extras
The IDE Extras preference panel provides options for customizing various aspects of
the IDE, including:
• menu-bar layout
• the number of recent projects, document files, and symbolics files to remember
• use of a third-party editor
IDE–354
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with IDE Preferences
General Panels
Figure 31.5 IDE Extras preference panel (Windows)
Figure 31.6 IDE Extras preference panel (Macintosh)
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–355
Working with IDE Preferences
General Panels
Table 31.4 IDE Extras preference panel—items
Item
Explanation
Menu bar layout
Choose a layout that organizes IDE menus into a typical hostplatform menu bar. Restart the IDE in order for menu-bar layout
changes to take effect.
Projects
Enter the number of recently opened projects for the IDE to display in
the Open Recent submenu. Enter zero to disable this feature.
Documents
Enter the number of recently opened documents for the IDE to
display in the Open Recent submenu. Enter zero to disable
this feature.
Symbolics
Enter the number of recently opened symbolics files for the IDE to
display in the Open Recent submenu. Enter zero to disable
this feature.
Workspaces
Enter the number of recently opened workspaces for the IDE to
display in the Open Recent submenu. Enter zero to disable this
feature.
Context popup delay
(Macintosh, Solaris, and Linux)
Enter the number of ticks to wait before displaying contextual menus.
A tick is 1/60 of a second.
Use Third Party Editor
(Windows)
Select to use a third-party text editor to edit source files.
Launch Editor (Windows)
Enter a command-line expression that runs the desired third-party
text editor.
Launch Editor w/ Line #
(Windows)
Enter a command-line expression that runs the desired third-party
text editor and passes to that editor an initial line of text to display.
Use Multiple Document
Interface (Windows)
Select to have the IDE use the Multiple Document Interface (MDI).
Clear to have the IDE use the Floating Document Interface (FDI).
Restart the IDE in order for interface changes to take effect.
Zoom windows to full screen
(Macintosh, Solaris, and Linux)
Select to have zoomed windows fill the entire screen. Clear to have
zoomed windows in a default size.
Use Script menu (Macintosh,
Solaris, and Linux)
Select to display the Scripts menu in the menu bar. Clear to remove
the Scripts menu from the menu bar.
Use External Editor (Macintosh,
Solaris, and Linux)
Select to use a third-party text editor to edit text files in the current
project. Clear to use the editor included with the IDE.
Use ToolServer menu
(Classic Macintosh)
Select to display the ToolServer menu in the menu bar. Clear to
remove the ToolServer menu from the menu bar.
IDE–356
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with IDE Preferences
General Panels
Table 31.4 IDE Extras preference panel—items (continued)
Item
Explanation
Enable automatic Toolbar help
(Classic Macintosh)
Select to display Balloon Help after resting the cursor over a toolbar
icon. Clear to prevent Balloon Help from appearing.
Use default workspace
Select this option to have the IDE use the default workspace to save
and restore state information. Clear this option to have the IDE
always start in the same state.
Find Reference using
(Macintosh)
Choose an online browser application to view reference information
and definitions.
Using an External Editor on the Macintosh
To use an external editor on the Macintosh, the IDE sends AppleEvents to an alias file
that points to the editor application. Manually configure the IDE to use an external
editor.
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
The IDE Preferences window appears.
2. Select the IDE Extras panel from the IDE Preference Panels list.
3. Select the Use External Editor option.
4. Click Save.
The IDE is now prepared to use an external editor application. To specify the external
editor to use:
1. Find and open the CodeWarrior folder.
2. Create a folder named (Helper Apps) inside the CodeWarrior folder (if it
does not already exist).
3. Make an alias of the desired editor application.
4. Place the alias file inside the (Helper Apps) folder.
5. Rename the alias file External Editor.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–357
Working with IDE Preferences
General Panels
6. Restart the IDE in order for changes to take effect.
The IDE now uses the aliased external editor.
Help Preferences
The Help Preferences panel, available on the Solaris and Linux IDE hosts, specifies
the browser used for viewing IDE online help.
Figure 31.7 Help Preferences panel
Table 31.5 Help Preferences panel—items
Item
Explanation
Browser Path
Enter a path to the browser to use for viewing IDE online help.
Alternatively, use the Set button.
Set
Click to select the path to the browser to use for viewing IDE
online help.
Plugin Settings
The Plugin Settings preference panel contains options for troubleshooting third-party
IDE plug-ins.
IDE–358
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with IDE Preferences
General Panels
Figure 31.8 Plugin Settings preference panel
Table 31.6 Plugin Settings preference panel—items
Item
Explanation
Level
Choose the plug-in diagnostics level the IDE generates the next time
it loads plug-ins. Restart the IDE in order for diagnostic-level
changes to take effect.
Disable third party COM plugins
Select to prevent the IDE from loading third-party Common Object
Model (COM) plug-ins.
Shielded Folders
The Shielded Folder preference panel enables the IDE to ignore specified folders
during project operations and find-and-compare operations. The IDE ignores folders
based on matching names with regular expressions defined in the preference panel.
NOTE
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
If the Access Paths settings panel in the Target Settings window
contains a path to a shielded folder, the IDE overrides the shielding
and includes the folder in project operations and find-and-compare
operations.
IDE–359
Working with IDE Preferences
General Panels
Figure 31.9 Shielded Folders preference panel
Table 31.7 Shielded Folders preference panel—items
Item
Icon
Explanation
Shielded folder list
Lists folders that match the specified regular expression.
The IDE skips these folders during project operations, findand-compare operations, or both operations.
Regular Expression
Enter the regular expression used to shield folders from
selected operations.
Project operations
Select to have the IDE skip folders during project
operations. A bullet appears in the corresponding column
of the shielded folder list.
Find and compare operations
Select to have the IDE skip folders during find-andcompare operations. A bullet appears in the corresponding
column of the shielded folder list.
Add
Click to add the current Regular Expression field entry to
the shielded folder list.
IDE–360
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with IDE Preferences
General Panels
Table 31.7 Shielded Folders preference panel—items (continued)
Item
Icon
Explanation
Change
Click to replace the selected regular expression in the
shielded folder list with the current Regular Expression
field entry.
Remove
Click to delete the selected regular expression from the
shielded folder list.
2
Table 31.8 Default regular expressions in Shielded Folders panel
Regular Expression
Explanation
\(.*\)
Matches folders with names that begin and end with parentheses,
such as the (Project Stationery) folder.
CVS
Matches folders named CVS. With this regular expression, the IDE
skips Concurrent Versions System (CVS) data files.
.*[_]Data
Matches the names of folders generated by the IDE that store target
data information, such as a folder named MyProject_Data.
Source Trees
Use the Source Trees panel to add, modify, and remove source trees (root paths) used
in projects. Use source trees to define common access paths and build-target outputs to
promote sharing of projects across different hosts. Source trees have these scopes:
• Global source trees, defined in the IDE Preferences window, apply to all
projects.
• Project source trees, defined in the Target Settings window for a particular
project, apply only to files in that project. Project source trees always take
precedence over global source trees.
Except for the difference in scope, global and project source trees operate identically.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–361
Working with IDE Preferences
General Panels
Figure 31.10 Source Trees panel
Table 31.9 Source Trees panel—items
Item
Explanation
Source Tree list
Contains the Name and Path of currently defined source trees.
Name
Enter in this field a name for a new source tree or modify the name of
a selected source tree.
Type
Choose the source-tree path type.
Choose
Click to select or modify a source-tree path.
Add
Click to add a new source-tree path to the Source Tree list.
Change
Click to modify the selected source-tree name or path.
Remove
Click to delete the selected source tree from the Source Tree list.
IDE–362
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with IDE Preferences
General Panels
Adding Source Trees
Add source trees that define root paths for access paths and build-target output.
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
The IDE Preferences window appears.
2. Select the Source Trees panel from the IDE Preference Panels list.
3. Enter in the Name field a name for the new source tree.
4. Choose the source tree Type:
• Absolute Path—defines a path from the root level of the hard drive to a desired
folder, including all intermediate folders
• Environment Variable—(Windows, Solaris, and Linux) defines an environment
variable in the operating environment
• Registry Key—(Windows) defines a key entry in the operating-environment
registry
5. Enter the source-tree definition:
• For Absolute Path—Click Choose to display a subordinate dialog box. Use the
dialog box to select the desired folder. The absolute path to the selected folder
appears in the Source Trees preference panel.
• For Environment Variable—Enter the path to the desired environment variable.
• For Registry Key—Enter the path to the desired key entry in the registry.
6. Click Add.
The IDE adds the new source tree to the Source Trees list.
7. Click OK, Apply, or Save.
The IDE saves the source-tree changes.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–363
Working with IDE Preferences
General Panels
Changing Source Trees
Change a source tree to update path information for a project. The IDE must be able to
resolve source trees before building the project.
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
The IDE Preferences window appears.
2. Select the Source Trees panel from the IDE Preference Panels list.
3. Select the desired source tree in the Source Trees list.
4. If needed, enter in the Name field a new name for the selected source tree.
5. If needed, choose from the Type options a new path type for the selected source
tree.
6. Click Change.
The IDE updates the source tree and displays changes in the Source Trees list. A
reminder message to update source-tree references in the project appears.
7. Click OK, Apply, or Save.
The IDE saves the source-tree changes.
Removing Source Trees
Remove source trees that the project no longer uses. The IDE must be able to find the
remaining source trees before building the project.
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
The IDE Preferences window appears.
2. Select the Source Trees panel from the IDE Preference Panels list.
3. Select the obsolete source tree from the Source Trees list.
IDE–364
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with IDE Preferences
Editor Panels
4. Click Remove.
The IDE updates the Source Trees list. A reminder message to update sourcetree references in the project appears.
5. Click OK, Apply, or Save.
The IDE saves the source-tree changes.
Removing Remote Connections
Remove a remote connection that the project no longer uses.
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
The IDE Preferences window appears.
2. Select the Remote Connections panel from the IDE Preference Panels list.
3. Select from the Remote Connections list the obsolete remote connection.
4. Click Remove.
The IDE updates the Remote Connections list.
5. Click OK, Apply, or Save.
The IDE saves the remote-connection changes.
Editor Panels
The Editor section of the IDE Preference Panels list defines the editor settings
assigned to a new project.
The Editor preference panels available on most IDE hosts include:
• “Code Completion” on page 366
• “Editor Settings” on page 366
• “Font & Tabs” on page 368
• “Text Colors” on page 371
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–365
Working with IDE Preferences
Editor Panels
Code Completion
The Code Completion preference panel provides options for customizing the IDE
code-completion behavior, including:
• automatic invocation and indexing
• window positioning and appearance delay
• case sensitivity
Figure 31.11 Code Completion preference panel
Table 31.10 Code Completion preference panel—items
Item
Explanation
Automatic Invocation
Select to automatically open the Code Completion window to
complete programming-language symbols. Clear to manually open
the window.
Window follows insertion point
Select to have the Code Completion window follow the insertion
point as you edit text. Clear to leave the window in place.
Display deprecated items
Select to have the Code Completion window display obsolete items
in gray text. Clear to have the window hide obsolete items.
Case sensitive
Select to have the IDE consider case when completing code. Clear
to have the IDE ignore case.
Code Completion Delay (ticks)
Enter the number of ticks to wait before opening the Code
Completion window. A tick is 1/60 of a second.
Editor Settings
The Editor Settings preference panel provides options for customizing the editor,
including:
IDE–366
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with IDE Preferences
Editor Panels
• fonts, window locations, and insertion-point positions
• contextual menus
• additional editor-window features
Figure 31.12 Editor Settings preference panel
Table 31.11 Editor Settings preference panel—items
Item
Explanation
Font preferences
Select to retain font settings for each source file. Clear to apply
default font settings each time the IDE displays the source file.
Selection position
Select to retain the text-insertion position in each source file.
Window position and size
Select to retain the location and dimensions of each editor window.
Edit Commands
Select to add Edit menu commands to contextual menus.
Browser Commands
Select to add Browser menu commands to contextual menus. Also
select in order to use the Insert Template Commands option.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–367
Working with IDE Preferences
Editor Panels
Table 31.11 Editor Settings preference panel—items (continued)
Item
Explanation
Insert Template Commands
(Macintosh)
Select to add the Insert Template submenu to contextual menus.
The submenu displays source-defined function templates.
Project Commands
Select to add Project menu commands to contextual menus.
VCS Commands
Select to add VCS (Version Control System) menu commands to
contextual menus.
Debugger Commands
Select to add Debug menu commands to contextual menus.
Balance while typing
Select to flash the matching (, [, or { after typing ), ], or } in an
editor window.
Use multiple undo
Select to allow multiple undo and redo operations while editing text.
Relaxed C popup parsing
Select to allow the C parser to recognize some non-standard
function formats and avoid skipping or misinterpreting some
definition styles.
Drag and drop editing
Select to allow drag-and-drop text editing.
Left margin click selects line
Select to allow selection of an entire line of text by clicking in the left
margin of the editor window.
Sort function popup
Select to sort function names by alphabetical order in menus. Clear
to sort function names by order of appearance in the source file.
Enable Virtual Space (Windows
and Macintosh)
Select to allow moving the text-insertion point beyond the end of a
source-code line. Entering new text automatically inserts spaces
between the former end of the line and the newly entered text.
Balance Flash Delay
Enter the number of ticks to flash a balancing punctuation character.
A tick is1/60 of a second.
Default file format
Choose the default end-of-line format used to save files.
Font & Tabs
The Font & Tabs preference panel provides options for customizing settings used by
the editor, including:
• font and font size used in editor windows
• auto indentation and tab size
• tabs on selections and replacing tabs with spaces
IDE–368
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with IDE Preferences
Editor Panels
Figure 31.13 Font & Tabs preference panel
Table 31.12 Font & Tabs preference panel—items
Item
Explanation
Font
Choose the typeface displayed in editor windows.
Size
Choose the font size displayed in editor windows.
Script (Windows)
Choose the IDE script system. The script system maps keyboard
keys to characters of an alphabet.
Tab indents selection
Select to indent each line of selected text after pressing Tab. Clear to
replace selected text with a tab character after pressing Tab.
Tab Size
Enter the number of spaces to substitute in place of a tab character.
This number applies to the Tab Inserts Spaces option.
Auto Indent
Select to automatically apply the indentation level from the previous
line of text to each new line created by pressing Enter or Return.
Tab Inserts Spaces
Select to insert spaces instead of a tab character into text after
pressing Tab. The Tab Size option determines the number of
inserted spaces.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–369
Working with IDE Preferences
Editor Panels
Setting the Text Font
To set the text font, follow these steps:
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
2. Select the Font & Tabs panel in the Editor selection in the IDE Preference
Panels list.
3. In the Font Settings area of the IDE Preferences window, select a font type in
the drop-down menu in the Font field.
4. Save your font in the IDE Preferences window.
– Windows: Click OK.
– Macintosh: Click Save.
The foreground text changes to the new font.
Setting the Text Size
To set the text size, follow these steps:
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
2. Select the Font & Tabs panel in the Editor selection in the IDE Preference
Panels list.
3. In the Font Settings area of the IDE Preferences window, select the Size dropdown menu and choose a text point size (from 2 points to 24 points).
4. Save your text size in the IDE Preferences window.
– Windows: Click OK.
– Macintosh: Click Save.
The foreground text changes to the new size.
IDE–370
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with IDE Preferences
Editor Panels
Text Colors
The Text Colors preference panel customizes colors applied to elements of source
code displayed in editor windows:
• default foreground and background in editor windows
• standard comments, keywords, and strings in source code
• custom-defined keywords
• browser symbols
Default settings provide a simple scheme of at least four source-code colors. If four
colors do not provide sufficient detail, modify this preference panel to create more
sophisticated color schemes.
Figure 31.14 Text Colors preference panel
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–371
Working with IDE Preferences
Editor Panels
Table 31.13 Text Colors preference panel—items
Item
Explanation
Foreground
Click the color swatch to display a subordinate dialog box. Use the
dialog box to set the foreground color used in editor windows for text.
Background
Click the color swatch to set the background color used in
editor windows.
Activate Syntax Coloring
Select to apply customized colors to comments, keywords, strings,
and custom keywords in text. Clear to use the Foreground color for
all text.
Comments
Click the color swatch to set the color used for source-code
comments.
Keywords
Click the color swatch to set the color used for source-code language
keywords.
Strings
Click the color swatch to set the color used for source-code string
literals.
Set 1, Set 2, Set 3, Set 4
Click a color swatch to set the color used for the corresponding
custom-keyword set.
Edit
Click to add, modify, or remove keywords from the corresponding
custom-keyword set.
Activate Browser Coloring
Select to apply customized colors to browser symbols in text. Clear
to use the Foreground color for all text.
Classes
Click the color swatch to set the color used for source-code classes.
Constants
Click the color swatch to set the color used for source-code
constants.
Enums
Click the color swatch to set the color used for source-code
enumerations.
Functions
Click the color swatch to set the color used for source-code
functions.
Globals
Click the color swatch to set the color used for source-code global
variables.
Macros
Click the color swatch to set the color used for source-code macros.
Templates
Click the color swatch to set the color used for source-code
templates.
IDE–372
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with IDE Preferences
Editor Panels
Table 31.13 Text Colors preference panel—items (continued)
Item
Explanation
TypeDefs
Click the color swatch to set the color used for source-code type
definitions.
Other
Click the color swatch to set the color used for other symbols not
specified in the Activate Browser Coloring section.
Setting the Foreground Text Color
Use the Foreground Color option to configure the foreground text color displayed in
editor windows.
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
2. Select the Text Colors panel in the Editor selection in the IDE Preference
Panels list.
3. Click the Foreground color box to set the editor’s foreground color.
4. Pick color.
5. Click OK in the Color Picker window.
6. Save your colors in the IDE Preferences window.
– Windows: Click OK.
– Macintosh: Click Save.
The foreground text color changes to the new color.
Setting the Background Text Color
Use the Background Color option to configure the background color displayed by all
editor windows.
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–373
Working with IDE Preferences
Editor Panels
2. Select the Text Colors panel in the Editor selection in the IDE Preference
Panels list.
3. Click the Background color box to set the editor’s background color.
4. Pick color.
5. Click OK in the Color Picker window.
6. Save your colors in the IDE Preferences window.
– Windows: Click OK.
– Macintosh: Click Save.
The background text color changes to the new color.
Activate Syntax and Browser Coloring
Use the Activate Syntax Coloring and Activate Browser Coloring options to
configure the syntax and browser colors that all your editor windows display.
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
2. Select the Text Colors panel in the Editor selection in the IDE Preference
Panels list.
3. Select the checkbox next to the Activate Syntax Coloring or the Activate
Browser Coloring option.
4. Click on the colored box next to the item for which you want to configure color.
5. Pick color.
6. Click OK in the Color Picker window.
7. Save your colors in the IDE Preferences window.
– Windows: Click OK.
– Macintosh: Click Save.
The colors change to the new colors.
IDE–374
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with IDE Preferences
Debugger Panels
Debugger Panels
The Debugger section of the IDE Preference Panels list defines the basic debugger
settings assigned to a new project.
The Debugger preference panels available on most IDE hosts include:
• “Display Settings” on page 375
• “Windowing” on page 377
• “Global Settings” on page 378
• “Remote Connections” on page 380
Display Settings
The Display Settings preference panel provides options for customizing various
aspects of the IDE Debugger, including:
• assignment of colors to changed variables and watchpoints
• view of variable types
• display of local variables
• use of decimal values
• sorting of functions
• use of dynamic objects
Figure 31.15 on page 376 shows the Display Settings preference panel. Table 31.14 on
page 376 explains the items in the preference panel.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–375
Working with IDE Preferences
Debugger Panels
Figure 31.15 Display Settings preference panel
Table 31.14 Display Settings preference panel—items
Item
Explanation
Variable values change
Click the color swatch to set the color that indicates a changed
variable value.
Watchpoint indicator
Click the color swatch to set the color that indicates a changed
watchpoint value.
Show variable types
Select to always show the type associated with each variable.
Show variable location
Select to display the Location column in the Variables pane of the
Thread window.
Show all locals
Select to always show all local variables. Clear to have the debugger
show only variables near the program counter.
Show values as decimal
instead of hex
Select to always show decimal values instead of
hexadecimal values.
IDE–376
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with IDE Preferences
Debugger Panels
Table 31.14 Display Settings preference panel—items (continued)
Item
Explanation
Sort functions by method name
in symbolics window
Select to sort functions of the form className::methodName in
the Symbolics window by methodName. Clear to sort
by className.
Attempt to use dynamic type of
C++, Object Pascal and SOM
objects
Select to attempt to display the runtime type of the specified
language objects. Clear to display the static type.
Show tasks in separate
windows
Select to display tasks in separate Thread windows. Clear to shows
all tasks in one window, with a list pop-up to choose a task to display.
Restart active debugging sessions in order for changes to
take effect.
Show variable values in source
code
Select to show variable values in contextual menus in the
source code.
Default size for unbounded
arrays
Enter the default number of unbounded array elements to display in
a View Array window.
Windowing
The Windowing preference panel provides options for customizing how the debugger
displays windows during debugging sessions, including non-debugging and project
windows.
Figure 31.16 Windowing preference panel
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–377
Working with IDE Preferences
Debugger Panels
Table 31.15 Windowing preference panel—items
Item
Explanation
Do nothing
Select to leave all windows in place when starting a
debugging session.
Minimize non-debugging
windows (Windows)
Select to minimize all non-debugging windows when starting a
debugging session.
Collapse non-debugging
windows (Macintosh, Solaris,
and Linux)
Select to collapse all non-debugging windows when starting a
debugging session.
Hide non-debugging windows
Select to hide, but not close, all non-debugging windows when
starting a debugging session.
Close non-debugging windows
Select to close all non-debugging windows, except for the active
project window, when starting a debugging session.
Do nothing to project windows
Select to prevent the IDE from hiding project windows when starting
a debugging session.
Use Debugging Monitor
(Classic Macintosh)
Select to use a second monitor during debugging sessions.
Monitor for debugging
(Classic Macintosh)
Choose the monitor to display debugging windows. The coordinates
in parentheses identify the selected monitor in the QuickDraw®
coordinate space.
Move open windows to
debugging monitor when
debugging starts
(Classic Macintosh)
Select to move all open windows to the selected debugging monitor
when a debugging session starts.
Open windows on debugging
monitor during debugging
(Classic Macintosh)
Select to display on the debugging monitor any window opened
during a debugging session.
Global Settings
The Global Settings preference panel provides options for customizing various global
options for the debugger, including:
• file caching to accelerate debugger sessions
• automatic launch of applications and libraries
• confirmation of attempts to close or quit debugging sessions
IDE–378
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with IDE Preferences
Debugger Panels
Figure 31.17 Global Settings preference panel
Table 31.16 Global Settings preference panel—items
Item
Explanation
Cache Edited Files Between
Debug Sessions
Select to maintain a cache of modified files between debugging
sessions. Use this option to debug through the original source code
for files modified since the last build.
Maintain files in cache
Enter the number of days that the IDE maintains its file cache.
Purge Cache
Click to delete the file cache maintained by the IDE, freeing memory
and disk space.
Confirm invalid file modification
dates when debugging
Select to have the IDE display a warning message when debugging
a project with mis-matched file modification dates.
Automatically launch
applications when SYM file
opened
Select to automatically launch the application program associated
with an opened symbolics file.
Confirm “Kill Process” when
closing or quitting
Select to prompt for confirmation before killing processes upon
quitting a debugging session.
Select stack crawl window
when task is stopped
Select to bring forward the Stack Crawl window (also known as the
Thread window) after the debugger stops tasks.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–379
Working with IDE Preferences
Debugger Panels
Table 31.16 Global Settings preference panel—items (continued)
Item
Explanation
Don’t step into runtime support
code
Select to have the IDE skip stepping into Metrowerks Standard
Library (MSL) runtime support code and instead directly step into
your own code.
Auto Target Libraries
Select to have the IDE attempt to debug dynamically linked libraries
(DLLs) loaded by the target application.
Remote Connections
The Remote Connections preference panel configures general network settings for
remote-debugging connections between the host computer and other computers. Use
these general settings as the basis for defining more specific connections for individual
projects in conjunction with the Remote Debugging settings panel. The Target
Settings window contains the Remote Debugging settings panel.
Figure 31.18 Remote Connections preference panel
IDE–380
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with IDE Preferences
Debugger Panels
Table 31.17 Remote Connections preference panel—items
Item
Explanation
Remote Connection list
Displays the name and connection type of all remote connections
currently defined.
Add
Click to add a new remote connection to the Remote Connection list.
Change
Click to change the settings of the selected remote connection.
Remove
Click to remove the selected remote connection from the Remote
Connection list.
Adding Remote Connections
Add a remote connection that defines a general network connection between the host
computer and a remote computer.
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
The IDE Preferences window appears.
2. Select the Remote Connections panel from the IDE Preference Panels list.
3. Click Add.
The New Connection dialog box appears.
4. Enter in the Name field the name for the general remote connection.
5. Choose from the Debugger pop-up menu the desired debugger for use with the
remote connection.
6. Configure the Browse in processes window option as desired:
• selected—the IDE filters the Processes window list and the list of available
debuggers for an opened symbolics file. The filter prevents an unavailable remote
connection from appearing in either list.
• cleared—the IDE does not filter the Processes window list or the list of available
debuggers for an opened symbolics file. Both available and unavailable remote
connections appear in the lists.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–381
Working with IDE Preferences
Debugger Panels
7. Choose from the Connection Type pop-up menu the desired network protocol
for the remote connection.
8. Enter in the IP Address field the Internet Protocol address of the remote
computer.
9. Click OK.
The IDE adds the new remote connection to the Remote Connections list.
10. Click OK, Apply, or Save.
The IDE saves the remote-connection changes.
Changing Remote Connections
Change a remote connection to update network-connection information between the
host computer and a remote computer.
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
The IDE Preferences window appears.
2. Select the Remote Connections panel from the IDE Preference Panels list.
3. Select from the Remote Connections list the remote connection that requires
modification.
4. Click Change.
A dialog box appears with the current network settings for the selected remote
connection.
5. If needed, enter in the Name field a new name for the general remote connection.
6. If needed, choose from the Debugger pop-up menu a new debugger for use with
the remote connection.
7. If needed, toggle the Browse in processes window option.
8. If needed, choose from the Connection Type pop-up menu a new network
protocol for the remote connection.
IDE–382
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with IDE Preferences
RAD Tools Panels
9. If needed, enter in the IP Address field a new Internet Protocol address for the
remote computer.
10. Click OK.
The IDE updates the remote connection and displays changes in the Remote
Connections list.
11. Click OK, Apply, or Save.
The IDE saves the remote-connection changes.
Removing Remote Connections
Remove a remote connection that the project no longer uses.
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
The IDE Preferences window appears.
2. Select the Remote Connections panel from the IDE Preference Panels list.
3. Select from the Remote Connections list the obsolete remote connection.
4. Click Remove.
The IDE updates the Remote Connections list.
5. Click OK, Apply, or Save.
The IDE saves the remote-connection changes.
RAD Tools Panels
The RAD Tools section of the IDE Preference Panels list defines the Rapid
Application Development tool settings assigned to a new project.
The RAD Tools preference panels available on most IDE hosts include:
• “Layout Editor” on page 384
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–383
Working with IDE Preferences
RAD Tools Panels
Layout Editor
The Layout Editor preference panel provides options for customizing the Layout
Editor tool, including:
• display of the Component Palette and the Object Inspector
• grid size displayed onscreen
Figure 31.19 Layout Editor preference panel
Table 31.18 Layout Editor preference panel—items
Item
Explanation
Show the component palette
when opening a form
Select to automatically display the Component Palette after opening
a form.
Show the object inspector when
opening a form
Select to automatically display the Object Inspector after opening
a form.
Grid Size X
Enter the number of pixels to space between markings on the x axis
of the Layout Editor grid.
Grid Size Y
Enter the number of pixels to space between markings on the y axis
of the Layout Editor grid.
IDE–384
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
32
Working with Target
Settings
This chapter explains core CodeWarrior™ IDE target-settings panels and provides
basic information on target-settings options for the current project’s build targets.
Consult the Targeting documentation for information on platform-specific targetsettings panels.
This chapter contains these sections:
• “Target Settings Window” on page 385
• “Target Panels” on page 387
• “Code Generation Panels” on page 398
• “Editor Panels” on page 401
• “Debugger Panels” on page 403
Abbreviated descriptions appear in this chapter. See “Preference and Target Settings
Options” on page 411 for more information on target-settings-panel options.
Target Settings Window
The Target Settings window lists settings for the current project’s build targets. These
target settings supersede global IDE preferences defined in the IDE Preferences
window.
The Target Settings window lists settings by group:
• Target—configures overall build-target settings, such as names, browser
caching, file mappings, and access paths
• Language Settings—configures programming-language settings. Consult the
Targeting documentation for more information about these settings panels.
• Code Generation—configures processor, disassembler, and optimization
settings for generating code
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–385
Working with Target Settings
Target Settings Window
• Linker—configures linker settings for transforming object code into a final
executable file. Consult the Targeting documentation for more information about
these settings panels.
• Editor—configures custom keyword sets and colors
• Debugger—configures settings for executable files, program suspension, and
remote debugging
Figure 32.1 Target Settings window
Table 32.1 Target Settings window—items
Item
Explanation
Target Settings Panels list
Lists settings panels, organized by group. Click the hierarchical
control next to a group name to show or hide individual
settings panels.
Settings panel
Shows the options for the selected item in the Target Settings
Panels list.
Factory Settings
Click to restore the default options for the current settings panel.
IDE–386
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with Target Settings
Target Panels
Table 32.1 Target Settings window—items (continued)
Item
Explanation
Revert Panel
Click to restore the most recently saved options for the current
settings panel.
Export Panel
Click to save an XML file that contains options for the current
settings panel.
Import Panel
Click to open an XML file that contains options for the current
settings panel.
OK (Windows)
Click to save modifications to all settings panels and close
the window.
Cancel (Windows)
Click to discard modifications to all settings panels and close
the window.
Apply (Windows)
Click to confirm modifications to all settings panels.
Save (Macintosh, Solaris, and
Linux)
Click to save modifications to all settings panels.
Opening the Target Settings Window
Use the Target Settings window to modify build-target options for the current
project.
• Choose Edit > targetname Settings.
The Target Settings window appears.
Target Panels
The Target section of the Target Settings Panels list defines the general target settings
assigned to a new project.
The Target settings panels available on most IDE hosts include:
• “Target Settings” on page 388
• “Access Paths” on page 389
• “Build Extras” on page 392
• “Runtime Settings” on page 394
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–387
Working with Target Settings
Target Panels
• “File Mappings” on page 396
• “Source Trees” on page 398
Target Settings
The Target Settings panel provides options for:
• setting the name of the current build target
• setting the linker, pre-linker, and post-linker for the build target
• specifying the project output directory for the final output file
Figure 32.2 Target Settings panel
Table 32.2 Target Settings panel—items
Item
Explanation
Target Name
Enter a name (26 or fewer characters) for the selected build target as
it will appear in the project window.
Linker
Select the linker to use on the current build target.
Pre-linker
Select the pre-linker to use on the current build target.
Post-linker
Select the post- linker to use on the current build target.
IDE–388
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with Target Settings
Target Panels
Table 32.2 Target Settings panel—items (continued)
Item
Explanation
Output Directory
Shows the location where IDE creates the output binary file. Click
Choose to change this location.
Choose
Click to select the directory in which the IDE saves the output
binary file.
Clear
Click to delete the current Output Directory path.
Save project entries using
relative paths
Select to save project file entries using a relative path from a defined
access path. This option is helpful if the project has multiple files with
the same name.
Access Paths
The Access Paths settings panel defines the search paths for locating and accessing a
build target’s system files and header files.
NOTE
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
The Windows version of the Access Paths settings panel displays
either User Paths or System Paths, depending on the selected radio
button. The Macintosh, Solaris, and Linux versions of the Access
Paths settings panel display both User Paths and System Paths.
IDE–389
Working with Target Settings
Target Panels
Figure 32.3 Access Paths settings panel (Windows)
Figure 32.4 Access Paths settings panel (Macintosh)
IDE–390
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with Target Settings
Target Panels
Table 32.3 Access Paths settings panel—items
Item
Explanation
User Paths
Click the radio button to display the User Paths list (those paths
searched by #include "..." statements).
System Paths
Click the radio button to display the System Paths list (those paths
searched by #include <...> statements).
Always Search User Paths
Select to treat #include <...> statements the same as
#include "..." statements.
Interpret DOS and Unix Paths
(Macintosh)
Select to treat / and \ as subfolder separator characters. Clear to
treat / and \ as ordinary text.
Require Framework Style
Includes (Mac OS X)
Select to require #include statements of the form
LibraryName/HeaderFile.h. Clear to allow statements of the
form HeaderFile.h.
User Paths list
Displays a list of currently defined user-level access paths.
System Paths list
Displays a list of currently defined system-level access paths.
Add Default
Click to restore the default user- and system-level access paths.
Host Flags list pop-up
Choose the host platforms that can use the selected access path.
Add
Click to add a user- or system-level access path.
Change
Click to modify the selected user- or system-level access path.
Remove
Click to remove the selected user- or system-level access path.
The User Paths and System Paths lists display columns with status icons for each
access path. Furthermore, there are different types of access paths. Table 32.4 explains
these items.
Table 32.4 User Paths and System Paths list columns
Name
Search status
Icon
Explanation
A checkmark icon indicates an active access path that the
IDE searches.
No checkmark icon indicates an inactive access path that the IDE
does not search.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–391
Working with Target Settings
Target Panels
Table 32.4 User Paths and System Paths list columns (continued)
Name
Icon
Recursive search
Explanation
A folder icon indicates that the IDE recursively searches the
subdirectories of the access path.
No folder icon indicates that the IDE does not recursively search the
access path.
Framework
(Mac OS X
development)
An ƒ icon indicates that the access path points to a framework.
Framework paths are implicitly recursive.
No ƒ icon indicates that the access path does not point to a
framework.
Access path
Shows the full access path to the selected directory. Access paths
have these types:
• Absolute—the complete path, from the root level of the hard
drive to the directory, including all intermediate directories
• Project—the path from the project file relative to the designated
directory
• CodeWarrior—the path from the CodeWarrior IDE relative to the
designated directory
• System—the path from the operating system’s base directory
relative to the designated directory
• Source tree—the path from a user-defined source tree relative to
the designated directory
Build Extras
The Build Extras settings panel contains options that define how the CodeWarrior
IDE builds a project.
IDE–392
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with Target Settings
Target Panels
Figure 32.5 Build Extras settings panel
Table 32.5 Build Extras settings panel—items
Item
Explanation
Use modification date caching
Select to have the IDE cache modification-date information and use
that information each time it builds a target.
Cache Subprojects
Select to improve multi-project updating and linking speed.
Generate Browser Data From
Choose whether the IDE generates browser data for the project, and
the method by which the IDE generates that data.
Dump internal browse
information after compile
Select to have the IDE dump raw browser information for viewing.
This option appears after selecting Compiler from the Generate
Browser Data From pop-up menu.
Prefix file
Enter the path to your project’s prefix file. This options appears after
selecting Language Parser from the Generate Browser Data From
pop-up menu.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–393
Working with Target Settings
Target Panels
Table 32.5 Build Extras settings panel—items (continued)
Item
Explanation
Macro file
Enter the path to your project’s macro file. This options appears after
selecting Language Parser from the Generate Browser Data From
pop-up menu.
Use External Debugger
(Windows)
Select to use an external debugger instead of the CodeWarrior
debugger.
Application (Windows)
Click Browse to select the external debugger application.
Alternatively, enter in the field the path to the external debugger.
Arguments (Windows)
Enter in this field any program arguments to pass to the external
debugger when the IDE transfers control.
Initial directory (Windows)
Click Browse to select an initial directory for the external debugger.
Alternatively, enter in the field the path to the initial directory.
Runtime Settings
The Runtime Settings panel specifies a debugging application for non-executable
files. Dynamic linked libraries (DLLs), shared libraries, and code resources are sample
non-executable files. For example, use this panel to specify a debugging application
for Adobe® Photoshop® plug-ins.
IDE–394
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with Target Settings
Target Panels
Figure 32.6 Runtime Settings panel
Table 32.6 Runtime Settings panel—items
Item
Explanation
Host Application for Libraries &
Code Resources
Click Choose to select the application program for debugging nonexecutable files. Alternatively, enter in the field the path to the
application program. Click Clear to delete the current field entry.
Working Directory
Enter the path to a directory used for debugging the non-executable
files. Leave this field blank to use the same directory that contains
the non-executable files.
Program Arguments
Enter a command line of program arguments to pass to the host
application when the IDE transfers control.
Environment Settings
Lists the environment variables that have been added to the
build target.
Add
Click to add the current Variable and Value pair to the Environment
Settings list.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–395
Working with Target Settings
Target Panels
Table 32.6 Runtime Settings panel—items (continued)
Item
Explanation
Change
Click to replace the selected entry in the Environment Settings list
with the current Variable and Value pair.
Remove
Click to delete the selected environment variable from the
Environment Settings list.
Variable
Enter a name for the environment variable. This name pairs with the
information in the Value field.
Value
Enter a value for the environment variable. This value pairs with the
information in the Variable field.
File Mappings
The File Mappings settings panel associates file-name extensions with a CodeWarrior
plug-in compiler. These associations determine whether the IDE recognizes a source
file by its filename extension or file type. Use the settings panel to add, change, and
remove file mappings.
Figure 32.7 File Mappings settings panel
IDE–396
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with Target Settings
Target Panels
Table 32.7 File Mappings settings panel—items
Item
Icon
Explanation
File Mappings list
Displays a list of currently defined mappings between filename extensions and plug-in compilers.
File Type
Enter in this field a file type (such as TEXT) for the file
mapping. Alternatively, click Choose to set the file type by
selecting an example file. This file type also appears in the
corresponding column of the File Mappings list.
Extension
Enter in this field the file-name extension (such as .cpp)
for the file mapping. This file-name extension also appears
in the corresponding column of the File Mappings list.
Resource File flag
A bullet in this column denotes a resource file. The IDE
includes these resource files when building the final output
file. Use the Flags pop-up menu to toggle this flag.
Launchable flag
A bullet in this column denotes a launchable file. The IDE
opens launchable files with the application that created
them. Double-click launchable files from the Project
window. Use the Flags pop-up menu to toggle this flag.
Precompiled File flag
A bullet in this column denotes a precompiled file. The IDE
builds precompiled files before building other files. Use the
Flags pop-up menu to toggle this flag.
Ignored By Make flag
A bullet in this column denotes a file ignored by the
compiler during builds. For example, use this option to
ignore text (.txt) files or document (.doc) files. Use the
Flags pop-up menu to toggle this flag.
Compiler
Choose from this list pop-up the plug-in compiler to
associate with the selected file mapping. This compiler
selection also appears in the corresponding column of the
File Mappings list.
Flags
Choose from this pop-up menu the desired flags for the
selected file mapping. A checkmark indicates an active
flag. Bullets appear in the corresponding columns of the
File Mappings list to reflect flag states.
Edit Language
Choose from this list pop-up the desired language to
associate with the selected file mapping. The IDE applies
the appropriate syntax coloring for the selected language.
Add
Click to add the current File Type, Extension, Flags,
Compiler, and Edit Language entries to the File
Mappings list.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–397
Working with Target Settings
Code Generation Panels
Table 32.7 File Mappings settings panel—items (continued)
Item
Icon
Explanation
Change
Click to change the selected item in the File Mappings list
to reflect the current File Type, Extension, Flags,
Compiler, and Edit Language entries.
Remove
Click to remove the selected item in the File Mappings list.
Source Trees
The Source Trees settings panel in the Target Settings window defines projectspecific root paths. These project-specific paths supersede the global root paths
defined in the Source Trees preference panel of the IDE Preferences window.
Code Generation Panels
The Code Generation section of the Target Settings Panels list provides a single core
panel for configuring optimization routines. Consult the Targeting documentation for
more information about platform-specific settings panels.
Global Optimizations
The Global Optimizations settings panel configures how the compiler optimizes
object code. All optimization routines rearrange object code without affecting its
logical execution sequence.
NOTE
IDE–398
Always debug programs with optimization routines disabled. The
IDE does not provide source views of optimized code.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with Target Settings
Code Generation Panels
Figure 32.8 Global Optimizations settings panel
Table 32.8 Global Optimizations settings panel—items
Item
Explanation
Faster Execution Speed
Select to favor optimization routines that increase the execution
speed of the final object code, at the expense of larger code size.
Smaller Code Size
Select to favor optimization routines that reduce the size of the final
object code, at the expense of slower execution speed.
Optimization Level slider
Move to the desired optimization level. The IDE applies more
optimization routines at higher optimization levels. The Details field
lists the active optimization routines.
The Details field lists individual optimization routines applied at the selected
optimization level. Table 32.9 on page 400 explains these optimizations and their
availability at certain optimization levels.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–399
Working with Target Settings
Code Generation Panels
Table 32.9 Optimization routines
Optimization Routine
Explanation
Optimization
Level
Global Register Allocation
or
Global Register Allocation Only
for Temporary Values
Stores working values of heavily used variables
in registers instead of memory.
1, 2, 3, 4
Dead Code Elimination
Removes statements never logically executed
or referred to by other statements.
1, 2, 3, 4
Branch Optimizations
Merges and restructures portions of the
intermediate code translation in order to reduce
branch instructions.
1, 2, 3, 4
Arithmetic Operations
Replaces intensive computational instructions
with faster equivalent instructions that produce
the same result.
1, 2, 3, 4
Expression Simplification
Replaces complex arithmetic expressions with
simplified equivalent expressions.
1, 2, 3, 4
Common Subexpression
Elimination
Replaces redundant expressions with a
single expression.
2, 3, 4
Copy Propagation
or
Copy and Expression
Propagation
Replaces multiple occurrences of one variable
with a single occurrence.
2, 3, 4
Peephole Optimization
Applies local optimization routines to small
sections of code.
2, 3, 4
Dead Store Elimination
Removes assignments to a variable that goes
unused before being reassigned again.
3, 4
Live Range Splitting
Reduces variable lifetimes to achieve optimal
allocation. Shorter variable lifetimes reduce
register spilling.
3, 4
Loop-Invariant Code Motion
Moves static computations outside of a loop
3, 4
Strength Reduction
Inside loops, replaces multiplication instructions
with addition instructions.
3, 4
Loop Transformations
Reorganizes loop object code in order to reduce
setup and completion-test overhead.
3, 4
IDE–400
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with Target Settings
Editor Panels
Table 32.9 Optimization routines (continued)
Optimization Routine
Explanation
Optimization
Level
Loop Unrolling
or
Loop Unrolling (Opt for Speed
Only)
Duplicates code inside a loop in order to spread
over more operations branch and completiontest overhead.
3, 4
Vectorization
For processors that support vector
optimizations, translates computations with
code-loop arrays into equivalent vector
instructions.
3, 4
Lifetime Based Register
Allocation
or
Register Coloring
In a particular routine, uses the same processor
register to store different variables, as long as
no statement uses those variables
simultaneously.
3, 4
Instruction Scheduling
Rearranges the instruction sequence to reduce
conflicts among registers and processor
resources.
3, 4
Repeated
Iterates the optimization routines listed between
{* and *}.
4
Editor Panels
The Editor section of the Target Settings Panels list provides a single core panel for
configuring custom keywords within a project.
Custom Keywords
The Custom Keywords settings panel configures as many as four keyword sets, each
with a list of keywords, and syntax coloring for a project. These project-specific
settings supersede the global settings defined in the Text Colors preference panel of
the IDE Preferences window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–401
Working with Target Settings
Editor Panels
Figure 32.9 Custom Keywords settings panel
Table 32.10 Custom Keywords settings panel—items
Item
Explanation
Keyword set 1, Keyword set 2,
Keyword set 3, Keyword set 4
Click a color swatch to set the color used for the corresponding
custom-keyword set.
Edit
Click to add, modify, or remove keywords from the corresponding
custom-keyword set.
Adding a Keyword to a Keyword Set
To add a keyword to a keyword set, follow these steps:
1. Click Edit next to the desired keyword set.
A dialog box appears. This dialog box lists the current collection of keywords in
the keyword set.
2. Enter the new keyword into the field at the top of the dialog box.
3. Click Add.
The new keyword appears in the keyword list.
4. Select Case Sensitive as desired.
When selected, the IDE treats the case of each keyword in the keyword set as
significant. When cleared, the IDE ignores the case of each keyword in the
keyword set.
5. Click Done.
The IDE saves the modified keyword set.
IDE–402
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with Target Settings
Debugger Panels
Removing a Keyword from a Keyword Set
To remove a keyword from a keyword set, follow these steps:
1. Click Edit next to the desired keyword set.
A dialog box appears. This dialog box lists the current collection of keywords in
the keyword set.
2. Select the obsolete keyword in the Custom Keywords list.
3. Press the delete key for your platform.
• Windows, Solaris, and Linux: Backspace
• Macintosh: Delete
4. Click Done.
The IDE saves the modified keyword set.
Debugger Panels
The Debugger section of the Target Settings Panels list defines general debugger
settings for the project. Consult the Targeting documentation for more information
about platform-specific settings panels.
The Debugger settings panels available on most IDE hosts include:
• “Other Executables” on page 403
• “Debugger Settings” on page 406
• “Remote Debugging” on page 408
Other Executables
The Other Executables settings panel configures additional executable files for the
IDE to debug together with the current build target.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–403
Working with Target Settings
Debugger Panels
Figure 32.10 Other Executables settings panel
Table 32.11 Other Executables settings panel—items
Item
Icon
Explanation
File list
Lists the executable files that the IDE can debug together
with the current build target.
Debug column
Click in this column to toggle debugging of the
corresponding executable file.
Add
Click to select an executable file to add to the File list.
Change
Click to change the selected entry in the File list.
Remove
Click to remove the selected entry in the File list.
IDE–404
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with Target Settings
Debugger Panels
Adding an Executable File to the File List
To add an executable file to the File list, follow these steps:
1. Click Add.
The Debug Additional Executable dialog box appears.
2. Enter in the File Location field the path to the executable file.
Alternatively, click Choose to display a dialog box. Use the dialog box to select
the executable file. The path to the selected executable file appears in the File
Location field.
3. Select Download file during remote debugging as desired.
When selected, the IDE downloads the executable file from a remote computer
during the debugging session. Enter in the corresponding field the path to the
remote file. Alternatively, click Choose to select the file. Click Clear to delete
the current entry.
4. Select Debug merged executable as desired.
When selected, the IDE debugs an executable file that merged with the project
output. Enter in the corresponding field the path to the original executable file
(prior to merging). Alternatively, click Choose to select the file. Click Clear to
delete the current entry.
5. Click Done.
The IDE adds the executable file to the File list.
Changing an Executable File in the File List
To change an executable file in the File list, follow these steps:
1. Select the desired path.
2. Click Change.
The Debug Additional Executable dialog box appears.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–405
Working with Target Settings
Debugger Panels
3. Modify the File Location field as desired.
4. Modify the Download file during remote debugging option as desired.
5. Modify the Debug merged executable option as desired.
6. Click Done.
The IDE modifies the executable file.
Removing an Executable File from the File List
To remove an executable file from the File list, follow these steps:
1. Select the obsolete path.
2. Click Remove.
The IDE removes the executable file from the File list.
Debugger Settings
The Debugger Settings panel configures activity logs, data-update intervals, and
other debugger-related options.
IDE–406
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with Target Settings
Debugger Panels
Figure 32.11 Debugger Settings panel
Table 32.12 Debugger Settings panel—items
Item
Explanation
Location of Relocated Libraries
and Code Resources
Enter in this field the path to code resources or relocated libraries
required for debugging the project. Alternatively, click Choose to
select the required files.
Stop on application launch
Select to halt program execution at the beginning of a debugging
session. Select the desired stop point: Program entry point,
Default language entry point, or User specified.
Program entry point
Select to halt program execution upon entering the program.
Default language entry point
Select to halt program execution upon entering a default point
defined by the programming language.
User specified
Select to halt program execution at a specified function. Enter the
desired function name in the corresponding field.
Auto-target Libraries
Select to debug dynamically linked libraries (DLLs) loaded by the
target application, at the expense of slower performance.
Cache symbolics between runs
Select to have the IDE cache the symbolics information it generates
for a project. Clear to have the IDE discard the information after each
debugging session ends.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–407
Working with Target Settings
Debugger Panels
Table 32.12 Debugger Settings panel—items (continued)
Item
Explanation
Log System Messages
Select to log all system messages to a Log window.
Stop at Watchpoints
Select to halt program execution at every watchpoint. Clear to halt
program execution at watchpoints with changed values.
Update data every n seconds
Enter the number of seconds n to wait before updating the data
displayed in debugging-session windows.
Remote Debugging
The Remote Debugging settings panel configures target-specific network settings for
remote-debugging connections between the host computer and other computers. Use
this target-specific panel to build on the general connections defined in the Remote
Connections preference panel of the IDE Preferences window.
Figure 32.12 Remote Debugging settings panel
Table 32.13 Remote Debugging settings panel—items
Item
Explanation
Enable remote debugging
Select to define for the current build target a remote-debugging
connection in terms of a general connection. Choose from the
Connection pop-up menu the desired general connection.
IDE–408
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Working with Target Settings
Debugger Panels
Table 32.13 Remote Debugging settings panel—items (continued)
Item
Explanation
Remote download path
Enter the path to the directory in which to store downloaded files.
Launch remote host application
Select to launch an application on the remote computer to serve as a
host application. Enter in the corresponding field the path to the
remote application.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–409
Working with Target Settings
Debugger Panels
IDE–410
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
33
Preference and Target
Settings Options
Use this chapter to look up CodeWarrior™ IDE preference-panel or target-setting
options and learn more about their capabilities. Option names are arranged in
alphabetical order.
NOTE
This chapter covers options for the core IDE preference or targetsetting panels described in this manual. See the Targeting
documentation for additional panel information.
A
Activate Browser Coloring
Select this option to activate coloring of browser symbols in editor windows. Clear the
option to apply the default text color to all symbols. Click the color swatch next to a
symbol to modify its color.
Activate Syntax Coloring
Select this option to activate coloring of Comments, Keywords, Strings, and Custom
Keyword Sets symbols in editor windows. Clear the option to apply the default text
color to all the symbols. Click the color swatch next to a symbol to modify its color.
Add Default
Click this button to restore the default user path or system path to the Access Paths
panel.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–411
Preference and Target Settings Options
Always Search User Paths
This option controls the search criteria the IDE uses to find system and user files.
When
• selected—the IDE treats searching for system files (such as #include <...>)
the same as user files (#include "...").
• disabled—the IDE treats system paths differently from user paths.
Application
Enter in this field the path to the external debugger that the IDE uses in place of the
CodeWarrior debugger. Alternatively, click Browse to open a dialog box. Use the
dialog box to select the external debugger.
Arguments
Enter in this field command-line arguments to pass to the external debugger at the
beginning of a debugging session.
Attempt to use dynamic type of C++, Object Pascal
and SOM objects
Select this option to display runtime types for C++, Object Pascal, and SOM objects.
Clear the option to display static types.
Auto Indent
Select this option to apply automatically the same indentation as the previous line for
each new line of text created by pressing Enter or Return. Clear the option to always
return to the left margin for each new line of text.
Auto-target Libraries
Auto Target Libraries
Select this option to have the IDE attempt to debug dynamically linked libraries
(DLLs) loaded by the target application. The IDE debugs the DLLs that have
symbolics information.
IDE–412
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Preference and Target Settings Options
This option applies to non-project debugging sessions, such as debugging an attached
process.
NOTE
Selecting this option may slow IDE performance. Clear the option to
improve speed.
Automatic Invocation
Select this option to have the Code Completion window automatically open after
typing specific programming-language characters in the active editor window. Clear
the option to manually open the Code Completion window.
The specific characters that trigger opening of the Code Completion window depend
on the programming language that you use. For example, typing a period after a Java
class triggers opening of the Code Completion window, allowing you to complete the
class invocation.
You can change the time it takes for the Code Completion window to appear after you
type a trigger character. If you perform any activity during this delay time, you cancel
opening the Code Completion window.
See also:
• “Code Completion Delay” on page 416
Automatically launch applications when SYM file
opened
Select this option to launch the application associated with an opened symbolics file.
The IDE sets an implicit breakpoint at the main entry point of the application. Clear
the option to open the symbolics file without launching the associated application.
Table 33.1 explains how to skip launching the target program
Table 33.1 Bypass launching the target program
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Press Alt while the IDE opens the symbolics file.
Macintosh
Press Option while the IDE opens the symbolics file.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–413
Preference and Target Settings Options
Table 33.1 Bypass launching the target program (continued)
On this host…
Do this…
Solaris
Press Alt while the IDE opens the symbolics file.
Linux
Press Alt while the IDE opens the symbolics file.
B
Background
Click this color swatch to configure the background color of editor windows.
Balance Flash Delay
Enter in this field the time, in ticks, to highlight a matching punctuation character
during a Balance while typing check. Each tick represents 1/60th of a second (16.67
milliseconds).
Sample tick values include:
• 0 (zero)—disables balance flashing
• 30—the default flash value (1/2 of a second)
• 999—the maximum-flash delay value
Balance while typing
Select this option to have the editor check for balanced parentheses, brackets, and
braces in editor windows. For each closing parenthesis, bracket, or brace, the editor
attempts to find the opening counterpart.
The IDE behaves differently, depending on whether it finds the counterpart:
• Found—the editor window scrolls to display the matching character, then returns
to the insertion point. The Balance Flash Delay option determines how long the
editor displays the matching character.
• Not found—the IDE beeps.
IDE–414
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Preference and Target Settings Options
Browser Commands
Select this option to add Browser menu commands to contextual menus. Clear the
option to remove the commands from the contextual menus.
Browser Path
Enter in this field a path to the browser to use for viewing IDE online help. The
Netscape Navigator® browser is the default application. The PATH environment
variable specifies the path to the browser.
To change the default setting, or if the IDE cannot find Netscape Navigator, enter in
the Browser Path field a path to an alternate browser. Alternatively, click Set to select
the path.
Build before running
Choose from this pop-up menu the way in which the IDE handles project builds before
running the compiled application:
• Always—always build projects before running them.
• Never—never build projects before running them.
• Ask—ask each time how to proceed.
C
Cache Edited Files Between Debug Sessions
Select this option to maintain a cache of edited files between debugging sessions. Use
this option to debug through the original source code for files modified since the last
build.
Enter in the Maintain files in cache field the number of days to keep the cached files.
Click Purge Cache to delete the current cache.
See also:
• “Maintain files in cache” on page 431
• “Purge Cache” on page 434
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–415
Preference and Target Settings Options
Cache Subprojects
Use this option to improve multi-project updating and linking. When
• selected—the IDE increases its memory requirements in order to generate
symbolics information for both the build targets and the subprojects within each
build target.
• cleared—the IDE does not increase its memory requirements and does not
generate symbolics information.
Cache symbolics between runs
Select this option to have the IDE maintain a cache of symbolics information
generated for the project. The IDE refers to this cached symbolics information during
subsequent debugging sessions. The cache improves IDE performance. Clear the
option to force the IDE to discard the symbolics information at the end of each
debugging session.
Case sensitive
Select this option to have the IDE consider case when completing code. Clear the
option to have the IDE ignore case.
The IDE can determine possible symbol matches according to case. For example, if
you clear the Case sensitive option and type str in the active editor window, the IDE
displays both string and String as possible matches. Selecting the option causes
the IDE to display only string as a possible match.
Close non-debugging windows
Select this option to close non-debugging windows, except for the active project
window, when starting a debugging session. At the end of the debugging session, the
IDE automatically re-opens the closed windows.
Code Completion Delay
Enter in this field the number of ticks to have the IDE wait from the time you type a
trigger character to the time the Code Completion window opens. A tick is 1/60 of a
second.
Performing any activity during this delay time cancels opening of the Code
Completion window.
IDE–416
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Preference and Target Settings Options
See also:
• “Automatic Invocation” on page 413
Collapse non-debugging windows
Select this option to collapse non-debugging windows when starting a debugging
session. At the end of the debugging session, the IDE automatically restores the
collapsed windows.
Comments
Select the Activate Syntax Coloring option in order to configure this option. Use this
option to configure the color of C, C++, and Java comments displayed in editor
windows. The IDE then uses the chosen color for comments placed between /* and
*/ or from // to the end of a line.
Click the color swatch next to Comments to set the color.
Compiler
Choose from this list pop-up the desired compiler for the selected File Type in the File
Mappings list. Select None to not associate the selected file type with any compiler.
Compiler thread stack
Enter in this field the maximum kilobytes of stack size for the IDE to allocate to
compiling and linking thread support.
The IDE threads all build processes, with compiling and linking occurring on a thread
separate from the main application thread. This setting controls the compiler-thread
stack size.
To avoid frequent compiler crashes, such as when building very large or complex
projects, increase the default compiler-thread-stack size.
Confirm invalid file modification dates when
debugging
Select this option to keep track of source-file modification dates in a project. The IDE
displays a warning message if the modification dates do not match. The message
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–417
Preference and Target Settings Options
warns of possible discrepancies between object code and source code. Clear the option
to prevent the IDE from displaying the warning message.
Confirm “Kill Process” when closing or quitting
Select the Confirm “Kill Process” when closing or quitting option to have the IDE
prompt for confirmation before killing processes upon closing the Thread window or
quitting the IDE. Clear the option to kill processes without prompting.
Context popup delay
Enter in this field the minimum time, in ticks, to hold down the mouse button before
IDE contextual menus appear. Each tick represents 1/60 of a second (16.67
milliseconds).
Sample tick values include:
• 0 (zero)—disables appearance of contextual menus
• 40—default popup delay value (2/3 of a second)
• 240—maximum popup delay value
D
Debugger Commands
Select this option to add Debug menu commands to IDE contextual menus. Clear the
option to remove the commands from the contextual menus.
Default file format
Choose from this list pop-up the default end-of-line (EOL) conventions used by the
IDE to save files:
• Macintosh: <CR>
• DOS: <LF><CR>
• UNIX: <LF>
IDE–418
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Preference and Target Settings Options
Default language entry point
Select this option to halt program execution upon entering a default point defined by
the programming language. For example, C++ defines the main() function as the
default point.
Default size for unbounded arrays
Enter in this field the default number of elements to display in View Array windows
for unbounded arrays.
Disable third party COM plugins
Select this option to prevent the IDE from loading third-party Component Object
Model (COM) plugins. Clear the option to have the IDE load the plugins at start-up
time.
Use this option to help troubleshoot problems with the IDE. If the problem goes away
after disabling the plug-ins, then a conflict exists between the third-party plugins and
the IDE plugins.
Display deprecated items
Select this option to have the Code Completion window display obsolete
programming-language items. Clear the option to have the window hide the obsolete
items.
Deprecated items appear in gray text in the Code Completion window.
Do nothing
Select this option to leave all windows in place during a debugging session.
Do nothing to project windows
Select this option to prevent the IDE from manipulating project windows when
starting a debugging session. Use this option to help debug multiple build targets or
multiple projects.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–419
Preference and Target Settings Options
Documents
Enter in this field the number of recent documents to display in the Open Recent
submenu.
Don’t step into runtime support code
Select this option to have the IDE bypass stepping into the Metrowerks Standard
Library (MSL) runtime support code and instead directly step into your own code.
Clear the option to have the IDE step into the MSL runtime setup code, then step into
your own code.
Drag and drop editing
Select this option to allow dragging and dropping of text in editor windows. Clear the
option to disable drag-and-drop text editing.
Dump internal browse information after compile
Select this option to view the raw browser information that a plug-in compiler or
linker provides for the IDE. Use this option to help develop plug-ins for use with the
IDE.
NOTE
After enabling the Dump internal browse information after
compile option, compile only single files or small files. Compiling
an entire project can create huge internal browser information for the
IDE to display.
E
Edit Commands
Select this option to add Edit menu commands to IDE contextual menus. Clear the
option to remove the commands from the contextual menus.
IDE–420
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Preference and Target Settings Options
Edit Language
Choose from this pop-up menu the programming language to associate with the
selected file mapping. The selected language determines the syntax-color scheme. For
example, choose C/C++ to apply the appropriate syntax-color scheme for C or C++
programming-language components.
Enable automatic Toolbar help
Select this option to display Balloon Help after resting the cursor over a toolbar button.
Clear the option to prevent Balloon Help from appearing.
Enable remote debugging
Select this option to define a remote-debugging connection specific to the current
build target. Choose from the Connection pop-up menu the general connection to use
as the basis for the target-specific connection.
Enable Virtual Space
Use this option to configure the editor for handling spaces in different ways. When
• selected—the editor allows moving the text-insertion point past the end of a line
of text, using either the arrow keys or the mouse. After moving to the desired
position, begin entering text. The editor automatically inserts spaces between the
former end of the line and the newly entered text.
• cleared—the editor requires manual insertion of spaces to move past the end of a
line of text.
Environment Settings
Use this section to specify environment variables to pass to your program as part of the
environment parameter in your program’s main() function, or as part of environment
calls. These environment variables are only available to the target program. When
your program terminates, the settings are no longer available.
NOTE
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
The Environment Settings section appears only when you develop
code for a Windows build target. The section does not appear for any
other build target.
IDE–421
Preference and Target Settings Options
Export Panel
Click this button to save to an Extensible Markup Language (XML) file the current
state of the active preference or settings panel.
Extension
Enter in this field a file-name extension, such as the .c or .h , for a selected File Type
in the File Mappings list. Table 33.2 on page 422 lists default file-name extensions.
Table 33.2 Default file-name extensions
Type
Extension
Explanation
Minimum
CodeWarrior
Installation
.iSYM
CodeWarrior Intel® Symbols
.mch
CodeWarrior Precompiled Header
.mcp
CodeWarrior Project File
.SYM
CodeWarrior Mac OS 68K Debug Symbols
.xSYM
CodeWarrior Mac OS PPC Debug Symbols
.dbg
CodeWarrior Debug Preferences
.exp
Exported Symbol File
.iMAP
CodeWarrior Link Map
.MAP
CodeWarrior Link Map
.a
Assembly Source File (Windows and Macintosh)
.asm
Assembly Source File
.dump
CodeWarrior Disassembled File
Assembly
IDE–422
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Preference and Target Settings Options
Table 33.2 Default file-name extensions (continued)
Type
Extension
Explanation
C and C++
.c++
C++ Source File
.cc
C++ Source File
.hh
C++ Header File
.hpp
C++ Header File
.i
C Inline Source File
.icc
C++ Inline Source File
.m
Object C Source File
.mm
Object C++ Source File
.c
C Source File
.cp
C++ Source File
.cpp
C++ Source File
.h
C and C++ Header File
.class
Java Class File
.jar
Java Archive File
.jav
Java Source File
.java
Java Source File
.JMAP
Java Import
Mapping Dump
.jpob
Java Constructor File
.mf
Java Manifest File
Default C and C++
Default Java
Java
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–423
Preference and Target Settings Options
Table 33.2 Default file-name extensions (continued)
Type
Extension
Explanation
Library
.a
(Static) Archive Library (Solaris and Linux)
.lib
Library File
.o
Object File
(Windows and Macintosh)
.o
Object (Relocatable) Library or Kernel Module
(Solaris and Linux)
.obj
Object File
.pch
Precompiled Header Source File
.pch++
Precompiled Header Source File
.so
Shared Library (Linux)
.sh
Shell Script (Linux)
.psh
Precompile Shell Script (Linux)
.pl
Perl Script (Linux)
.dylib
Mach-O Dynamic Library
.a
Mach-O Static Library
.o
Mach-O Object File
.plist
Property List
Script
Mac OS X
F
Factory Settings
Click this button to change all modified options to their default values in the current
preference or settings panel.
IDE–424
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Preference and Target Settings Options
Failure
Choose from this pop-up menu a sound to play after a Bring Up To Date or Make
operation fails.
File Type
Enter in this field the four-character file type for the selected file mapping in the File
Mappings list.
Find and compare operations
A bullet in the Find and compare operations column, whose label appears at
left, indicates that the IDE ignores matching folders for find-and-compare
operations. Such operations include dragging a folder into fields in the Find
window, or comparing folder contents.
Find Reference using
Choose from the Find Reference using options an online browser application to look
up references and definitions.
For example, use this option to look up documentation for language keywords:
1. Select an online browser application, such as THINK Reference, with the Find
Reference using option.
2. Select a language keyword, such as boolean, in the source code.
3. Choose the Find Reference menu command. The IDE looks up reference
information for the boolean keyword in the THINK Reference documentation.
Although they are not included with the CodeWarrior product, the IDE supports these
online browser formats:
• Apple Help Viewer (CW manuals)
• Apple Help Viewer (Mac OS X API Ref)
• PalmQuest Reference (Palm Pilot)
• QuickView–such as Macintosh Programmer’s Toolbox Assistant (MPTA)
• THINK Reference
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–425
Preference and Target Settings Options
Font
Choose from the Font options the typeface to use for displaying text in editor
windows. This setting behaves in two different ways, depending on the current IDE
state:
• No editor windows open—the setting modifies the default font. All editor
windows take on the default font.
• Editor windows open—the setting modifies the font displayed in the frontmost
editor window only. Other editor windows remain unaffected. The default font
remains unchanged.
Font preferences
Select the Font preferences option to remember font settings for each file in a project.
Clear the option to use the default font settings every time the IDE opens each file. The
Font & Tabs preference panel defines the default settings.
Foreground
Use the Foreground option to configure the color of any text not affected by the
Activate Syntax Coloring or Activate Browser Coloring options.
Click the color swatch to change the current color.
G-I
Generate Browser Data From
Choose from this pop-up menu whether the IDE generates browser data, and from
what source it generates that data.
Choose from these possibilities:
• None—Disable browser-data generation. Certain IDE features that use browser
data will be unable to work with the project, but the project’s size will be smaller.
• Compiler—Have the IDE use the compiler to generate the browser data. If you
choose this option, you must Make the project in order to generate the browser
data. The IDE uses the compiler assigned to the project to generate the browser
data during the build process.
IDE–426
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Preference and Target Settings Options
• Language Parser—Have the IDE use the language parser to generate the
browser data. Certain IDE features, such as C/C++ Code Completion, function
more effectively if you choose this option. The IDE uses the language parser
assigned to the project to generate the browser data.
NOTE
If you choose the Language Parser option, you can also have the
IDE take into account your custom macro definitions. To do so, enter
the path to your prefix file in the Prefix file field and the path to your
macro file in the Macro file field.
Grid Size X
Enter in the Grid Size X field the number of pixels to space between markings on the
x-axis of the Layout Editor grid.
Grid Size Y
Enter in the Grid Size Y field the number of pixels to space between markings on the
y-axis of the Layout Editor grid.
Hide non-debugging windows
Select the Hide non-debugging windows option to hide, but not close, nondebugging windows when starting a debugging session.
To reveal the hidden windows, do one of these tasks:
• Use the Window menu, or
• Double-click the names of the hidden files in the Project window, or
• Perform lookups for symbols within the hidden windows.
At the end of the debugging session, the IDE automatically reveals the hidden
windows.
Host Application for Libraries & Code Resources
The Host Application for Libraries & Code Resources field lets you specify a host
application to use when debugging a non-executable file, such as a shared library,
dynamic link library (DLL), or code resource. The application that you specify in this
field is not the debugger application, but rather the application with which the nonexecutable file interacts.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–427
Preference and Target Settings Options
Host Flags
The Host Flags list pop-up defines the host platforms which can use the selected
access path. The settings include:
• None–no host can use this access path.
• All–all hosts can use this access path.
• Windows–only use this path for Windows build targets.
• Mac OS–only use this path for Mac OS build targets.
NOTE
Multiple hosts can be selected.
Import Panel
Click Import Panel to load the contents of a previously saved Extensible Markup
Language (XML) file into the active preference or settings panel.
Include file cache
Use the Include file cache option to specify the upper limit of kilobytes of memory
used by the IDE for caching #include files and precompiled headers. The larger the
value entered, the more memory the IDE uses to accelerate builds.
Initial directory
Enter in this field the initial directory for use with the external debugger.
Alternatively, click Browse to open a dialog box. Use the dialog box to select the
initial directory.
Insert Template Commands
Select the Insert Template Commands option to display the Insert Template
submenu in contextual menus. The submenu displays source-defined function
templates. Clear to remove the submenu from the contextual menus.
NOTE
IDE–428
Select the Browser Commands option in order to select the Insert
Template Commands option. Otherwise, the Insert Template
Commands state has no effect.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Preference and Target Settings Options
Interpret DOS and Unix Paths
This option determines how the IDE treats filenames for interface files:
• Selected—the IDE treats the backslash (\) and the forward slash (/) characters as
subfolder separator characters. In the example
#include "sys/socks.h"
the IDE searches for a subfolder called sys that contains a socks.h file.
• Cleared—the IDE treats both the backslash and forward slash characters as part
of the filename. Using the same example, the IDE now searches for a sys/
socks.h filename.
K-L
Keywords
Use the Keywords option to configure the color of C, C++, and Java programming
language’s keywords displayed in editor windows when the Activate Syntax
Coloring option is enabled. Coloring does not include macros, types, variables
defined by system interface files, or variables defined in source code. Click the color
swatch next to Keywords to set the color.
Launch Editor
Enter in the Launch Editor field a command-line expression that specifies the thirdparty text editor that the CodeWarrior IDE runs to edit text files.
The IDE expands the %file variable of the command-line expression into the full file
path. For example, to run the Emacs text editor to edit text files, enter this commandline expression:
runemacs %file
Consult the documentation provided with the third-party text editor for more
information about using command lines.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–429
Preference and Target Settings Options
Launch Editor w/ Line #
Enter in the Launch Editor w/ Line # field a command-line expression that specifies
the third-party text editor that the IDE runs to edit text files, and an initial line of text
that the third-party editor displays upon running.
The IDE expands the %line variable of the command-line expression into an initial
line of text for the third-party text editor to display. For example, to run the Emacs text
editor to edit a text file, and to have the Emacs editor display the line provided to it by
the IDE, enter this command-line expression:
runemacs %file %line
Consult the documentation provided with the third-party text editor for more
information about using command lines.
Launch remote host application
Select this option to launch an application on the remote computer to serve as a host
application. Enter in the corresponding field the path to the remote host application.
Left margin click selects line
Select the Left margin click selects line option to use a right-pointing cursor,
shown at left, to select entire lines of text from the left margin. Clear the option
to disable use of the right-pointing cursor.
With the right-pointing cursor active, click in the left margin to select the current line,
or click and drag along the left margin to select multiple lines.
Level
Choose from the Level options the amount of information reported for IDE plug-ins in
development. This information is useful for diagnosing plug-in behavior or for
viewing information about the properties of installed plug-ins.
Choose one of these levels of plug-in diagnostic information:
• None (default)—The IDE does not activate plug-in diagnostics or produce
output.
• Errors Only—The IDE reports problems encountered while loading plug-ins.
These problems appear in a new text file after the IDE starts up
• All Info—The IDE reports information for each installed plug-in, such as
problems with plug-in loading, optional plug-in information, and plug-in
IDE–430
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Preference and Target Settings Options
properties. This information appears in a new text file after the IDE starts up. The
text file also contains a complete list of installed plug-ins and their associated
preference panels, compilers, and linkers.
The IDE allows saving and printing the text file. Use the file as an error reference for
troubleshooting plug-ins. The text file also provides suggestions for correcting general
plug-in errors.
Linker
Use the Linker option menu to select the linker to use with the project. The choices
available are always dependent on the plug-in linkers that available to the
CodeWarrior IDE.
To learn more about the linkers, see the appropriate Targeting manual.
Location of Relocated Libraries and Code Resources
Enter in this field the path to the relocated libraries and code-resource files required
for debugging the project. Alternatively, click Choose to display a dialog box. Use the
dialog box to select the required files.
Log System Messages
Select this option to have the IDE maintain a log of all system messages generated
during the debugging session. The Log window displays this platform-specific
information. Clear the option to disable the log.
M
Maintain files in cache
Enter in the Maintain files in cache text box the number of days that the IDE
maintains files in the file cache.
Menu bar layout
Choose from the Menu bar layout options the desired configuration of menus listed
in the IDE:
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–431
Preference and Target Settings Options
• Windows—organizes the menu bar according to a typical Microsoft® Windows®
arrangement
• Macintosh—organizes the menu bar according to a typical Apple® Mac® OS
arrangement
Minimize non-debugging windows
Select the Minimize non-debugging windows option to minimize non-debugging
windows to a reduced size when a debugging session starts. At the end of the
debugging session, the IDE automatically restores the minimized windows.
NOTE
The Minimize non-debugging windows option is only available in
MDI mode.
See also:
• “Use Multiple Document Interface” on page 444
Monitor for debugging
Choose from the Monitor for debugging options the specific monitor to use during
debugging sessions. The IDE displays debugging windows in the selected monitor.
The coordinates in parentheses identify the selected monitor in QuickDraw space.
Move open windows to debugging monitor when
debugging starts
Select the Move open windows to debugging monitor when debugging starts
option to move all open windows to the selected debugging monitor after a debugging
session starts. At the end of the debugging session, the IDE restores the moved
windows to their original positions.
IDE–432
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Preference and Target Settings Options
O
Open windows on debugging monitor during
debugging
Select the Open windows on debugging monitor during debugging option to
display on the debugging monitor any window that opens during the debugging
session.
The IDE does not save the positions of windows closed on the debugging monitor
during the debugging session. This behavior prevents window positions from
gravitating to the debugging monitor.
Output Directory
Use the Output Directory caption to show the location the IDE places a final linked
output file. The default location is the directory that contains your project file. Use the
Choose control to specify the location path.
P
Play sound after ‘Bring Up To Date’ & ‘Make’
Select the Play sound after ‘Bring Up To Date’ & ‘Make’ option to play a sound
after a build operation completes. Choose different sounds for successful and
unsuccessful builds using the Success and Failure pop-up options, respectively.
See also:
• “Failure” on page 425
• “Success” on page 440
Post-linker
Use the Post-linker option to select a post-linker that performs additional work (such
as format conversion) on the final executable file.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–433
Preference and Target Settings Options
For more information see the appropriate Targeting manual.
Pre-linker
Use the Pre-linker option to select a pre-linker that performs additional work on the
object code in a project. This work takes place before the IDE links the object code
into the final executable file.
For more information about the pre-linkers available, see the build targets Targeting
manual.
Program Arguments
Use the Program Arguments field to enter command-line arguments to pass to the
project at the beginning of a debugging session. Your program receives these
arguments after you choose Project > Run.
Program entry point
Select this option to halt program execution upon entering the program.
Projects
Enter in this field the number of recent projects to display in the Open Recent
submenu.
Project Commands
Select the Project Commands option to add Project menu commands to contextual
menus. Clear the option to remove the commands from the contextual menus.
Project operations
A bullet in the Project operations column, whose label appears at left, indicates
that the IDE ignores matching folders for project operations. Such operations
include dragging a folder into the Project window, building a project, or
searching access paths after choosing File > Open.
Purge Cache
Click Purge Cache to delete the contents of the current file cache.
IDE–434
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Preference and Target Settings Options
R
Recommended
Select the Recommended option to allow the number of concurrent compiles
suggested by the IDE. This suggestion takes into account the number of active Central
Processing Units (CPUs) on the host computer.
Regular Expression
Enter in the Regular Expression field a text pattern to match against folder names.
The IDE excludes matching folders and their contents from selected project operations
or find-and-compare operations.
Relaxed C popup parsing
Use the Relaxed C popup parsing option to control the strictness of C coding
conventions:
• Select the option to have the IDE recognize some non-standard functions that
interfere with Kernighan-and-Ritchie conventions. The IDE displays the nonstandard functions in the Routine list pop-up.
• Clear the option to have the IDE recognize only functions that conform to
Kernighan-and-Ritchie conventions. The IDE displays only the standard
functions in the Routine list pop-up.
For more information, refer to “Reference Manual,” of The C Programming
Language, Second Edition, by Kernighan and Ritchie, published by Prentice Hall.
NOTE
Toggle the Relaxed C popup parsing option to maximize
recognition of functions, macros, and routine names in the source
code.
Remote download path
Enter in this field the path to the directory in which to store files downloaded from the
remote host application.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–435
Preference and Target Settings Options
Require Framework Style Includes
This option determines the strictness with which the IDE treats #include statements
for frameworks:
• selected—the IDE requires the framework in addition to the referenced header
file. In the example
#include <Cocoa/CocoaHeaders.h>
the IDE requires the presence of Cocoa/ in order to find the CocoaHeaders.h
file.
• cleared—the IDE requires only the referenced header file. Using the same
example, Cocoa/ becomes optional.
Revert Panel
Click Revert Panel to revert all modified options in the current preference or
settings panel to the values present when the panel was originally opened.
S
Save open files before build
Select the Save open files before build option to automatically save files during
project operations:
• Preprocess
• Precompile
• Compile
• Disassemble
• Bring Up To Date
• Make
• Run
Save project entries using relative paths
Use the Save project entries using relative paths option to store the location of a file
using a relative path from one of the access paths. The settings include:
IDE–436
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Preference and Target Settings Options
• enabled–the IDE stores extra location information to distinctly identify different
source files with the same name. The IDE remembers the location information
even if it needs to re-search for files in the access paths.
• disabled–the IDE remembers project entries only by name. This setting can
cause unexpected results if two or more files share the same name. In this case,
re-searching for files could cause the IDE to find the project entry in a different
access path.
Script
Choose from the Scripts options the script system (language) used to display text in
editor windows. This setting behaves in two different ways, depending on the current
IDE state:
• No editor windows open—the setting modifies the default script system. All
editor windows take on the default script system.
• Editor windows open—the setting modifies the script system displayed in the
frontmost editor window only. Other editor windows remain unaffected. The
default script system remains unchanged.
Select stack crawl window when task is stopped
Select the Select stack crawl window when task is stopped option to automatically
bring the Thread window to the foreground after the debugger stops a task. Clear the
option to leave the Thread window in its previous position.
This option is useful for watching variable values change in multiple Variable
windows as the debugger steps through code.
Selection position
Select the Selection position option to remember these items for each editor window:
• visible text
• insertion-point location
• selected text
Clear the option to open each editor window according to default settings and place
the insertion point at the first line of text.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–437
Preference and Target Settings Options
NOTE
The IDE must be able to write to the file in order to remember
selection position.
Show all locals
Select the Show all locals option to display all local variables in Variable windows.
Clear the option to show only variables near the program counter.
The Variables pane uses these display settings:
• Variables: All—shows all local variables in the code.
• Variables: Auto—only shows the local variables of the routine to which the
current-statement arrow currently points.
• Variables: None—does not show variables. Use this setting to improve stepping
performance for slow remote connections.
Show message after building up-to-date project
Select the Show message after building up-to-date project option to have the IDE
display a message after building an up-to-date project.
Show tasks in separate windows
Select the Show tasks in separate windows option to open a separate Thread window
for each task. Clear the option to use one Thread window to display multiple tasks.
When cleared, use the Task list pop-up at the top of the Thread window to choose a
task to display.
Show the component palette when opening a form
Select the Show the component palette when opening a form option to
automatically display the Component Palette after opening a form in the Layout
Editor. Clear the option to require manual opening of the Component Palette.
Show the object inspector when opening a form
Select the Show the object inspector when opening a form option to automatically
open an Object Inspector window when opening a layout in the Layout Editor. Clear
the option to require manual opening of the Object Inspector.
IDE–438
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Preference and Target Settings Options
Show values as decimal instead of hex
Select the Show values as decimal instead of hex option to display variable values in
decimal form. Clear the option to display the values in hexadecimal form.
Show variable location
Select the Show variable location option to display the Location column in the
Variables pane of the Thread window. Clear the option to hide the Location column.
Show variable types
Select the Show variable types option to display the type associated with each
variable in Variable windows. Clear the option to hide the variable types.
Show variable values in source code
Select the Show variable values in source code option to show current values for
variable names displayed in contextual menus. Clear the option to show variable
names only.
Size
Choose from the Size options the font size used to display text in editor windows. This
setting behaves in two different ways, depending on the current IDE state:
• No editor windows open—the setting modifies the default font size. All editor
windows take on the default font size.
• Editor windows open—the setting modifies the font size displayed in the
frontmost editor window only. Other editor windows remain unaffected. The
default font size remains unchanged.
Sort functions by method name in symbolics window
Select the Sort functions by method name in symbolics window option to
alphabetically sort functions by method name. Clear the option to alphabetically sort
by class name. The sorting affects functions of the form className::methodName
that appear in the Symbolics window.
Since most C++ and Java source files contain methods that belong to the same class,
select the option to simplify selection of functions by typing method names.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–439
Preference and Target Settings Options
Stop at Watchpoints
Select this option to halt program execution at every watchpoint, regardless of whether
the watchpoint value changed. Clear the option to halt execution at watchpoints with
changed values.
Stop on application launch
Select this option to halt program execution at a specified point each time a debugging
session begins.
Strings
Use the Strings option to configure the color of anything that is not a comment,
keyword, or custom keyword and displayed in editor windows when the Activate
Syntax Coloring option is enabled. Sample strings include literal values, variable
names, routine names, and type names.
Click the color swatch next to Strings to set the color.
Sort function popup
Select the Sort function popup option to sort function names by alphabetical order in
list pop-ups. Clear the option to sort function names by order of appearance in the
source file.
Success
Choose from the Success options a sound to play after a Bring Up To Date or Make
operation succeeds.
Symbolics
Enter in this field the number of recent symbolics files to display in the Open Recent
submenu.
System Paths
Click the System Paths radio button to display the System Paths pane in the Access
Paths preference panel.
Supported hosts:
IDE–440
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Preference and Target Settings Options
• Windows: available.
• Macintosh: not available.
T
Tab indents selection
Use the Tab indents selection option to control how the editor inserts tabs into the
currently selected lines of text:
• Select the option so that pressing Tab causes the editor to insert tab characters in
front of each selected line of text. The editor thereby indents the selected text.
• Clear the option so that pressing Tab causes the editor to replace selected text
with a tab character. The editor thereby overwrites the selected text.
Tab Inserts Spaces
Select the Tab Inserts Spaces option to have the editor insert spaces instead of tab
characters into text. Clear the option to have the editor use tab characters.
The Tab Size option determines the number of spaces inserted by the editor.
Tab Size
Enter in the Tab Size field the number of spaces to substitute in place of a tab
character in text. This number applies to the Tab Inserts Spaces option.
Target Name
Use the Target Name text box to set or modify the name of the current build target.
This name appears in the Targets view in the Project window. This name is not the
name assigned to the final output file, that is set in the Linker panel for the build target.
Type
Choose from the Type options the desired source-tree path type:
• Absolute Path—This source-tree type is based on a file path.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–441
Preference and Target Settings Options
• Environment Variable—This source-tree type is based on an existing
environment-variable definition. The Macintosh-hosted IDE cannot create or
modify this source-tree type.
• Registry Key—This source-tree type is based on an existing Windows registry
key entry.
U
Update data every n seconds
Select this option to update the information displayed in debugging-session windows
after a specified time interval. Enter in the field the number of seconds n to elapse
before the next update. Clear this option to prevent data updates and keep the same
window information throughout the debugging session.
Use Concurrent Compiles
Select the Use Concurrent Compiles option to run more than one compiling
processes at a time. Concurrent compiling makes better use of available processor
capacity by allowing the operating system to optimize resource utilization, such as
taking advantage of over-lapped input/output.
Both single- and multi-processor systems benefit from enabling concurrent compiles.
On multiprocessor systems, the speed-up is significant.
Use Debugging Monitor
Select the Use Debugging Monitor option to view debugging windows on a second
monitor after a debugging session starts. This option only appears when the second
monitor is connected to the computer.
Use default workspace
Select this option to have the IDE use the default workspace. The IDE uses the default
workspace to save and restore window and debugging states from one session to the
next.
For example, if you select this option and close the IDE with a project window visible
onscreen, that project window reappears the next time you start the IDE.
IDE–442
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Preference and Target Settings Options
Clear this option to have the IDE start with the same default state for each new
session: no windows visible onscreen.
For example, if you clear this option and close the IDE with a project window visible
onscreen, that project window does not appear the next time you start the IDE. Instead,
the IDE always starts without opening any windows.
Use External Debugger
Select this option to have the IDE use an external debugger application in place of the
CodeWarrior debugger.
Use External Editor
Select the Use External Editor option to use an external text editor to modify text
files in the current project. Clear the option to use the text editor included with the
IDE.
Use Local Project Data Storage
Select the Use Local Project Data Storage option to store on the host computer data
associated with a project file on a read-only volume. Clear the option to store project
data inside the same folder as the project file itself.
After loading a project file, the IDE creates or updates an associated project data
folder. The IDE stores intermediate project data in this folder. When building or
closing a project, the IDE uses the information in the project data folder to update the
project file.
By default, the IDE places the project data folder within the same folder as the project
file. However, the IDE cannot create or update a project data folder in a location that
grants read-only privileges.
Use modification date caching
Use the Use modification date caching option to determine whether the IDE checks
the modification date of each project file prior to making the project. The settings
include:
• enabled–the IDE caches the modification dates of the files in a project. At
compilation time, the IDE refers to this cache to determine whether a specific file
should be recompiled. This can shorten compilation time significantly for large
projects.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–443
Preference and Target Settings Options
• disabled–the IDE checks every file at each recompile of the project. Use this
setting if using third-party editors to ensure that the IDE checks every file at
compilation time.
Use Multiple Document Interface
Configure the Use Multiple Document Interface option to change the interface style
used by the IDE. The choices include:
• MDI (Multiple Document Interface)—In this interface style, the IDE uses a main
application window. Multiple IDE document windows appear inside the main
application window. Select the option to use this style.
• FDI (Floating Document Interface)—In this interface style, the IDE does not use
a main application window. Multiple IDE document windows appear above the
desktop. Clear the option to use this interface style.
Use multiple undo
Select the Use multiple undo option to remember several undo and redo operations in
editor windows. Clear the option to remember only the most recent undo or redo
action.
The IDE stores undo and redo actions on a stack in first-in last-out (FILO) order,
however, the stack size and capability are limited. For example, assume there are five
undo actions on the stack (ABCDE). If the IDE redoes two actions (ABC), then performs
a new action (ABCF), the undo events (DE) are no longer available.
Use Script menu
Select the Use Script menu option to display the Scripts menu in the IDE menu bar.
Clear the option to remove the Scripts menu from the menu bar. The Scripts menu
provides convenient access to IDE scripts.
For more information about scripting the IDE, refer to the CodeWarrior Scripting
Reference.
Use Third Party Editor
Select the Use Third Party Editor option to use a third-party text editor to modify
text files. Clear the option to use the text editor included with the IDE.
Enter in the Launch Editor and Launch Editor w/ Line # fields command-line
expressions that specify information that the IDE passes to the third-party editor.
IDE–444
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Preference and Target Settings Options
Consult the documentation provided with the third-party text editor for more
information about using command lines.
See also:
• “Launch Editor” on page 429
• “Launch Editor w/ Line #” on page 430
Use ToolServer menu
Select the Use ToolServer menu option to display the ToolServer menu in the IDE
menu bar. Clear the option to remove the ToolServer menu from the menu bar.
User Paths
Click this radio button to display the User Paths pane in the Access Paths preference
panel.
User Specified
Select the User Specified option to stipulate the number of concurrent compiles to
allow in the IDE. Enter the desired number in the text box beside the option.
NOTE
The IDE accommodates a maximum of 1024 concurrent compiles.
However, there is a point where the host system becomes computebound, and allowing more processes only adds overhead. For a
single-processor system, the practical limit is approximately 12
concurrent compiles.
V
Value
The Value text box defines the value of the variable defined in the Variable text box
that will be passed to a host application when control is transferred to it by the IDE.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–445
Preference and Target Settings Options
Variable
The Variable text box defines the name of a variable to be passed to a host application
when control is transferred to it by the IDE.
Variable values change
Use the Variable values change option to configure the color of changed variables
that appear in debugger windows. Click the color swatch to change the current color.
VCS Commands
Select the VCS Commands option to add VCS menu commands to contextual menus.
Clear the option to remove the commands from the contextual menus.
Refer to the documentation that came with the version control system to learn about
using it with the CodeWarrior IDE.
W-Z
Watchpoint indicator
Use the Watchpoint indicator option to configure the color of watchpoints that
appear in debugger windows. Click the color swatch to change the current color.
Window follows insertion point
Select this option to have the Code Completion window follow the insertion point as
you edit text in the active editor window. Clear the option to leave the Code
Completion window in place.
Window position and size
Select the Window position and size option to remember the location and dimensions
of each editor window. Clear the option to open each editor window according to
default settings.
IDE–446
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Preference and Target Settings Options
NOTE
The IDE must be able to write to the file in order to remember
window position and size.
Working Directory
Enter in this field the path to the default directory to which the current project has
access. Debugging occurs in this location. If this field is blank, debugging occurs in
the same directory as the executable file.
Workspaces
Enter in this field the number of recent workspace files to display in the Open Recent
submenu.
Zoom windows to full screen
Use the Zoom windows to full screen option to configure the behavior of the zoom
box in the upper right-hand corner of all editor windows:
• Select the option to have the IDE resize a zoomed window to fill the entire
screen.
• Clear the option to have the IDE resize a zoomed window to its default size.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–447
Preference and Target Settings Options
IDE–448
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IX
Menus
This section contains these chapters:
• IDE Menus
• Menu Commands
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–449
IDE–450
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
34
IDE Menus
This chapter provides an overview of CodeWarrior™ IDE menus and their commands.
The IDE provides two different arrangements of IDE menus, configurable in the IDE
Extras preference panel:
• Windows menu layout
• Macintosh menu layout
This chapter lists the IDE menus under each menu layout. For each menu, a table
shows this information:
• Menu command—the name of each command in the menu.
• Description—a short description of each command.
This chapter has these sections:
• “Windows Menu Layout” on page 451
• “Macintosh Menu Layout” on page 464
• “Rapid Application Development (RAD) Menus” on page 478
Windows Menu Layout
This section provides an overview of the menus and menu commands available in the
Windows menu layout.
File Menu
The File menu contains commands for opening, creating, saving, closing, and printing
source files and projects. The File menu also provides different methods for saving
edited files.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–451
IDE Menus
Windows Menu Layout
Table 34.1 File menu commands
Menu command
Explanation
New
Creates new projects using the New Project wizard or from project
stationery files.
Open
Opens source and project files for editing and project
modification operations.
Find and Open File
Opens the file specified in the Find and Open File dialog or from the
selected text in the active window.
When using the Windows menu layout on a Macintosh host, hold
down the Option key to change this command to Find.
Close
Closes the active window.
Save
Saves the active file using the editor window’s filename.
When using the Windows menu layout on a Macintosh host, hold
down the Option key to change this command to Save All.
Save All
Saves all open editor windows.
When using the Windows menu layout on a Macintosh host, hold
down the Option key to substitute this command for the Save
command.
Save As
Saves a copy of the active file under a new name and closes the
original file.
Save A Copy As
Saves a copy of the active file without closing the file.
Revert
Discards all changes made to the active file since the last
save operation.
Open Workspace
Opens a workspace that you previously saved.
Close Workspace
Closes the current workspace. (You cannot close the
default workspace.)
Save Workspace
Saves the current state of onscreen windows, recent items,
and debugging.
Save Workspace As
Saves an existing workspace under a different name.
Import Components
Imports the components from another catalog into the
current catalog.
Close Catalog
Closes the current catalog and its associated Catalog Components
window and Component Palette.
IDE–452
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE Menus
Windows Menu Layout
Table 34.1 File menu commands (continued)
Menu command
Explanation
Import Project
Imports a project file previously saved in extensible markup
language format (XML) and converts it into project file format.
Export Project
Exports the active project file to disk in extensible markup language
(XML) format.
Page Setup
Displays the Page Setup dialog for setting paper size, orientation,
and other printer options.
Print
Displays the Print dialog for printing active files, and the contents of
Project, Message, and Errors & Warning window contents.
Open Recent
Displays a submenu of recently opened files and projects that can be
chosen to open in the IDE.
Exit
Quits the CodeWarrior IDE.
When using the Windows menu layout on a Macintosh host, this
command does not appear. Instead, use the Quit command in the
File menu or the Quit CodeWarrior command in the CodeWarrior
menu.
Edit Menu
The Edit menu contains all the customary editing commands, along with some
CodeWarrior additions. This menu also includes the commands that open the
Preferences and Target Settings windows.
Table 34.2 Edit menu commands
Menu command
Explanation
Undo
Undoes the action of the last cut, paste, clear, or typing operation.
If you cannot undo the action, this command changes to
Can’t Undo.
Redo
Redoes the action of the last Undo operation.
If you cannot redo the action, this command changes to
Can’t Redo.
Cut
Removes the selected text and places a copy of it on the Clipboard.
Copy
Copies the selected text and places a copy of it on the Clipboard.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–453
IDE Menus
Windows Menu Layout
Table 34.2 Edit menu commands (continued)
Menu command
Explanation
Paste
Places the contents of the Clipboard at current insertion point or
replaces the selected text.
Delete
Removes the selected text without placing a copy on the Clipboard.
When using the Windows menu layout on a Macintosh host, this
command does not appear. Instead, use the Clear command.
This command saves a copy of
an existing workspace. Use this
command to save the
workspace under a different
name.Select All
Selects all the text in the current editor window or text box for cut,
copy, paste, clear, or typing operations.
Balance
Selects the text between the nearest set of parenthesis, braces, or
brackets.
Shift Left
Moves the selected text one tab stop to the left.
Shift Right
Moves the selected text one tab stop to the right.
Get Previous Completion
Shortcut for selecting the previous item that appears in the Code
Completion window.
Get Next Completion
Shortcut for selecting the next item that appears in the Code
Completion window.
Complete Code
Opens the Code Completion window.
Preferences
Opens the IDE Preferences window where you can set general IDE,
editor, debugger, and layout options.
Target Settings
(the name changes, based on
the name of the active build
target)
Opens the project’s Target Settings window where you can set
target, language, code generation, linker, editor, and debugger
options.
Version Control Settings
Opens the VCS Settings window to enable the activation of a version
control system and its relevant settings.
Commands & Key Bindings
Opens the Customize IDE Commands window where you can
create, modify, remove menus, menu commands, and key bindings.
View Menu
The View menu contains commands for viewing toolbars, RAD windows, the class
browser, the Message window, and debugging windows.
IDE–454
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE Menus
Windows Menu Layout
Table 34.3 View menu commands
Menu command
Explanation
Toolbars
Use the Toolbars menu to show, hide, reset, and clear window and
main toolbars.
Component Catalog
Opens or brings to the front a Component Catalog window.
Component Palette
Opens or brings to the front a Component Palette.
Object Inspector
Opens or brings to the front an Object Inspector window. Use to view
or modify object’s properties.
Project Inspector
Opens or brings to the front a Project Inspector window.
Browser Contents
Opens or brings to the front a Browser Contents window.
Class Browser
Opens or brings to the front a New Class Browser window.
Class Hierarchy
Opens or brings to the front a Class Hierarchy window.
Build Progress
Opens the Build Progress window.
Errors & Warnings
Opens or brings to the front an Errors & Warnings window.
Symbolics
Opens the Symbolics window.
Processes
Opens or brings to the front a Processes window.
Breakpoints
Opens or brings to the front a Breakpoints window. Use to view,
create, modify, and remove breakpoints.
Watchpoints
Opens or brings to the front a Watchpoints window. Use to view,
create, modify, and remove watchpoints.
Registers
Opens or brings to the front a Register window.
Expressions
Opens or brings to the front an Expressions window. Use to view,
create, modify, and remove expressions.
Global Variables
Opens or brings to the front a Global Variables window.
Search Menu
The Search menu contains commands for finding text, replacing text, comparing files,
and navigating code.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–455
IDE Menus
Windows Menu Layout
Table 34.4 Search menu commands
Menu command
Explanation
Find
Opens the Find and Replace window for performing searches in the
active editor window.
Replace
Opens the Find and Replace window for replacing text in the active
editor window.
Find in Files
Opens the Find in Files window for performing searches in the active
editor window.
Find Next
Finds the next occurrence of the find string in the active
editor window.
When using the Windows menu layout on a Macintosh host, hold
down the Shift key to change this command to Find Previous.
Find In Next File
Finds the next occurrence of the find string in the next file listed in the
Find window’s File Set.
When using the Windows menu layout on a Macintosh host, hold
down the Shift key to change this command to Find In Previous
File.
Enter Find String
Replaces the Find text box string with the selected text.
When using the Windows menu layout on a Macintosh host, hold
down the Shift key to change this command to Enter Replace
String.
Find Selection
Finds the next occurrence of the selected text in the active
editor window.
When using the Windows menu layout on a Macintosh host, hold
down the Shift key to change this command to Find Previous
Selection.
Replace Selection
Replaces the replace string in the Replace text box with the
selected text.
Replace and Find Next
Replaces the selected text with the Replace text box string, then
performs a Find Next operation.
When using the Windows menu layout on a Macintosh host, hold
down the Shift key to change this command to Replace and Find
Previous.
IDE–456
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE Menus
Windows Menu Layout
Table 34.4 Search menu commands (continued)
Menu command
Explanation
Replace All
Finds all matches of the Find text box string and replaces them with
the Replace text box string.
Find Definition
Searches for the definition of the routine name selected in the active
editor window using the project’s source files.
When using the Windows menu layout on a Macintosh host, hold
down the Option key to change this command to Find Reference.
Go Back
Returns to the previous CodeWarrior browser view.
Go Forward
Moves to the next CodeWarrior browser view.
Go to Line
Opens the Go To Line dialog where you can specify by line number
where to position the text insertion point.
Compare Files
Opens the Compare Files Setup window where you can choose to
compare folders or files and merge their contents.
Apply Difference
Adds, removes, or changes the selected text in the destination file to
match the selected text in the source file.
Unapply Difference
Reverses the modifications made to the destination file by the Apply
Difference command.
Project Menu
The Project menu contains commands for manipulating files, handling libraries,
compiling projects, building projects, and linking projects.
Table 34.5 Project menu commands
Menu command
Explanation
Add Window
Adds the active window to the project.
Add Files
Opens a dialog box that you can use to add multiple files to the
active project.
Create Group
Opens the Create Group dialog box that you can use to add a new
file group to the active project. The new file group appears below the
selected file or group.
Create Target
Opens the Create Target dialog box that you can use to add a new
build target to the active project. The new build target appears below
the selected build target.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–457
IDE Menus
Windows Menu Layout
Table 34.5 Project menu commands (continued)
Menu command
Explanation
Create Segment
or
Create Overlay
Opens the Create Segment/Overlay dialog box that you can use to
add a new segment or overlay to the active project. The new
segment or overlay appears below the selected one.
Create Design
Opens the Create New Design dialog box that you can use to add a
design to the active project. The new design appears in the Design
tab of the project window.
Export Project as GNU Makefile
Exports the current project to a GNU makefile.
When using the Windows menu layout on a Macintosh host, this
command does not appear.
Check Syntax
Checks the active editor window or selected files in the project
window for compilation errors.
Preprocess
Preprocesses the active editor window or selected files in the project
window and displays the results in a new editor window.
Precompile
Precompiles the active editor window or selected files in the project
window and stores the results in a new header file.
Compile
Compiles the active editor window or selected files in the project
window.
Disassemble
Disassembles the active editor window or selected files in the project
window and displays the results in a new editor window.
Bring Up To Date
Compiles all marked or modified files in the current build target of the
active project.
Make
Compiles and links all marked or modified files in the current build
target of the active project, saving the executable file.
Stop Build
Stops the current compile and linking operation and cancels the
remainder of the build process.
Remove Object Code
Removes the object code from one or more build targets in the
project.
When using the Windows menu layout on a Macintosh host, hold
down the Shift key to change this command to Remove Object
Code & Compact.
Re-search for Files
Resets the cached locations of source files using the project access
paths, and storing them for faster builds and project operations.
Reset Project Entry Paths
Resets the location of all source files in the active project using the
project access paths.
IDE–458
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE Menus
Windows Menu Layout
Table 34.5 Project menu commands (continued)
Menu command
Explanation
Synchronize Modification Dates
Updates the modification dates of all source files in the active
project.
Debug
Compiles and links all marked or modified files in the current build
target of the active window, then runs the built executable file.
or
Resume
Compiles and links all marked or modified files in the current build
target of the active window, then runs the built executable file.
Run
Compiles and links all marked or modified files in the current build
target of the active window, then runs the built executable file.
Set Default Project
Uses the Set Default Project menu to choose the default project
when more than one project is open in the IDE.
Set Default Target
Uses the Set Default Target menu to choose the default build target
when more than one build target is present in the project file.
Debug Menu
The Debug menu contains commands for managing program execution.
Table 34.6 Debug menu commands
Menu command
Explanation
Break
Pauses execution of the program in a debugging session to enable
examination of register and variable contents
Kill
Terminates the current debugging session returning control to
the IDE.
Restart
Terminates the current debugging session, then restarts the program
from the beginning.
Step Over
Executes each source line in the program, treating routine calls as a
single statement and stopping the program at the next line of code.
Step Into
Executes each source line in the program, following any
subroutine calls.
Step Out
Executes each source line in the subroutine and stops the program
when the routine returns to its caller.
Run to Cursor
Sets a temporary breakpoint on the source line containing the
insertion point.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–459
IDE Menus
Windows Menu Layout
Table 34.6 Debug menu commands (continued)
Menu command
Explanation
Change Program Counter
Opens the Change Program Counter dialog box that you can use to
move the current statement arrow to an address or symbol.
Set Breakpoint
Sets a breakpoint on the source line containing the insertion point.
or
Clear Breakpoint
Clears the breakpoint on the source line containing the insertion
point.
Set Eventpoint
Sets an eventpoint on the source line containing the insertion point.
Clear Eventpoint
Clears the breakpoint on the source line containing the insertion
point.
Set/Clear Breakpoint
Opens the Set/Clear Breakpoint dialog box that you can use for
setting or clearing breakpoints by address or symbol.
Enable Breakpoint
Activates the disabled breakpoint on the source line containing the
insertion point.
or
Disable Breakpoint
De-activates the breakpoint on the source line containing the
insertion point.
Clear All Breakpoints
Clears all breakpoints currently set in the default build target of the
active project.
Show Breakpoints
Adds a Breakpoint Column to all project editor windows where you
can set, view, or clear breakpoints.
or
Hide Breakpoints
Removes the Breakpoint Column from all project editor windows.
Set Watchpoint
Sets a watchpoint on the source line containing the insertion point.
or
Clear Watchpoint
Clears the watchpoint on the source line containing the insertion
point.
Enable Watchpoint
Activates the disabled watchpoint on the source line containing the
insertion point.
or
Disable Watchpoint
IDE–460
De-activates the watchpoint on the source line containing the
insertion point.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE Menus
Windows Menu Layout
Table 34.6 Debug menu commands (continued)
Menu command
Explanation
Clear All Watchpoints
Clears all watchpoints currently set in the default build target of the
active project.
Break on C++ Exception
Configures the debugger to break at __throw() each time a C++
exception occurs.
Break on Java Exceptions
Use this menu to select the Java exceptions on which the debugger
breaks.
Connect
Establishes communication with an embedded device to start a
debugging session.
When using the Windows menu layout on a Macintosh host, this
command does not appear.
Data Menu
The Data menu contains commands that control how the CodeWarrior debugger
displays data values. This menu appears only during a debugging session.
Table 34.7 Data menu commands
Menu command
Explanation
Show Types
Toggles the appearance of the data type on local and global
variables displayed in Variable panes and Variable windows.
Refresh All Data
Updates data displays.
New Expression
Creates a new expression entry in the Expressions window.
Copy to Expression
Copies the selected variable to the Expressions window.
View As
Displays the View As dialog where the data type of the selected
variable can be specified.
View Variable
Displays the selected variable in a new Variables window.
View Array
Displays the selected array variable in a new Arrays window.
View Memory
Displays the selected variable in a new Memory window.
View Memory As
Displays the View As dialog where the data type of the selected
variable can be specified, then shown in a new Memory window.
Cycle View
Toggles the data view among View Source, View
View Mixed, and View Raw Data.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Disassembly,
IDE–461
IDE Menus
Windows Menu Layout
Table 34.7 Data menu commands (continued)
Menu command
Explanation
View Source
View data as source code.
View Disassembly
View data as language disassembly.
View Mixed
View data as source code and its disassembly.
View Raw Data
View data without applied formatting.
View As Default
Views the selected variable in the default value format.
View As Binary
Views the selected variable as a binary value.
View As Signed Decimal
Views the selected variable as a signed decimal value.
View As Unsigned Decimal
Views the selected variable as an unsigned decimal value.
View As Hexadecimal
Views the selected variable as a hexadecimal value.
View As Character
Views the selected variable as a character value.
View As C String
Views the selected variable as a C string.
View As Pascal String
Views the selected variable as a Pascal string.
View As Unicode String
Views the selected variable as a Unicode string.
View As Floating Point
Views the selected variable as a floating point value.
View As Enumeration
Views the selected variable as an enumerated value.
View As Fixed
Views the selected variable as a 32-bit fixed value.
Window Menu
The Window menu contains commands that manipulate IDE windows.
The menu lists the names of all open file and project windows. A checkmark appears
beside the active window, and an underline indicates a modified and unsaved file.
IDE–462
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE Menus
Windows Menu Layout
Table 34.8 Window menu commands
Menu command
Explanation
Close
Closes the active window.
When using the Windows menu layout on a Macintosh host, hold
down the Option key to change this command to Close All.
Closes all non-project windows.
Close All
When using the Windows menu layout on a Macintosh host, hold
down the Option key to substitute this command for the
Close command.
Cascade
Arranges all editor windows so that only the title bar is visible.
Tile Horizontally
Tiles all editor windows horizontally on the screen so none overlap.
Tile Vertically
Tiles all editor windows vertically on the screen so none overlap.
Save Default Window
Saves the active browser windows settings and applies it to other
browser windows as they are opened.
Help Menu
The Help menu contains commands for accessing the IDE’s online help.
Table 34.9 Help menu commands
Menu command
Explanation
CodeWarrior Help
Launches a help viewer to display the CodeWarrior IDE online help.
Click on a link to view a specific IDE topic.
Index
Launches a help viewer to display a glossary of common terms used
in the CodeWarrior help and manuals.
Search
Launches a help viewer to a page for searching the CodeWarrior
help and manuals.
Online Manuals
Launches a help viewer to display a list of CodeWarrior manuals.
Click on a link to view a specific manuals contents.
Metrowerks Website
Launches a browser and automatically points you to the Metrowerks
web site.
About Metrowerks CodeWarrior
Displays the CodeWarrior IDE version and build number information.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–463
IDE Menus
Macintosh Menu Layout
Macintosh Menu Layout
This section provides an overview of the menus and menu commands available in the
Macintosh menu layout.
Apple Menu
The Apple menu (Mac OS 9.x.x and earlier) provides access to the CodeWarrior
About box, shows system applications, and lists additional items.
Select About Metrowerks CodeWarrior to display the IDE version and build-number
information.
When using the Macintosh menu layout on a Windows host, this menu does not
appear.
CodeWarrior Menu
The CodeWarrior Menu (visible in Mac OS X only) provides access to the
CodeWarrior About box, IDE preferences, and the command that quits the IDE.
When using the Macintosh menu layout on a Windows host, this menu does not
appear.
Table 34.10 Apple menu commands
Menu command
Explanation
About Metrowerks CodeWarrior
Displays the CodeWarrior IDE version and build number information.
Preferences
Opens the IDE Preferences window where you can set general IDE,
editor, debugger, and layout options.
Quit
Quits the CodeWarrior IDE.
File Menu
The File menu contains commands for opening, creating, saving, closing, and printing
source files and projects. The File menu also provides different methods for saving
edited files.
IDE–464
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE Menus
Macintosh Menu Layout
Table 34.11 File menu commands
Menu command
Explanation
New Text File
Creates a new text file and displays it in a new editor window.
New
Creates new projects using the New Project wizard or from project
stationery files.
Open
Opens source and project files for editing and project
modification operations.
Open Recent
Displays a submenu of recently opened files and projects that can be
chosen to open in the IDE.
Find and Open File
Opens the file specified in the Find and Open File dialog or from the
selected text in the active window.
Close
Closes the active window.
When using the Macintosh menu layout on a Macintosh host, hold
down the Option key to change this command to Close All.
Save
Saves the active file using the editor window’s filename.
When using the Macintosh menu layout on a Macintosh host, hold
down the Option key to change this command to Save All.
Save As
Saves a copy of the active file under a new name and closes the
original file.
Save A Copy As
Saves a copy of the active file without closing the file.
Revert
Discards all changes made to the active file since the last save
operation.
Open Workspace
Opens a workspace that you previously saved.
Close Workspace
Closes the current workspace. (You cannot close the default
workspace.)
Save Workspace
Saves the current state of onscreen windows, recent items, and
debugging.
Save Workspace As
Saves an existing workspace under a different name.
Import Components
Imports the components from another catalog into the current
catalog.
Close Catalog
Closes the current catalog and its associated Catalog Components
window and Component Palette.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–465
IDE Menus
Macintosh Menu Layout
Table 34.11 File menu commands (continued)
Menu command
Explanation
Import Project
Imports a project file previously saved in extensible markup
language format (XML) and converts it into project file format.
Export Project
Exports the active project file to disk in extensible markup language
(XML) format.
Page Setup
Displays the Page Setup dialog for setting paper size, orientation,
and other printer options.
Print
Displays the Print dialog for printing active files, and the contents of
Project, Message, and Errors & Warning window contents.
Quit (Classic Mac OS)
Quits the CodeWarrior IDE.
Edit Menu
The Edit menu contains all of the customary editing commands, along with some
CodeWarrior additions. This menu also includes the commands that open the
Preferences and Target Settings windows.
Table 34.12 Edit menu commands
Menu command
Explanation
Undo
Undoes the action of the last cut, paste, clear or typing operation.
If you cannot undo the action, this command changes to
Can’t Undo.
Redo
Redoes the action of the last Undo operation.
If you cannot redo the action, this command changes to
Can’t Redo.
Cut
Removes the selected text and places a copy of it on the Clipboard.
Copy
Copies the selected text and places a copy of it on the Clipboard.
Paste
Places the contents of the Clipboard at current insertion point or
replaces the selected text.
Clear
Removes the selected text without placing a copy on the Clipboard.
When using the Macintosh menu layout on a Windows host, this
command does not appear. Instead, use the Delete command.
IDE–466
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE Menus
Macintosh Menu Layout
Table 34.12 Edit menu commands (continued)
Menu command
Explanation
This command saves a copy of
an existing workspace. Use this
command to save the
workspace under a different
name.Select All
Selects all the text in the current editor window or text box for cut,
copy, paste, clear, or typing operations.
Balance
Selects the text between the nearest set of parenthesis, braces,
or brackets.
Shift Left
Moves the selected text one tab stop to the left.
Shift Right
Moves the selected text one tab stop to the right.
Get Previous Completion
Shortcut for selecting the previous item that appears in the Code
Completion window.
Get Next Completion
Shortcut for selecting the next item that appears in the Code
Completion window.
Complete Code
Opens the Code Completion window.
Insert Reference Template
Inserts a routine template corresponding to the selected Mac OS
Toolbox call in the active window.
When using the Macintosh menu layout on a Windows host, this
command does not appear.
Preferences
Opens the IDE Preferences window where you can set general IDE,
editor, debugger, and layout options.
Target Settings
(the name changes, based on
the name of the active build
target)
Opens the project’s Target Settings window where you can set
target, language, code generation, linker, editor, and debugger
options.
Version Control Settings
Opens the VCS Settings window to enable the activation of a version
control system and its relevant settings
Commands & Key Bindings
Opens the Customize IDE Commands window where you can
create, modify, remove menus, menu commands, and key bindings.
Search Menu
The Search menu contains commands for finding text, replacing text, comparing files,
navigating code, and finding routine definitions.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–467
IDE Menus
Macintosh Menu Layout
Table 34.13 Search menu commands
Menu command
Explanation
Find and Replace
Opens the Find and Replace window for performing find and replace
operations on the active editor window.
Find in Files
Opens the Find in Files window for performing searches in the active
editor window.
Find Next
Finds the next occurrence of the find string in the active editor
window.
When using the Macintosh menu layout on a Macintosh host, hold
down the Shift key to change this command to Find Previous.
Find In Next File
Finds the next occurrence of the find string in the next file listed in the
Find window’s File Set.
When using the Macintosh menu layout on a Macintosh host, hold
down the Shift key to change this command to Find In Previous
File.
Enter Find String
Replaces the Find text box string with the selected text.
When using the Macintosh menu layout on a Macintosh host, hold
down the Shift key to change this command to Enter Replace
String.
Find Selection
Finds the next occurrence of the selected text in the active editor
window.
When using the Macintosh menu layout on a Macintosh host, hold
down the Shift key to change this command to Find Previous
Selection.
Replace Selection
Replaces the replace string in the Replace text box with the selected
text.
Replace and Find Next
Replaces the selected text with the Replace text box string, then
performs a Find Next operation.
When using the Macintosh menu layout on a Macintosh host, hold
down the Shift key to change this command to Replace and Find
Previous.
Replace All
IDE–468
Finds all matches of the Find text box string and replaces them with
the Replace text box string.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE Menus
Macintosh Menu Layout
Table 34.13 Search menu commands (continued)
Menu command
Explanation
Find Definition
Searches for the definition of the routine name selected in the active
editor window using the project’s source files.
When using the Macintosh menu layout on a Macintosh host, hold
down the Shift key to change this command to Find Definition &
Reference.
Find Reference
Searches for the definition of the routine name selected in the active
editor window using the specified online help system.
When using the Macintosh menu layout on a Windows host, this
command does not appear.
Go Back
Returns to the previous CodeWarrior browser view.
Go Forward
Moves to the next CodeWarrior browser view.
Go to Line
Opens the Go To Line dialog where you can specify by line number
where to position the text insertion point.
Compare Files
Opens the Compare Files Setup window where you can choose to
compare folders or files and merge their contents.
Apply Difference
Adds, removes, or changes the selected text in the destination file to
match the selected text in the source file.
Unapply Difference
Reverses the modifications made to the destination file by the Apply
Difference command.
Project Menu
The Project menu contains commands for manipulating files, handling libraries,
compiling projects, building projects, and linking projects.
Table 34.14 Project menu commands
Menu command
Explanation
Add Window
(the name changes, based on
the name of the selected item)
Adds the active window to the project.
Add Files
Opens a dialog that you can use to add multiple files to the
active project.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–469
IDE Menus
Macintosh Menu Layout
Table 34.14 Project menu commands (continued)
Menu command
Explanation
Create Group
Displays the Create Group dialog where you can add a new file
group to the active project immediately after the selected file or
group.
or
Create Target
Displays the Create Target dialog where you can add a new build
target to the active project immediately after the selected build target.
or
Create Overlay
or
Displays the Create Overlay dialog where you can add a new
memory overlay to the active project immediately after the selected
overlay.
Create Segment
Displays the Create Segment dialog where you can add a new
segment to the active project immediately after the selected
segment.
Create Design
Opens the Create New Design dialog box that you can use to add a
design to the active project. The new design appears in the Design
tab of the project window.
Check Syntax
Checks the active editor window or selected files in the project
window for compilation errors.
Preprocess
Preprocesses the active editor window or selected files in the project
window and displays the results in a new editor window.
Precompile
Precompiles the active editor window or selected files in the project
window and stores the results in a new header file.
Compile
Compiles the active editor window or selected files in the project
window.
Disassemble
Disassembles the active editor window or selected files in the project
window and displays the results in a new editor window.
Bring Up To Date
Compiles all marked or modified files in the current build target of the
active project.
Make
Compiles and links all marked or modified files in the current build
target of the active project, saving the executable. file
Stop Build
Stops the current compile and linking operation and cancels the
remainder of the build process.
IDE–470
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE Menus
Macintosh Menu Layout
Table 34.14 Project menu commands (continued)
Menu command
Explanation
Remove Object Code
Removes the object code from one or more build targets in the
project.
When using the Macintosh menu layout on a Macintosh host, hold
down the Option key to change this command to Remove Object
Code & Compact.
Re-search for Files
Resets the cached locations of source files using the project access
paths, and storing them for faster builds and project operations.
Reset Project Entry Paths
Resets the location of all source files in the active project using the
project access paths.
Synchronize Modification Dates
Updates the modification dates of all source files in the active
project.
Debug
Compiles and links all marked or modified files in the current build
target of the active window, then runs the built executable file.
or
Resume
Compiles and links all marked or modified files in the current build
target of the active window, then runs the built executable file.
Run
Compiles and links all marked or modified files in the current build
target of the active window, then runs the built executable file.
Set Default Project
Uses the Set Default Project menu to choose the default project
when more than one project is open in the IDE.
Set Default Target
Uses the Set Default Target menu to choose the default build target
when more than one build target is present in the project file.
Debug Menu
The Debug menu contains commands for managing program execution.
Table 34.15 Debug menu commands
Menu command
Explanation
Kill
Terminates the current debugging session returning control to
he IDE.
Restart
Terminates the current debugging session, then restarts the program
from the beginning.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–471
IDE Menus
Macintosh Menu Layout
Table 34.15 Debug menu commands (continued)
Menu command
Explanation
Step Over
Executes each source line in the program, treating routine calls as a
single statement and stopping the program at the next line of code.
Step Into
Executes each source line in the program, following any subroutine
calls.
Step Out
Executes each source line in the subroutine and stops the program
when the routine returns to its caller.
Stop
Pauses execution of the program in a debugging session to enable
examination of register and variable contents.
Set Breakpoint
Sets a breakpoint on the source line containing the insertion point.
or
Clear Breakpoint
Clears the breakpoint on the source line containing the insertion
point.
Set Eventpoint
Sets an eventpoint on the source line containing the insertion point.
Clear Eventpoint
Clears the breakpoint on the source line containing the insertion
point.
Set/Clear Breakpoint
Displays the Set/Clear Breakpoint dialog for setting or clearing
breakpoints by address or symbol.
Enable Breakpoint
Activates the disabled breakpoint on the source line containing the
insertion point.
or
Disable Breakpoint
De-activates the breakpoint on the source line containing the
insertion point.
Clear All Breakpoints
Clears all breakpoints currently set in the default build target of the
active project.
Show Breakpoints
Adds a Breakpoint Column to all project editor windows where
breakpoints can be set, viewed, and cleared.
or
Hide Breakpoints
Removes the Breakpoint Column from all project editor windows.
Set Watchpoint
Sets a watchpoint on the source line containing the insertion point.
or
Clear Watchpoint
IDE–472
Clears the watchpoint on the source line containing the insertion
point.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE Menus
Macintosh Menu Layout
Table 34.15 Debug menu commands (continued)
Menu command
Explanation
Enable Watchpoint
Activates the disabled watchpoint on the source line containing the
insertion point.
or
Disable Watchpoint
De-activates the watchpoint on the source line containing the
insertion point.
Clear All Watchpoints
Clears all watchpoints currently set in the default build target of the
active project.
Run to Cursor
Sets a temporary breakpoint on the source line containing the
insertion point.
Change Program Counter
Displays the Change Program Counter dialog where you can move
the current statement arrow to an address or symbol.
Break on C++ Exception
Configures the debugger to break at __throw() each time a C++
exception occurs.
Break on Java Exceptions
Use this menu to select which Java exceptions the debugger should
break on.
Switch to Monitor
Configures the IDE to use an external debugger instead of the
CodeWarrior debugger.
When using the Macintosh menu layout on a Windows host, this
command does not appear.
Data Menu
The Data menu contains commands that control how the CodeWarrior debugger
displays data values. This menu only appears during a debugging session.
Table 34.16 Data menu commands
Menu command
Description
Show Types
Toggles the appearance of the data type on local and global
variables displayed in Variable panes and Variable windows.
Refresh All Data
Updates data displays.
New Expression
Creates a new expression entry in the Expressions window.
Copy to Expression
Copies the selected variable to the Expressions window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–473
IDE Menus
Macintosh Menu Layout
Table 34.16 Data menu commands (continued)
Menu command
Description
View As
Displays the View As dialog where the data type of the selected
variable can be specified.
View Variable
Displays the selected variable in a new Variables window.
View Array
Displays the selected array variable in a new Arrays window.
View Memory
Displays the selected variable in a new Memory window.
View Memory As
Displays the View As dialog where the data type of the selected
variable can be specified, then shown in a new Memory window.
Cycle View
Toggles the data view among View Source, View Disassembly,
View Mixed, and View Raw Data.
View Source
View data as source code.
View Disassembly
View data as language disassembly.
View Mixed
View data as source code and its disassembly.
View Raw Data
View data without applied formatting.
View As Default
Views the selected variable in the default value format.
View As Binary
Views the selected variable as a binary value.
View As Signed Decimal
Views the selected variable as a signed decimal value.
View As Unsigned Decimal
Views the selected variable as an unsigned decimal value.
View As Hexadecimal
Views the selected variable as a hexadecimal value.
View As Character
Views the selected variable as a character value.
View As C String
Views the selected variable as a C string.
View As Pascal String
Views the selected variable as a Pascal string.
View As Unicode String
Views the selected variable as a Unicode string.
View As Floating Point
Views the selected variable as a floating point value.
View As Enumeration
Views the selected variable as an enumerated value.
View As Fixed
Views the selected variable as a 32-bit fixed value.
View As Fract
Views the selected variable as a fract value.
When using the Macintosh menu layout on a Windows host, this
command does not appear.
IDE–474
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE Menus
Macintosh Menu Layout
Window Menu
The Window menu contains commands that manipulate IDE windows. The Window
menu is divided into several sections:
• window commands to stack, tile, zoom, collapse, and save window positions.
• toolbar submenu for showing, hiding, resetting, and clearing window and floating
toolbars.
• commands to open specific browser, IDE, and debugger windows.
• names of all open file and project windows.
A check mark appears beside the active window, and an underline denotes a modified
and unsaved file.
Table 34.17 Window menu commands
Menu command
Description
Stack Editor Windows
Arranges all editor windows so that only the title bar is visible.
Tile Editor Windows
Tiles all editor windows horizontally on the screen so none overlap.
Tile Editor Windows Vertically
Tiles all editor windows vertically on the screen so none overlap.
Zoom Window
Restores the active editor window to its previous size and position.
Collapse Window
(Minimize Window)
Collapses the active editor window so that only its title bar is visible.
or
Expand Window
(Maximize Window)
Expands the collapsed editor window to its previous size and
position.
Save Default Window
Saves the current browser-window settings for later re-use.
Toolbars
Use the Toolbars submenu to show, hide, reset, and clear window,
main, and floating toolbars.
Browser Contents
Opens or brings to the front a Browser Contents window.
Class Hierarchy Window
Opens or brings to the front a Class Hierarchy window.
New Class Browser
Opens or brings to the front a New Class Browser window.
Build Progress Window
Opens or brings to the front a Build Progress window.
Errors & Warnings Window
Opens or brings to the front an Errors & Warnings window.
Project Inspector
Opens or brings to the front a Project Inspector window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–475
IDE Menus
Macintosh Menu Layout
Table 34.17 Window menu commands (continued)
Menu command
Description
ToolServer Worksheet
Opens or brings to the front a ToolServer Worksheet window.
When using the Macintosh menu layout on a Windows host, this
command does not appear.
Symbolics Window
Opens or brings to the front a Symbolics window.
Processes Window
Opens or brings to the front a Processes window.
Expressions Window
Opens or brings to the front an Expressions window. Use to view,
create, modify, and remove expressions.
Global Variables Window
Opens or brings to the front a Global Variables window.
Breakpoints Window
Opens or brings to the front a Breakpoints window. Use to view,
create, modify, and remove breakpoints.
Watchpoints Window
Opens or brings to the front a Watchpoints window. Use to view,
create, modify, and remove watchpoints.
Register Window
Opens or brings to the front a Register window.
Component Catalog
Opens or brings to the front a Component Catalog window.
Component Palette
Opens or brings to the front a Component Palette.
Object Inspector
Opens or brings to the front an Object Inspector window. Use to view
or modify object’s properties.
VCS Menu
The VCS (Version Control System) menu appears in the IDE’s menu bar when the
Use Version Control option is enabled. The CodeWarrior IDE can operate with many
difference version control systems including CVS, Visual SourceSafe, and others.
This icon represents the VCS menu in the Macintosh-hosted IDE
menu bar.
Refer to the documentation that came with the version control system to learn about
using it with the CodeWarrior IDE.
Tools Menu
The Tools menu appears in the IDE’s menu bar after you enable the Use ToolServer
menu checkbox in the IDE Extras preference panel. The Tools menu contains
IDE–476
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE Menus
Macintosh Menu Layout
commands for controlling Apple® ToolServer™ and Macintosh Programmer’s
Workbench (MPW).
Macintosh: This icon represents the Tools menu in the Macintosh-hosted IDE
menu bar.
Refer to Targeting Mac OS to learn about using ToolServer and MPW
with projects.
Scripts Menu
The Scripts menu appears in the IDE’s menu bar after you enable the Use Scripts
menu checkbox in the IDE Extras preference panel and creates a (Scripts) folder
in the Metrowerks CodeWarrior folder of your CodeWarrior installation.
The Scripts menu uses the directory structure of the (Scripts) folder to create a
hierarchical menu. This hierarchical menu lists all of the scripts in the (Scripts)
folder. Open a script-editing utility or a text editor to learn more about the scripts that
might already exist in the (Scripts) folder.
Refer to the CodeWarrior Scripting Reference to learn more about scripting the
CodeWarrior IDE.
Help Menu
The Help menu contains commands for accessing the IDE’s online help.
Table 34.18 Help menu commands
Menu command
Description
CodeWarrior Help
Launches a help viewer to display the CodeWarrior IDE online help.
Click on a link to view a specific IDE topic.
Index (Windows)
Opens the online help to the Index tab.
Search (Windows)
Opens the online help to the Search tab.
Online Manuals
Launches a help viewer to display a list of CodeWarrior manuals.
Click on a link to view a specific manuals contents.
Metrowerks Website
Launches a browser and automatically points you to the Metrowerks
website.
About Metrowerks CodeWarrior
(Windows)
Displays the CodeWarrior IDE version and build number information.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–477
IDE Menus
Rapid Application Development (RAD) Menus
NOTE
Classic Macintosh: The Help menu contains additional menu
commands for working with Balloon Help and accessing Apple’s
online help.
Rapid Application Development (RAD)
Menus
These menus are common across all platforms and appear when the RAD layout editor
is active.
Align Menu
The Align menu contains commands to align selected components by component edge
or center properties. The Align menu is only visible when editing components within a
RAD project’s layout window.
Table 34.19 Align menu commands
Menu command
Description
To Grid
Aligns the selected components to the grid in the layout window.
Left Edges
Aligns the selected components by the left edges.
Vertical Center
Aligns the selected components by their vertical centers.
Right Edges
Aligns the selected components by the right edges.
Top Edges
Aligns the selected components by the top edges.
Horizontal Center
Aligns the selected components by their horizontal centers.
Bottom Edges
Aligns the selected components by the bottom edges.
Layout Menu
The Layout menu contains commands that manipulate objects in a Rapid Application
Development (RAD) layout window. This menu only appears when a RAD project is
open.
IDE–478
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE Menus
Rapid Application Development (RAD) Menus
Table 34.20 Layout menu commands
Menu command
Description
Align
Use this submenu to align selected components by component edge
or center properties.
Resize
Use this submenu to resize selected components by different heights
and widths.
Display Grid
Toggles the visibility of the grid in layout windows.
Snap To Grid
Toggles the alignment of components with the grid in
layout windows.
Group
Combines the selected components into a single grouped object for
ease of manipulation.
Ungroup
Separates an object of grouped components into the
individual components.
Customize
Opens an editor for the selected component if one is available.
Properties
Opens or brings to the front the Object Inspector window to enable
editing of the selected component’s properties.
New Wire
Opens the Create Wire wizard. Use this wizard to create a new wire
in the layout.
Edit Wire
Opens the Create Wire wizard for the selected wire. Use this wizard
to modify the wire details.
Show All Wires
Toggles visibility of all wires in the layout.
Show Incoming Wires
Select a component in the layout, then select this command to view
all wires that define the selected component as their
destination component.
Show Outgoing Wires
Select a component in the layout, then select this command to view
all wires that define the selected component as their
source component.
Resize Menu
The Resize menu contains commands for resizing components in a layout editor to set
sizes. The Resize menu is only visible when editing components within a RAD
project’s layout window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–479
IDE Menus
Rapid Application Development (RAD) Menus
Table 34.21 Resize menu commands
Menu command
Description
To Smallest Width
Resizes the selected components to match the width of the
component with the smallest width.
To Largest Width
Resizes the selected components to match the width of the
component with the largest width.
To Smallest Height
Resizes the selected components to match the height of the
component with the smallest height.
To Largest Height
Resizes the selected components to match the height of the
component with the largest height.
IDE–480
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
35
Menu Commands
This section presents an alphabetical listing of all available menu commands in the
CodeWarrior™ IDE. Menu commands that appear only on certain host platforms are
documented. A menu command that has no host information is available on all hosts.
Use this listing as a reference to find information about a specific menu command.
A
About Metrowerks CodeWarrior
This command displays the CodeWarrior IDE version and build number information.
TIP
Click the Installed Products button in this window to view and save
information about installed products and plug-ins for the
CodeWarrior IDE. You can also use this window to enable or disable
plug-in diagnostics.
Add Files
The Add Files command opens a dialog which allows one or more files to be added to
the project.
Add Window
The Add Window command adds the file in the active Editor window to the open
project. The name of the menu command changes, based on the name of the active
window. For example, if the name of the active window is MyFile, the name of the
menu command changes to Add MyFile to Project.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–481
Menu Commands
Align
Reveals the Align submenu with component alignment commands like Right Edges,
Vertical Centers, and others.
See also:
• “Bottom Edges” on page 483
• “Horizontal Center” on page 498
• “Left Edges” on page 499
• “Right Edges” on page 508
• “To Grid” on page 515
• “Top Edges” on page 516
• “Vertical Center” on page 517
All Exceptions
The All Exceptions command of the Java submenu to tell the debugger to break every
time an exception occurs. This behavior includes exceptions thrown by the virtual
machine, your own classes, the debugger, classes in classes.zip, and so on. Java
programs throw many exceptions in the normal course of execution, so catching all
exceptions causes the debugger to break often.
Anchor Floating Toolbar
The Anchor Floating Toolbar command attaches the floating toolbar beneath the
menu bar. Once attached, the anchored toolbar can not be moved again until it is
unanchored.
See also:
• “Unanchor Floating Toolbar” on page 516
Apply Difference
The Apply Difference command applies the selected difference from the source file
into the destination file.
IDE–482
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Menu Commands
B
Balance
The Balance command selects all the text starting at the current insertion point and
enclosed in parentheses (), brackets [], or braces {},
Bottom Edges
The Bottom Edges command of the Align submenu aligns the bottom edges of the
selected components.
Break
The Break command temporarily suspends execution of the target program and
returns control to the debugger.
See also “Stop” on page 513.
Break on C++ Exception
The Break on C++ Exception command tells the debugger to break at __throw()
each time a C++ exception occurs.
Break on Java Exceptions
The Break on Java Exceptions command reveals the Java Exceptions submenu.
See also:
• “Exceptions in Targeted Classes” on page 492
• “Uncaught Exceptions Only” on page 517.
Breakpoints
Breakpoints Window
These commands open the Breakpoints window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–483
Menu Commands
Bring To Front
The Bring To Front command moves the selected objects so that they are displayed
in front of all other objects.
Bring Up To Date
The Bring Up To Date command updates the current build target in the active project
by compiling all of the build target’s modified and touched files.
Browser Contents
The Browser Contents command opens the Browser Contents window. This
command is not available if the Enable Browser option is not activated.
Build Progress
Build Progress Window
These commands open the Build Progress window. Use it to monitor the IDE’s status
as it compiles a project.
C
Cascade
The Cascade command arranges open editor windows one on top of another, with
their window titles visible.
Change Program Counter
The Change Program Counter command opens a window that lets you move the
current-statement arrow to a particular address or symbol.
IDE–484
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Menu Commands
Check Syntax
The Check Syntax command checks the syntax of the source file in the active Editor
window or the selected files in the open project window. If the IDE detects one or
more errors, a Message window appears and shows information about the errors.
The Check Syntax command is not available if:
• the active Editor window is empty.
• no project file is open.
Check Syntax does not generate object code.
Table 35.1 explains how to abort the syntax-checking process:
Table 35.1 Aborting the syntax-checking process
On this host…
Do this…
Windows
Press Esc.
Macintosh
Press Command-. (Command-Period).
Solaris
Press Esc.
Linux
Press Esc.
Class Browser
The Class Browser command opens a Class Browser window. This command is
unavailable if the Enable Browser option is not enabled.
Class Hierarchy
Class Hierarchy Window
These commands open a Multi-Class Browser window. This command is unavailable
if the Enable Browser option is not enabled.
Clear
The Clear command removes the selected text. This menu command is equivalent to
pressing the Backspace or Delete key.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–485
Menu Commands
Clear All Breakpoints
The Clear All Breakpoints command clears all breakpoints in all source files
belonging to the target program.
Clear All Watchpoints
The Clear All Watchpoints command clears all watchpoints in the current program.
Clear Breakpoint
The Clear Breakpoint command clears the breakpoint at the currently selected line. If
the Show Breakpoints option is enabled, the marker in the Breakpoints column of the
Editor window disappears.
Clear Eventpoint
This command opens a submenu that lets you remove an eventpoint from the currently
selected line. If the Show Breakpoints option is active, the Breakpoints column in the
editor windows shows a marker next to each line with an eventpoint. The marker
represents the eventpoint type.
Clear Floating Toolbar
The Clear Floating Toolbar command removes all the shortcut icons from the
floating toolbar. Once the toolbar is cleared, drag shortcut icons from the Commands
and Key Bindings window to the toolbar to create a custom floating toolbar.
Clear Main Toolbar
The Clear Main Toolbar command removes all the shortcut icons from the main
toolbar. Once the toolbar is cleared, drag shortcut icons from the Commands and Key
Bindings window to the toolbar to create a custom main toolbar.
Clear Watchpoint
The Clear Watchpoint command removes a watchpoint from the selected variable or
memory range.
IDE–486
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Menu Commands
Clear Window Toolbar
The Clear Window Toolbar command removes all the shortcut icons from the
window toolbar. Once the toolbar is cleared, drag shortcut icons from the Commands
and Key Bindings window to the toolbar to create a custom window toolbar.
Close
The Close command closes the active window.
Close All
The Close All command closes all open windows of a certain type. The name of this
menu command changes, based on the type of item selected. For example, select one
of several open editor windows, the menu command changes its name to Close All
Editor Documents.
NOTE
Macintosh: Press the Option key to change Close to Close All.
Close Catalog
The Close Catalog command closes the current catalog and remove the catalog from
the Component Catalog window and the Component Palette.
Close Workspace
This command closes the current workspace.
You cannot close the default workspace, but you can choose whether to use it by
toggling the Use default workspace option in the IDE Extras preference panel.
Commands & Key Bindings
The Commands and Key Bindings command opens the Customize IDE Commands
window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–487
Menu Commands
Complete Code
The Complete Code command opens the Code Completion window. Use this window
to help you automatically complete programming-language symbols as you type them
in the active editor window.
CodeWarrior Glossary
The CodeWarrior Glossary command opens and display a list of vocabulary terms
used by the CodeWarrior manuals and online help.
CodeWarrior Help
This command opens the online help for the CodeWarrior IDE.
Collapse Window
The Collapse Window command collapses the active window so that only its title is
visible.
Compare Files
The Compare Files command opens the Compare Files Setup window. Use it to
choose two files or folders for comparison and merging. After choosing the items, a
comparison window appears that shows the differences between the items.
Component Catalog
The Component Catalog command opens a Component Catalog window for use
within a RAD project.
Compile
The Compile command compiles selected source files into binary files. The IDE
compiles source files that are:
• part of the current project and open in the active Editor window, or
• selected files, segments, or groups in a project window.
IDE–488
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Menu Commands
Component Palette
The Component Palette command opens a Component Palette window for use within
a RAD project.
Connect
The Connect command establishes communications between the IDE and embedded
hardware to begin a debugging session.
Copy
The Copy command copies selected text to the system Clipboard. If the Message
Window is active, the Copy command copies all the text in the Message Window to
the Clipboard.
Copy to Expression
The Copy to Expression command copies the variable selected in the active pane to
the Expressions window.
Create Design
This command creates a new design in the current project. The new design appears in
the Design tab of the project window. You cannot create a design if each build target
in the project already belongs to a design.
Create Group
The Create Group command creates a new group in the current project. This
command is only active when the Files view is visible in the project window.
Create Overlay
Create Segment
These commands create a new segment or overlay in the current project. This
command is only active when the Segments view or Overlays view is visible in the
project window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–489
Menu Commands
Create Target
The Create Target command creates a new build target in the current project. This
command is only active when the Targets view is visible in the project window.
Customize
The Customize command opens a customizing utility for the selected component
within a RAD project. For example, after selecting a menu component and choosing
this menu command, the Menu editor opens.
Cut
The Cut command copies the selected text to the system Clipboard, replacing the
previous Clipboard contents, and removes it from the current document or text box.
Cycle View
Toggles view among various data formats.
See also:
• “View Disassembly” on page 519
• “View Mixed” on page 520
• “View Raw Data” on page 520
• “View Source” on page 520
D
Debug
This command compiles and links a project, then run the CodeWarrior debugger with
the project’s code. If debugging is active, The Threads window to examine program
information and step through the code as it executes. If debugging is not active, the
Threads window appears, but the program executes without stopping in the debugger.
IDE–490
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Menu Commands
Delete
The Delete command removes the selected text without placing it on the system
clipboard. This menu command is equivalent to pressing the Backspace or Delete key.
Disable Breakpoint
The Disable Breakpoint command de-activates the breakpoint at the currently
selected line.
Disable Watchpoint
The Disable Watchpoint command de-activates a watchpoint for the selected variable
or memory range.
Disassemble
The Disassemble command disassembles the compiled source files selected in the
project window. After disassembling a file, the IDE creates a .dump file that contains
the file’s object code. The .dump file appears in a new window after the IDE
completes the disassembly process.
Display Grid
The Display Grid command toggles the visibility of grid lines in the layout window.
When checked, the grid lines appear, otherwise, no grid is visible.
E
Enable Breakpoint
The Enable Breakpoint command activates a breakpoint at the currently selected
line. The breakpoint appears in the left side of the editor window if the Breakpoint
column is visible. The states of the breakpoint marker include:
•
enabled breakpoint.
•
disabled breakpoint.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–491
Menu Commands
•
no breakpoint in line.
Enable Watchpoint
The Enable Watchpoint command activates a watchpoint for the selected variable or
memory range.
Enabled watchpoints are indicated by an underline of the selected variable or range of
memory. Disabled watchpoints do not have the underline. The underline’s color can
be configured in the Display Settings preference panel of the IDE Preference window.
Enter Find String
The Enter Find String command copies the selected text in the active window
directly into the target search string. It will then appear in the Find text box of both the
Find and Replace and Find in Files windows. Once done, use any of the find
commands to search for matches without opening any Find-related windows.
Enter Replace String
The Enter Replace String command copies the selected text in the active window
directly into the target search string. It will then appear in the Replace with text box of
both the Find and Replace and Find in Files windows. Once done, use any of the find
commands to search for matches without opening any Find-related windows.
NOTE
Macintosh: Press the Shift key to change the Enter Find String
command to the Enter Replace String menu command.
Errors & Warnings
Errors & Warnings Window
These commands open the Errors and Warnings window.
Exceptions in Targeted Classes
The Exceptions in Targeted Classes command of the Java submenu to tell the
debugger to break only on exceptions thrown by your own classes in the project.
IDE–492
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Menu Commands
Choose this command to break on the exceptions thrown by your classes, rather than
on the exceptions that Java programs throw in the normal course of execution.
Exit
The Exit command exits the CodeWarrior IDE immediately, provided that:
• All changes to the open editor files are already saved, or
• The open editor files are not changed.
If a Project window is open, the IDE saves all changes to the project file before
exiting. If an Editor window is open and changes are not saved, the CodeWarrior IDE
asks if you want to save your changes before exiting.
Expand Window
The Expand Window command expands a collapsed window (a window with only its
title visible). Only available when a collapsed window is currently active.
Export Project
The Export Project command exports a CodeWarrior project to a file in extensible
markup language (XML) format. The IDE prompts for a name and location to save the
new XML file.
Export Project as GNU Makefile
This command exports a CodeWarrior project to a GNU makefile. The IDE displays a
message that tells you the name of the makefile and its location on the hard disk.
Expressions
Expressions Window
These commands open an Expressions window.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–493
Menu Commands
F
Find
The Find command opens the Find and Replace window to perform find operations
within the active file.
Find Definition & Reference
The Find Definition & Reference command searches for the definition of the
selected routine name in the active Editor window. Searching starts within the source
files belonging to the open project. If the IDE does not find a definition, a system beep
sounds.
If the IDE does not find the routine definition within the project files, searching
continues using the online help system specified in the IDE Extras preference panel.
NOTE
Macintosh: Press the Option key to change the Find Definition menu
command to the Find Definition & Reference menu command.
Find Definition
The Find Definition command searches for the definition of the selected routine name
in the active window. Searching occurs in the source files belonging to the open
project. If the IDE finds the definition, the source file that contains the definition
appears in an Editor window, and the routine name appears highlighted.
If the IDE finds more than one definition, a Message window appears warning of
multiple definitions. If the IDE does not find a definition, a system beep sounds.
NOTE
IDE–494
Select the Activate Browser option in the Build Extras target
settings panel and re-compile the project in order to use the Find
Definition command.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Menu Commands
Find in Files
The Find in Files command opens the Find in Files window. Once open, The Find in
Files window to perform find-and-replace operations across multiple files using
specified search criteria.
Find In Next File
The Find in Next File command searches for the next occurrence of the Find text box
string in the next file listed in the Find in Files window. The menu command as an
alternative to using the Find in Files window itself.
Find In Previous File
This command searches for the next occurrence of the Find text box string in the
previous file listed in the Find in Files window. The menu command as an alternative
to using the Find in Files window itself.
NOTE
(Macintosh) Press the Shift key to change the Find In Next File menu
command to the Find In Previous File menu command.
Find Next
The Find Next command searches for the next occurrence of the Find text box string
in the active window.
Find and Open File
Uses the Find and Open File command opens the Find and Open File dialog. Enter a
filename, click OK, and the IDE searches the current project access paths as specified
in the Access Paths panel of the Target Settings window.
Find and Open ‘Filename’
The Find and Open ‘Filename’ command opens an existing text file, using the
currently selected text in the Editor window as the target filename.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–495
Menu Commands
Find Previous
The Find Previous command searches for the previous occurrence of the Find text
box string in the active window.
NOTE
Macintosh: Press the Shift key to change the Find Next menu
command to the Find Previous menu command.
Find Previous Selection
The Find Previous Selection searches for the previous occurrence of the selected text
in the active editor window.
NOTE
Macintosh: Press the Shift key to change the Find Selection menu
command to the Find Previous Selection menu command.
Find Reference
The Find Reference command searches for the definition of the selected routine name
in the active Editor window, using the online help system specified in the IDE Extras
preference panel.
If the IDE does not find a definition, a system beep sounds.
Find and Replace
The Find and Replace command opens the Find and Replace window. Use this
window to perform find-and-replace operations within the active file.
Find Selection
The Find Selection command searches for the next occurrence of the selected text in
the active Editor window.
IDE–496
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Menu Commands
G
Get Next Completion
The Get Next Completion command acts as a shortcut that bypasses using the Code
Completion window. Instead of scrolling through the Code Completion window to
select the next symbol from the one currently selected, use this command to insert that
next symbol directly into the active editor window.
Get Previous Completion
The Get Previous Completion command acts as a shortcut that bypasses using the
Code Completion window. Instead of scrolling through the Code Completion window
to select the previous symbol from the one currently selected, use this command to
insert that previous symbol directly into the active editor window.
Global Variables
Global Variables Window
These commands open the Global Variables window. Use this window to view global
variables for an entire project or for a single file. Click a filename in the Files list
displays the file’s global variables in the Variables list.
Go Back
The Go Back command returns to the previous view in the CodeWarrior browser.
Go Forward
The Go Forward command moves to the next view in the CodeWarrior Browser
(after you The Go Back command to return to a previous view).
Go to Line
The Go to Line command opens the Line Number dialog box and enter a specific line
number to move the text-insertion point to. If the line number specified exceeds the
number of lines in the file, the text-insertion point moves to the last line in the file.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–497
Menu Commands
Group
The Group command combines selected objects into a single item in the Layout
Editor window of a RAD project.
H
Hide Breakpoints
The Hide Breakpoints command conceals the Breakpoints column, which appears to
the left of the source code shown in editor windows.
Hide Floating Toolbar
The Hide Floating Toolbar command conceals the IDE’s floating toolbar. After
concealing the floating toolbar, the command changes to Show Floating Toolbar.
Hide Main Toolbar
The Hide Main Toolbar command conceals the IDE’s main toolbar. After concealing
the main toolbar, the command changes to Show Main Toolbar.
Hide Window Toolbar
The Hide Window Toolbar command conceals the toolbar in the active window.
After concealing the window toolbar, the command changes to Show Window
Toolbar.
Horizontal Center
The Horizontal Center command of the Align submenu aligns the horizontal centers
of the selected components.
IDE–498
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Menu Commands
I
Import Components
The Import Components command imports components from another catalog for use
with the current catalog.
Import Project
The Import Project command imports project files previously saved in extensible
markup language (XML) file with the Export Project command into the IDE.
Insert Reference Template
This command inserts a routine template corresponding to the selected Mac OS
Toolbox call in the active window. The IDE uses the online reference database
application specified in the Find Reference Using list pop-up to search for the
routine’s definition.
K-L
Kill
The Kill command permanently terminates execution of the target program and
returns control to the debugger.
Left Edges
The Left Edges command of the Align submenu aligns the left edges of the selected
components.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–499
Menu Commands
M-N
Make
The Make command builds the selected project by compiling and linking its modified
and touched files. The results of a successful build depend on the selected project type.
Maximize Window
Windows equivalent of Expand Window.
See also:
• “Expand Window” on page 493
Metrowerks Website
The Metrowerks Website command launches a web browser and display the
Metrowerks web site.
Minimize Window
Windows equivalent of Collapse Window.
See also:
• “Collapse Window” on page 488
New
The New command opens the New window. The New window to create new projects,
files, components, and objects.
New Class
The New Class command opens the New Class wizard. Use this wizard to help create
new classes in a project.
IDE–500
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Menu Commands
New Class Browser
The New Class Browser command opens a Browser window. The IDE grays out this
menu command if the CodeWarrior browser is not activated. This menu command is
equivalent to the Class Browser menu command.
New Data Member
The New Data Member command opens the New Data Member wizard. Use this
wizard to help create new data members for a class.
New Event
The New Event command opens the New Event window. Use this window to help
create new events for a selected class in a project.
New Event Set
The New Event Set command opens the New Event Set window to create a new event
set for a selected class in a project.
New Expression
The New Expression command creates a new entry in the Expressions window,
prompting entry of a new expression.
New Member Function
The New Member Function command opens the New Member Function wizard. Use
this wizard to help create new member functions for a class.
New Method
The New Method command opens the New Method window. Use this window to
create a new method for a selected class in a project.
New Property
The New Property command opens the New Property. Use this window to create a
new property for a selected class in a project.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–501
Menu Commands
New Text File
The New Text File command creates a new editable text file and open a Editor
window.
No Exceptions
The No Exceptions command of the Java submenu sets the debugger to not break
when exceptions occur.
O
Object Inspector
The Object Inspector command opens the Object Inspector for use with RAD
projects.
Online Manuals
This command opens a list of online manuals about the CodeWarrior IDE, compilers,
MSL, and target specific information.
Open
The Open command opens an existing project or source file.
Open Recent
The Open Recent menu item reveals a submenu of recently opened projects and files.
Choose a file from the submenu to open that item.
If two or more files in the submenu have identical names, the submenu shows the full
paths to those files in order to distinguish between them.
Open Scripts Folder
This command opens the (Scripts) folder. This command is only available if the
Use Scripts menu option is enabled.
IDE–502
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Menu Commands
Open Workspace
This command opens a workspace file that you previously saved.
P-Q
Page Setup
The Page Setup command sets the options used for printing CodeWarrior IDE files.
Paste
The Paste command replaces the selected text with the contents of the system
clipboard into the active Editor window or text box. If no text is selected, the IDE
places the clipboard contents at the text-insertion point.
The Paste command is unavailable if the Message window is active.
Precompile
The Precompile command precompiles the text file in the active Editor window into a
precompiled header file.
Preferences
The Preferences command opens the IDE Preferences window. Use this window to
change the global preferences used by the CodeWarrior IDE.
Preprocess
This command preprocesses selected source files in any language that has a
preprocessor, such as C, C++, and Java.
Print
The Print command prints CodeWarrior IDE files, as well as Project, Message, and
Errors and Warnings window contents.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–503
Menu Commands
Processes
Processes Window
These commands open the Processes window for those platforms that support it.
Project Inspector
Opens the Project Inspector window so that you can view information about your
project. You can also use this window to manipulate file-specific information.
Properties
The Properties command opens the Object Inspector. Use this window to view or
modify the properties of the selected component in a RAD project.
Quit
Quit CodeWarrior
Mac OS command equivalent of Exit: See “Exit” on page 493.
R
Redo
After undoing an operation, you can redo it. For example, after choosing the Undo
Typing command to remove some text that you typed, you can choose Redo Typing
to override the undo and restore the text that you typed.
You can enable the Use multiple undo option in the Editor Settings preference panel
to allow greater flexibility with regard to Undo and Redo operations. After enabling
this option, you can choose Undo multiple times to undo multiple actions, and you
can Redo multiple times to redo multiple actions.
IDE–504
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Menu Commands
Refresh All Data
This command updates the data that appears in all windows.
Register Details Window
The Register Details Window command opens the Register Details window, which
allows you view descriptions of registers, bit fields, and bit values.
Registers
Register Window
These commands reveal the Registers submenu, which can be used to view general
registers or FPU registers.
See also:
• “Register Details Window” on page 505
Remove Object Code
The Remove Object Code command shows the Remove Object Code dialog box. Use
this dialog box to remove binary object code from the active project, or to mark the
project’s files for re-compilation.
Remove Object Code & Compact
This command removes all binaries from the project and compacts it. Compacting the
project removes all binary and debugging information and retains only the information
regarding the files that belong to the project and project settings.
Remove Selected Items
The Remove Selected Items command removes the currently selected items from the
Project window.
CAUTION
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
You cannot undo this command.
IDE–505
Menu Commands
Replace
The Replace command opens the Find and Replace dialog box. Use this dialog box to
perform find-and-replace operations within the active file.
Replace All
The Replace All command finds all occurrences of the Find text box string and
replaces them with the Replace text box string. If no text is selected in the active
Editor window and there is no text in the Find text box, the IDE dims this menu
command.
Replace and Find Next
This command substitutes selected text with the text in the Replace text box of the
Find window, and then performs a Find Next operation. If no text is selected in the
active Editor window and there is no text in the Find field of the Find window, the IDE
grays out this menu command.
Replace and Find Previous
This command substitutes selected text with the text in the Replace text box of the
Find window, and then performs a Find Previous operation. If no text is selected in
the active Editor window and there is no text in the Find field of the Find window, the
IDE grays out this menu command.
NOTE
(Mac OS) Press the Shift key to change the Replace and Find Next
menu command to the Replace and Find Previous menu command.
Replace Selection
The Replace Selection command substitutes the selected text in the active window
with the text in the Replace text box of the Find window. If no text is selected in the
active Editor window, the IDE grays out the menu command.
The menu command to replace one instance of a text string without having to open the
Find window. Suppose that you replaced all occurrences of the variable icount with
jcount. While scrolling through your source code, you notice an instance of the
variable icount misspelled as icont. To replace this misspelled variable with
jcount, select icont and The Replace Selection menu command.
IDE–506
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Menu Commands
Re-search for Files
The Re-search for Files command speeds up builds and other project operations, the
IDE caches the locations of project files after finding them in the access paths. Research for Files forces the IDE to forget the cached locations of files and re-search for
them in the access paths. This command is useful if you moved several files and you
want the IDE to find the files in their new locations.
If the Save project entries using relative paths option is enabled, the IDE does not
reset the relative-path information stored with each project entry, so re-searching for
files finds the source files in the same location (the exception is if the file no longer
exists in the old location). In this case, the IDE only re-searches for header files. To
force the IDE to also re-search for source files, choose the Reset Project Entry Paths
menu command.
If the Save project entries using relative paths option is disabled, the IDE researches for both header files and source files.
Reset
The Reset command resets the program and return control to the IDE.
Reset Floating Toolbar
The Reset Floating Toolbar command restores the default state of the floating
toolbar. Use this command to return the floating toolbar to its original default settings.
Reset Main Toolbar
The Reset Main Toolbar command restores the default state of the main toolbar. Use
this command to return the main toolbar to its original default settings.
Reset Project Entry Paths
The Reset Project Entry Paths command resets the location information stored with
each project entry and forces the IDE to re-search for the project entries in the access
paths. This command does nothing if the Save project entries using relative paths
option is disabled.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–507
Menu Commands
Reset Window Toolbar
The Reset Window Toolbar command restores the default state of the toolbar in the
active window. Use this command to return the toolbar to its original default settings.
Resize
Choose Resize reveals the Resize submenu.
See also:
• “To Largest Height” on page 515
• “To Largest Width” on page 515
• “To Smallest Height” on page 516
• “To Smallest Width” on page 516
Restart
The Restart command terminates the current debugging session, then starts a new
debugging session.
Restore Window
The Restore Window command restores a minimized window (a window reduced to
an item in the task bar).
Resume
The Resume command switches from the IDE to the running application. This menu
command only appears after the IDE starts a debugging session and the application
being debugged is currently running.
Revert
The Revert command restores the last saved version of the active Editor window.
Right Edges
The Right Edges command of the Align submenu aligns the right edges of the
selected components.
IDE–508
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Menu Commands
Run
The Run command compiles, links, and creates a standalone application, and run that
application. This command is unavailable if the project creates libraries, shared
libraries, code resources, and other non-application binaries.
Run to Cursor
The Run to Cursor command sets a temporary breakpoint at the line of source code
that has the text-insertion point, then runs the program.
S
Save
The Save command saves the contents of the active window to disk.
Save A Copy As
The Save A Copy As command saves the active window to a separate file. This
command operates in different ways, depending on the active window.
Save All
The Save All command saves all currently open editor files.
NOTE
Mac OS: Press the Option key to change the Save command to the
Save All menu command.
Save As
The Save As command saves the contents of the active window to disk under a
different name.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–509
Menu Commands
Save Default Window
The Save Default Window command saves the settings of the active Browser
window. The IDE applies the saved settings to subsequently opened browser
windows.
Save Workspace
This command saves to a file the current state current state of onscreen windows,
recent items, and debugging. Use the dialog box that appears to name the workspace
and navigate to a location in which to store the workspace.
Save Workspace As
This command saves a copy of an existing workspace. Use this command to save the
workspace under a different name.Select All
The Select All command selects all text in the active window or text box. This
command is usually used in conjunction with other Edit menu commands such as Cut,
Copy, and Clear.
Send To Back
The Send To Back command moves the selected objects so that they are displayed
behind all other objects.
Set Breakpoint
The Set Breakpoint command sets a breakpoint at the currently selected line. If the
Show Breakpoints option is active, the Breakpoints column in the editor windows
will display a marker next to each line with a breakpoint.
Set/Clear Breakpoint
The Set/Clear Breakpoint command displays the Set/Clear Breakpoints dialog that
lets you set or clear a breakpoint at a particular address or symbol.
Set Default Project
The Set Default Project command sets a particular project as the default project when
more than one project is open. This is the project that all commands are directed.
IDE–510
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Menu Commands
Set Default Target
The Set Default Target command works with a different build target within the
current project. Choose the build target to work with from the submenu. This menu
command is useful for switching between multiple build targets in a project and
performing a build for each target.
Set Eventpoint
This command opens a submenu that lets you set an eventpoint at the currently
selected line. If the Show Breakpoints option is active, the Breakpoints column in the
editor windows shows a marker next to each line with an eventpoint. The marker
represents the eventpoint type.
Set Watchpoint
The Set Watchpoint command sets a watchpoint for the selected variable or memory
range. Watchpoint variables are identified using an underline.
Shift Left
The Shift Left command shifts the selected source code one tab to the left. The
amount of shift is controlled by the Tab Size option.
Shift Right
The Shift Right command shifts the selected source code one tab to the right. The
amount of shift is controlled by the Tab Size option.
Show Breakpoints
The Show Breakpoints command displays the Breakpoints column in editor
windows. When active, the Breakpoints column appears along the left edge of all
editor windows.
Show Floating Toolbar
The Show Floating Toolbar command displays the IDE’s floating toolbar. After
displaying the floating toolbar, the command changes to Hide Floating Toolbar.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–511
Menu Commands
Show Main Toolbar
The Show Main Toolbar command displays the IDE’s main toolbar. After displaying
the main toolbar, the command changes to Hide Main Toolbar.
Show Types
The Show Types command displays the data types of all local and global variables
that appear in the active variable pane or variable window.
Show Window Toolbar
The Show Window Toolbar command displays the toolbar in the active window.
After displaying the window toolbar, the command changes to Hide Window Toolbar.
Snap To Grid
The Snap to Grid command automatically aligns objects with the grid in the layout
window of a RAD project.
Stack Editor Windows
The Stack Editor Windows command arranges open editor windows one on top of
another, with their window titles visible.
Step Into
The Step Into command executes a single statement, stepping into function calls.
Step Out
The Step Out command executes the remainder of the current function, then exit to
that function’s caller.
Step Over
The Step Over command executes a single statement, stepping over function calls.
IDE–512
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Menu Commands
Stop
This command temporarily suspends execution of the target program and returns
control to the debugger.
Stop Build
The Stop Build command halts the build currently in progress.
Switch to Monitor
This command transfers control from the CodeWarrior debugger to an external thirdparty debugger.
Symbolics
Symbolics Window
These commands open the Symbolics window. Use this window to examine the
executable files in a project.
Synchronize Modification Dates
The Synchronize Modification Dates command updates the modification dates
stored in the project file. The IDE checks the modification date of each file in the
project and marks for recompiling those files modified since the last successful
compile process.
T-U
Target Settings
The Target Settings command displays the Target Settings window. This window
contains settings panels used by the active build target. The name of the menu
command changes, based on the name of the current build target. For example, if the
name of the current build target is ReleaseTarget, the name of the menu command
changes to ReleaseTarget Settings.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–513
Menu Commands
Tile Editor Windows
The Tile Editor Windows command arranges and resizes all open editor windows so
that none overlap on the monitor.
Figure 35.1 Tile Editor windows example.
Tile Editor Windows Vertically
The Tile Editor Windows Vertically command resizes all open editor windows to be
vertically long, and arranged horizontally across the monitor so that all are viewable.
Tile Horizontally
This command arranges open editor windows horizontally so that none overlap.
Figure 35.2 Tile horizontally example.
Tile Vertically
This command resizes open editor windows vertically and arrange them so that none
overlap.
IDE–514
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Menu Commands
Figure 35.3 Tile vertically example.
To Grid
The To Grid command of the Align submenu aligns selected components to a grid in
the layout. You can display or hide the on screen grid.
To Largest Height
The To Largest Height command of the Resize submenu resizes the selected
components to match the height of the component with the largest height.
To Largest Width
The To Largest Width command of the Resize submenu resizes the selected
components to match the width of the component with the largest width.
Toolbars
Choose Toolbars reveals the Toolbars submenu.
See also:
• “Show Window Toolbar” on page 512
• “Hide Window Toolbar” on page 498
• “Reset Window Toolbar” on page 508
• “Clear Window Toolbar” on page 487
• “Show Main Toolbar” on page 512
• “Hide Main Toolbar” on page 498
• “Reset Main Toolbar” on page 507
• “Clear Main Toolbar” on page 486
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–515
Menu Commands
• “Hide Floating Toolbar” on page 498
• “Show Floating Toolbar” on page 511
• “Reset Floating Toolbar” on page 507
• “Clear Floating Toolbar” on page 486
ToolServer Worksheet
The ToolServer Worksheet command opens the ToolServer Worksheet window for
use with the Apple® ToolServer™ application program.
The IDE can disable this command for these reasons:
• You did not install ToolServer on your computer.
• You installed ToolServer on your computer, but you did not yet start it.
Top Edges
The Top Edges command of the Align submenu aligns the top edges of the selected
components.
To Smallest Height
The To Smallest Height command of the Resize submenu resizes the selected
components to match the height of the component with the smallest height.
To Smallest Width
The To Smallest Width command of the Resize submenu resizes the selected
components to match the width of the component with the smallest width.
Unanchor Floating Toolbar
The Unanchor Floating Toolbar command detaches the floating toolbar from
beneath the menu bar.
Unapply Difference
The Unapply Difference command reverses the action of the Apply Difference
command in a file-comparison window.
IDE–516
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Menu Commands
Uncaught Exceptions Only
The Uncaught Exceptions Only command of the Java submenu tells the debugger to
break only on unhandled exceptions.
Undo
The Undo command reverses the last action. The name of this menu command
changes based upon the editor settings as well as the most recent action. For example,
after typing text in an open Editor window, the Undo command changes its name to
Undo Typing. Choose the Undo Typing command to remove the just typed text.
By default, only one undo or redo action is allowed. If the Use multiple undo option
is enabled, undo and redo can act upon multiple actions.
Ungroup
The Ungroup command separates a selected group so that you can move each
component independently.
V-Z
Version Control Settings
The Version Control Settings command opens the VCS Settings window.
Vertical Center
The Vertical Center command of the Align submenu aligns the vertical centers of the
selected components.
View Array
The View Array command to create a separate window displays a selected array.
View As
The View As command displays a selected variable as a value of a specified data type.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–517
Menu Commands
View As Binary
The View As Binary command displays the selected variable as a binary value.
View As Character
The View As Character command displays the selected variable as a character value.
View As C String
The View As C String command displays the selected variable as a C character string.
View As Default
The View As Default command displays the selected variable in its default format,
based on the variable’s type.
View As Enumeration
The View As Enumeration command displays the selected variable as an
enumeration.
View As Fixed
The View As Fixed command displays the selected variable as a fixed-type numerical
value.
View As Floating Point
The View As Floating Point command displays the selected variable as a floatingpoint value.
View As Fract
This command displays the selected variable as a fractional data type.
NOTE
IDE–518
The fractional data type is specific to the Mac OS.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Menu Commands
View As Hexadecimal
The View As Hexadecimal command displays the selected variable as a hexadecimal
value.
View As Pascal String
The View As Pascal String command displays the selected variable as a Pascal
character string.
View As Signed Decimal
This command displays the selected variable as a signed decimal value.
View As Unicode String
The View As Unicode String command displays the selected variable as a Unicode
character string.
View As Unsigned Decimal
The View As Unsigned Decimal command displays the selected variable as an
unsigned decimal value.
View Disassembly
This command changes the data view to show language disassembly.
View Memory
The View Memory command displays the contents of memory as a hexadecimal/
ASCII character dump.
View Memory As
The View Memory As command displays the memory that a selected variable
occupies or the memory to which a selected register points.
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
IDE–519
Menu Commands
View Mixed
This command changes the data view to show source code intermixed with assembly
code.
View Raw Data
This command changes the data view to show raw data (instead of formatting that data
as source code, disassembly, or another format).
View Source
This command changes the data view to show source code.
View Variable
The View Variable command creates a separate window displays a selected variable.
Watchpoints
Watchpoints Window
These commands open a Watchpoints window.
Zoom Window
The Zoom Window command expands the active window to its previously set size.
Choose Zoom Window a second time to return the window to its original size.
IDE–520
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Index
Symbols
#include files
caching 428
%file command-line string 429
%line command-line string 430
(Scripts) folder 477, 502
.*[_]Data 361
.mcp, acronym meaning 35
\(.*\) 361
__throw() 483
A
about
console applications 85
dockable windows 69
Files view in Project window 47
markers 119
object wiring 309
workspaces 81
About Metrowerks CodeWarrior menu command 481
about projects 29
Absolute Path option
in Source Trees preference panel 441
in Type pop-up menu 441
abstract
icon for 163
Access Filter display 166
Access Paths panel
options
System Paths 440
User Paths 445
Access Paths settings panel 359, 389
Framework column 392
options
Add 391
Add Default 391
Always Search User Paths 391
Change 391
Host Flags 391
Interpret DOS and Unix Paths 391
Remove 391
Require Framework Style Includes 391
System Paths 391
System Paths list 391
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
User Paths 391
User Paths list 391
Recursive Search column 392
Search Status column 391
Action 329
action, defined 309
Activate Browser 205
Activate Browser Coloring option 411
Text Colors panel 426
Activate Browser option 494
Activate Syntax Coloring option 411, 417
Text Colors panel 426, 429, 440
activating
automatic code completion 107
Add button 391
Add Default button 411
Add Files menu command 481
Add Window menu command 481
adding
components to a layout 292
remote connections 381
source trees 363
advanced
debugging 201
advanced debugging, defined 202
advanced projects 39
advantages
of using IDE 23
Align command 289
Align submenu 482, 483, 498, 499, 508, 515, 516, 517
Horizontal Center command 498
Left Edges command 499
Vertical Center command 508, 515, 516, 517
All Exceptions command in Java Exceptions
submenu 482
All Info option
of Plugin Diagnostics 430
alphabetical sorting, or Functions list pop-up 117
Always Search User Paths option 412
Ancestor pop-up 168
Anchor Floating Toolbar command in Toolbar
submenu 482
Appears in Menus 138, 329, 330
Apple Help Viewer 425
IDE–521
Apple menu 464
Application field 412
applications
creating for the console 85
for the console, about 85
for the console, creating 86
Apply Difference command 482, 516
Arguments field 412
Arithmetic Optimizations 400
Array window 221
opening 223
arrays
setting default viewing size for unbounded 419
Attempt To Use Dynamic Type of C++, Object Pascal
And SOM Objects option 412
Auto Indent option 412
Auto Repeat 329
Auto Target Libraries option 412
auto-complete code. See code completion. 107
automatic code completion, activating 107
automatic code completion, deactivating 109
Automatic Invocation option 413
Automatically Launch Applications When SYM File
Opened option 413
Auto-target Libraries option 412
B
Background option 414
Balance Flash Delay option 414
Editor Settings panel 414
Balance menu command 483
Balance While Typing option 414
balancing
punctuation 105
balancing punctuation 105
balancing punctuation, toggling 106
Balloon Help 340, 421, 478
Base Classes field 180
basic debugging 193
Bottom Edges button, in layout editor 287
Bottom Edges command 483
Branch Optimizations 400
Break command 197
Break menu command 483
Break On C++ Exception menu command 483
Break on Java Exceptions command 483
IDE–522
breakpoints
clearing all 235
clearing in source panes 234
defined 231
icon for active 232
icon for inactive 232
purpose of 231
setting conditional 236
setting in source panes 234
setting temporary 236
status 232
tasks 233
using 231
viewing 233
breakpoints column
in editor window 98
Breakpoints menu command 483
Breakpoints window 231, 256, 259
Class column 232
clearing breakpoints 235
Condition column 232
Location column 232
opening 233
Breakpoints Window menu command 483
Bring To Front command 289
Bring To Front menu command 484
Bring Up To Date command 54, 55
Bring Up To Date menu command 484
Bring Up To Date option 425
Browse In Processes Window option 381, 382
browser 151
Class Browser window 155
Classes pane 161
collapsing panes 160
creating new classes 162, 177, 178
creating new data members 186
creating new member functions 182, 183, 185
expanding panes 160
hierarchy windows 168
Member Functions pane 163
overview 25
printing class hierarchies 169
purpose of 147
setting options 147
Source pane 165
status area 165
using contextual menu 152
viewing data by contents 173
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
viewing data by inheritance 168
working with 147
Browser Access Filters 157
Browser Commands option 415
Editor Settings panel 428
Browser Contents 156
Browser Contents command 484
Browser Contents window 172
Symbols list 172
browser database
defined 147
Browser menu 415, 479
Browser Path option 415
Browser Wizard 177
bug, defined 191
Build Before Running option 415
Build Extras panel
options
Initial Directory field 428
Use External Debugger 443
Use modification date caching 443
Build Extras settings panel 205, 392
options
Application 394
Arguments 394
Cache Subprojects 393
Dump internal browse information after
compile 393
Generate Browser Data From 393
Initial directory 394
Use External Debugger 394
Use modification date caching 393
Build Extras target settings panel 494
Build Progress menu command 484
Build Progress Window menu command 484
Build Settings panel
options
Include file cache 428
Play sound after ‘Bring Up To Date’ &
‘Make’ 433
Save open files before build 436
Show message after building up-to-date
project 438
Success 440
Use Local Project Data Storage 443
Build Settings preference panel 351
options
Build before running 353
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Compiler thread stack 353
Failure 353
Include file cache 353
Play sound after ‘Bring Up To Date’ &
‘Make’ 353
Save open files before build 353
Show message after building up-to-date
project 353
Success 353
Use Local Project Data Storage 353
build system
overview 25
build targets 31
configuring 58
creating 56
management 51
managing 56
moving 52
removing 51, 56
renaming 54, 58
setting default 57
strategies for 42
Button
Choose 336
Delete 337
Export 347
Import 347
New Binding 346
Save 338
buttons
Add 391
Add Default 411
Change 391
Edit 372
Export Panel 422
Factory Settings 424
Installed Products 481
Purge Cache 434
Remove 391
resetting in toolbars 343
C
cache
purging 434
Cache Edited Files Between Debug Sessions
option 415
Cache Subprojects option 416
Cache Symbolics Between Runs option 416
IDE–523
caching
#include files 428
precompiled headers 428
Can’t Redo menu command 453, 466
Can’t Undo menu command 453, 466
Cancel
in Find and Replace window 128
in Find window 126
Cancel button, in Remove Markers window 120
Cascade menu command 484
Case sensitive 126, 128, 131
Case Sensitive option 416
Catalog list pop-up, in component palette 291
Change button 391
Change Program Counter menu command 484
changing
line views in a hierarchical window 170
register data views 217
register values 217
remote connections 382
source trees 364
Check Syntax command 485
Checkbox
Numeric Keypad Bindings 346
Checkout Status column
in Files view of Project window 48
child windows, defined 69
choosing
a default project 38
linkers 273
one character from many in regular
expressions 142
class browser
purpose of windows 155
working with windows 155
Class Browser menu command 485
Class Browser window 155
Classes pane 157
Data Members pane 157
Member Functions pane 157
Source pane 157
Status area 157
Class column
in Breakpoints window 232
class data
viewing from hierarchy windows 159
Class Declaration 166
IDE–524
Class Hierarchy 156
Class Hierarchy menu command 485
Class Hierarchy Window menu command 485
class hierarchy windows
purpose of 167
working with 167
classes
creating 162, 177, 178
hiding pane for 162
showing pane for 162
sorting list of 163
Classes option 372
Classes pane 161
in Class Browser window 157
classes.zip 482
clear
Watchpoint 261
watchpoint 246
Clear All Breakpoints menu command 486
Clear All Watchpoints menu command 486
Clear Breakpoint menu command 486
Clear Eventpoint menu command 486
Clear Floating Toolbar command in Toolbar
submenu 486
Clear Main Toolbar menu command 486
Clear menu command 485
clear Watchpoint 249
clear Watchpoint from Variable window 249
clear Watchpoint in Thread window 261
clear watchpoint in Thread window 246
Clear Watchpoint menu command 486
Clear Window Toolbar command in Toolbar
submenu 487
clearing
all breakpoints 235
breakpoints in Breakpoints window 235
breakpoints in source panes 234
eventpoints 256
clearing eventpoint
Symbolics window 263
Thread window 261
clearing watchpoint
Thread window 246
client area, defined 69
Clone Existing Target option 56
Close All command 65
Close All Editor Documents menu command 487
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Close All menu command 487
Close Catalog button, in component palette 291
Close Catalog menu command 487
Close command 39, 65
Close menu command 487
Close Non-debugging Windows option 416
Close Workspace menu command 487
closing
all files 65
dockable windows 79
files 65
projects 39
workspaces 84
Cmds&Bindings file 347
Code 400
code
adding markers to 120
locating 115
setting breakpoints in 234
Code column
in Files view of Project window 48
code completion 107
configuration 107
Code Completion Delay option 416
Code Completion preference panel 366
options
Automatic Invocation 366
Case sensitive 366
Code Completion Delay 366
Display deprecated items 366
Window follows insertion point 366
Code Completion window 110
code completion, activating automatic behavior 107
code completion, deactivating automatic behavior 109
code completion, for data members 113
code completion, for parameter lists 114
code completion, navigating window 111
code completion, selecting items 112
code completion, triggering by keyboard 108
code completion, triggering from IDE menu bar 108
Code Generation section, of Target Settings panels 398
code, navigating 115
CodeWarrior
menu reference 451
overview 21
CodeWarrior Glossary command 488
CodeWarrior Help menu command 488
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
CodeWarrior IDE
Apple menu 464
Browser menu 479
CodeWarrior menu 464
Data menu 461, 473
Debug menu 459, 471
Edit menu 453, 466
File menu 451, 464
Help menu 463, 477
Layout menu 478
Project menu 457, 469
Scripts menu 477
Search menu 455, 467
Tools menu 476
VCS menu 476
Window menu 454, 462, 475
CodeWarrior menu 464
CodeWarriorU.com 17
Collapse Non-debugging Windows option 417
Collapse Window menu command 488
collapsing
browser panes 160
dockable windows 78
COM See Component Object Model. 419
command
Run 239
Command Actions
Arguments 333
Defining (Mac OS) 336
Defining (Windows) 332
Directory 333
Execute 332
Command Group
Delete 337
Command Groups 336
Delete 336
Commands
Import 347
Modify 329
commands 163
About Metrowerks CodeWarrior 481
Add Files 481
Add Window 481
Apply Difference 482
Balance 483
Bottom Edges 483
Break 197, 483
Break On C++ Exception 483
IDE–525
Break on Java Exceptions 483
Breakpoints 483
Breakpoints Window 483
Bring To Front 484
Bring Up To Date 484
Browser Contents 156, 484
Build Progress 484
Build Progress Window 484
Can’t Redo 453, 466
Can’t Undo 453, 466
Cascade 484
Change Program Counter 484
Check Syntax 485
Class Browser 485
Class Declaration 166
Class Hierarchy 156, 485
Class Hierarchy Window 485
Clear 485
Clear All Breakpoints 486
Clear All Watchpoints 486
Clear Breakpoint 486
Clear Eventpoint 486
Clear Main Toolbar 486
Clear Watchpoint 486
Close 39, 487
Close All 487
Close All Editor Documents 487
Close Catalog 487
Close Workspace 487
CodeWarrior Glossary 488
CodeWarrior Help 488
Collapse Window 488
Commands & Key Bindings 487
Compare Files 488
Compile 488
Complete Code 488
Component Catalog 488
Component Palette 489
Connect 489
Copy 489
Copy To Expression 489
Create Design 489
Create Group 489
Create Target 490
Customize 490
Cut 490
Cycle View 490
Debug 195, 490
Delete 491
IDE–526
Diagonal Line 170
Disable Breakpoint 491
Disable Watchpoint 491
Disassemble 491
Display Grid 491
Enable Breakpoint 491
Enable Watchpoint 492
Enter Find String 139, 492
Enter Replace String 492
Errors And Warnings 492
Errors And Warnings Window 492
Exit 493
Expand Window 493
Export Project 38, 493, 499
Export Project as GNU Makefile 493
Expressions 493
Expressions Window 493
File Path 49
Find 127, 494
Find and Open ‘Filename’ 495
Find and Open File 495
Find And Replace 496
Find Definition 494
Find Definition & Reference 122, 494
Find In Files 495
Find In Next File 495
Find In Previous File 495
Find Next 495
Find Previous 496
Find Previous Selection 496
Find Reference 122, 496
Find Selection 138, 496
Get Next Completion 497
Get Previous Completion 497
Global Variables 497
Global Variables Window 497
Go Back 156, 497
Go Forward 156, 497
Go To Line 497
Group 498
Hide Breakpoints 498
Hide Classes 162
Hide Classes pane 166
Hide Window Toolbar 498
Import Components 499
Import Project 39, 499
Insert Reference Template 499
Kill 198, 499
Make 500
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Maximize Window 500
Metrowerks Website 500
Minimize Window 500
New 500
New Class 500
New Class Browser 501
New Data 501
New Event 501
New Event Set 501
New Expression 501
New Item 161
New Member Function 501
New Method 501
New Property 501
New Text File 502
Object Inspector 502
Online Manuals 502
Open 502
Open File 165
Open In Windows Explorer 49
Open Recent 502
Open Scripts Folder 502
Open Workspace 503
Page Setup 503
Pane Collapse 160
Pane Expand 160
Precompile 503
Preferences 503
Print 503
Processes 504
Processes Window 504
Project Inspector 36
Properties 504
RAD 282
Redo 504
Refresh All Data 505
Register Details Window 505
Register Windows 505
Registers 505
Remove Object Code 505
Remove Object Code & Compact 505
Remove Toolbar Item 342
Replace 129, 135, 506
Replace All 135, 506
Replace and Find Next 506
Restart 199
Resume 198, 508
Revert 508
Run 198, 434, 509
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Run To Cursor 509
Save Default Window 510
Save Workspace 510
Save Workspace As 510
Select All 510
Send To Back 510
Set Breakpoint 510
Set Default Project 38, 510
Set Default Target 511
Set Eventpoint 511
Set Watchpoint 511
Shift Right 511
Show Breakpoints 486, 511
Show Classes 162
Show Classes pane 166
Show Inherited 157
Show private 158
Show protected 158
Show public 158
Show Types 512
Show Window Toolbar 498
Single Class Hierarchy Window 156
Snap To Grid 512
Sort Alphabetical 161, 163
Sort Hierarchical 161
Stack Editor Windows 512
Step Into 196
Step Out 196
Step Over 197, 512
Stop 197
Stop Build 513
Straight Line 170
Switch To Monitor 513
Symbolics 513
Symbolics Window 513
Synchronize Modification Dates 513
Toolbars 515
View Array 517
View as implementor 158
View as subclass 158
View As Unsigned Decimal 517, 518, 519
View as user 158
View Disassembly 519
View Mixed 520
View Source 520
View Variable 520
Watchpoints 520
Watchpoints Window 520
Zoom Window 520
IDE–527
Commands & Key Bindings menu command 487
Commands tab 327, 329, 344
Comments option 417
Common Subexpression Elimination 400
Compare Files menu command 488
Compile menu command 488
compiler
avoiding crashes 417
Compiler option 417
Compiler option, in Generate Browser Data From
menu 426
compiler thread stack
and avoiding compiler crashes 417
Compiler Thread Stack field 417
Complete Code menu command 488
completing
the Create Wire wizard 315
completing code 107
component catalog
adding components to 302
removing components from 304
Component Catalog button, in component palette 291
Component Catalog menu command 488
component catalog window
opening 301
Component list, in layout editor 288
Component Object Model 419
Component Palette 290
component palette
opening 291
Component Palette button, in layout editor 288
Component Palette menu command 489
component tool buttons, in component palette 291
components
adding to a component catalog 302
moving in a layout 293
removing from a catalog 304
removing from layouts 292
resizing 293
Concurrent Compiles panel
options
Use Concurrent Compiles 435, 442
User Specified 445
Concurrent Compiles preference panel 353
options
Recommended 354
Use Concurrent Compiles 354
IDE–528
User Specified 354
Condition column
of Breakpoints window 232
Condition field 248, 259
conditional breakpoints
setting 236
conditional eventpoint 258
Conditional Watchpoint 248
configuring
build targets 58
code completion 107
targets 58
Confirm “Kill Process” When Closing Or Quitting
option 418
Confirm Invalid File Modification Dates When
Debugging option 417
Connect menu command 489
Connection pop-up menu, in Remote Debugging
settings panel 408
Connection Type option 382
console applications
creating 85, 86
applications
creating console applications 86
console applications, about 85
constant
adding to a variable 212
Constants option 372
Context Popup Delay option 418
contextual menu
using for browser 152
contextual menus 203
File Path command 49
Layout Editor 289
Open In Windows Explorer command 49
using 204
using to dock a window 72
conventions
figures 19
for manual 19
keyboard shortcuts 20
Copy And Expression Propagation 400
Copy menu command 489
Copy Propagation 400
Copy To Expression command 489
cores, debugging multiple 228
Create Design menu command 489
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Create Group menu command 489
Create Target command 56
Create Target menu command 490
Create Wire wizard
completing 315
Create Wire wizard, using 315
creating
a new data member 164
build targets 56
console application 86
console applications 86
custom project stationery 40
empty designs 281
empty projects 35
files (Macintosh) 62
files (Windows) 61
member functions 163
menu items in a menubar component 306
menus in a menubar component 306
new classes 162, 177, 178
new data member 185
new data members 186
new member function 182
new member functions 183
projects from makefiles 33
projects using stationery 33
subprojects 41
targets 56
creating console applications 85
creating wires with contextual menus 312
creating wires with menus 312
cross-platform
opening projects 36
Current Target list pop-up 46
Current Target menu 341
Custom Keywords settings panel 401
custom project stationery 40
Customize button, in layout editor 288
Customize command 289
Customize IDE Commands window 327, 344, 346
Action 329
Appears in Menus 329, 330
Auto Repeat 329
Key Bindings 329
Name field 329
New Binding 329
New Group 330
Customize menu command 490
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Cut command 490
CVS 361
Cycle View menu command 490
D
Data column
in Files view of Project window 48
data members
completing code 113
creating 164, 186
identifier icons 163
Data Members pane 164
in Class Browser window 157
Data menu 461, 473
database
navigation for browser 151
deactivating
automatic code completion 109
Dead Code Elimination 400
Dead Store Elimination 400
Debug column
in Files view of Project window 48
Debug command 54, 55, 195
Debug menu 418, 459, 471
Clear All Breakpoints command 460, 472
Disable Watchpoint command 460, 473
Enable Breakpoint command 460, 472
Enable Watchpoint command 460, 472, 473
Hide Breakpoints command 460, 472
Debug menu command 490
debugger 434
advanced techniques 201
attaching to a process 210
choosing for an opened symbolics file 381
overview 26
starting 195
Debugger Commands option 418
Debugger section, of IDE preference panels 375
Debugger section, of Target Settings panels 403
Debugger Settings panel 218, 406
options
Auto-target Libraries 407
Cache symbolics between runs 407
Default language entry point 407, 419
Location of Relocated Libraries and Code
Resources 407, 431
Log System Messages 408, 431
IDE–529
Program entry point 434
Stop at Watchpoints 408, 440
Stop on application launch 407, 440
Update data every n seconds 442
Update data every n seconds 408
User specified 407
Debugger window. See Thread window. 245, 259
debugger, defined 191
debugging
advanced, defined 202
basic skills 193
introduction 191
multiple cores 228
debugging information 245, 259
debugging session
starting 195
Declaration File field 179
Default File Format option 418
default file-name extensions 422
Default Language Entry Point option
Debugger Settings panel 419
default projects 38
Default Size For Unbounded Arrays option 419
default target, setting 57
default workspace, defined 81
default workspace, using 82
definition
of action 309
of advanced debugging 202
of breakpoints 231
of bug 191
of child windows 69
of client area 69
of debugger 191
of default workspace 81
of dock 69
of non-modal 71
of project 29
of symbolics file 192
of touch 48
of wire 309
of workspace 81
definitions
file set 134
IDE 17
regular expression 140
symbols 122
definitions, symbol 121
IDE–530
Delete menu command 491
deleting wires with the layout editor 314
Design view 52
designs
creating empty 281
removing layouts from 283
Designs view 37, 49
development
process cycle for software 21
diagnostics
disabling for plug-ins 481
enabling for plug-ins 481
Diagonal Line 170
dialog boxes
New Connection 381
difference from Single-Class Hierarchy window 170
Disable Breakpoint menu command 491
Disable Third Party COM Plugins option 419
Disable Watchpoint menu command 491
disabling
plug-in diagnostics 481
Disassemble menu command 491
Display Deprecated Items option 419
Display Grid command 289
Display Grid menu command 491
Display Settings panel
options
Show all locals 438
Show tasks in separate windows 438
Show values as decimal instead of hex 439
Show variable location 439
Show variable types 439
Show variable values in source code 439
Sort functions by method name in symbolics
window 439
Variable Values Change 446
Watchpoint Indicator 446
Display Settings preference panel 375
options
Attempt to use dynamic type of C++, Object
Pascal and SOM objects 377
Default size for unbounded arrays 377
Show all locals 376
Show tasks in separate windows 377
Show values as decimal instead of hex 376
Show variable location 376
Show variable types 376
Show variable values in source code 377
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Sort functions by method name in symbolics
window 377
Variable values change 376
Watchpoint indicator 376
DLL 380, 412
Do Nothing option 419
Do Nothing To Project Windows option 419
dock bars 76
dock, defined 69
dockable windows 69, 71
closing 79
collapsing 78
dock bars 76
expanding 78
moving 78
suppressing 76
turning off 76
dockable windows, about 69
docked window type 70
docking
windows of the same kind 73
Document Settings list pop-up 96
document settings pop-up
using 96
documentation
formats 18
structure 18
types 19
Documents option
IDE Extras panel 420
Don’t Step Into Runtime Support Code 420
Don’t Step Into Runtime Support Code option 420
Done button, in Remove Markers window 120
Down
in Find and Replace window 128
in Find window 127
drag and drop
using to dock a window 72
Drag And Drop Editing option 420
drawing wires 311
Dump Internal Browse Information After Compile
option 420
dump memory 519
E
Edit button 372
Edit Commands option 420
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Edit Language option 421
Edit menu 420, 453, 466
Edit Wire button, in layout editor 287
Edit Wire command 290, 479
editing
source code 101
symbols, shortcuts for 105
editing layouts 285
editor 91
overview 25
third-party support 444
Editor section, of IDE preference panels 365
Editor section, of Target Settings panels 401
Editor Settings panel
options
Balance Flash Delay 414
Browser Commands 428
Font Preferences 426
Insert Template Commands 428
Left margin click selects line 430
Project Commands 434
Relaxed C popup parsing 435
Selection position 437
Sort function popup 440
Use multiple undo 444
VCS Commands 446
Window position and size 446
Editor Settings preference panel 366
options
Balance Flash Delay 368
Balance while typing 368
Browser Commands 367
Debugger Commands 368
Default file format 368
Drag and drop editing 368
Edit Commands 367
Enable Virtual Space 368
Font preferences 367
Insert Template Commands 368
Left margin click selects line 368
Project Commands 368
Relaxed C popup parsing 368
Selection position 367
Sort function popup 368
Use multiple undo 368
VCS Commands 368
Window position and size 367
editor toolbar 93
IDE–531
editor window 91, 252
adding panes to 98
breakpoints column 98
collapsing toolbar in 94
expanding toolbar in 94
line and column indicator 98
pane splitter controls 98
removing panes from 99
resizing panes 99
text editing area 98
editor windows
other 97
selecting text in 102
Emacs text editor 429, 430
empty designs
creating 281
empty projects
creating 35
Empty Target option 56
Enable Automatic Toolbar Help option 421
Enable Breakpoint menu command 491
Enable Browser option 484
Enable Remote Debugging option 421
Enable Virtual Space option 421
Enable Watchpoint menu command 492
enabling
plug-in diagnostics 481
enabling and disabling Watchpoint
Thread window 247
end-of-line format 418
enlarging panes, in browser 160
Enter Find String command 139
Enter Find String menu command 492
Enter Replace String menu command 492
Enums option 372
Environment Settings option 421
Environment Variable option
of Source Trees preference panel 442
Environment Variable option, in Type pop-up
menu 442
environment variables
Macintosh limitations 442
EOL format 418
Errors And Warnings menu command 492
Errors And Warnings Window menu command 492
Errors Only option
of Plugin Diagnostics 430
IDE–532
eventpoint
clearing in the Symbolics window 263
clearing in the Thread window 261
conditional 258
setting in the Symbolics window 262
setting in the Thread window 260
eventpoint icon 256
Eventpoints
purpose of 251
using 251
eventpoints
clearing 256
Log Message 253
Log Point 251, 253
Log Point, Log Message 253
Log Point, Speak Message 253
Log Point, Treat as Expression 253
Pause Point 251, 254
Script Point 251, 254
setting 255
Skip Point 251, 254
Sound Point 251, 254
Sound Point, Speak Message 254
Speak Message 253
Treat as Expression 253
Events tab, in object inspector 296
Exceptions In Targeted Classes command in Java
Exceptions submenu 492
executable files
adding to the Other Executables list 405
changing in the Other Executables list 405
removing from the Other Executables list 406
Exit menu command 493
Expand Window menu command 493
expanding
browser panes 160
dockable windows 78
Export 347
Export Panel button 328, 350, 422
Export Project as GNU Makefile menu command 493
Export Project command 38
Export Project menu command 493, 499
exporting
projects to XML files 38
Expression Simplification 400
Expressions menu command 493
Expressions window 210
adding expressions 211
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
opening 211
Expressions Window menu command 493
Extension field 422
external editor
using on the Macintosh 357
external editor support 444
F
Factory Settings button 424
Failure option 425
FDI mode
and dockable windows 69
FDI See Floating Document Interface. 444
Field
Run App/Script 336
field
Base Classes 180
fields
Application 412
Arguments 412
Compiler thread stack 417
Condition 248, 259
Declaration File 179
Extension 422
File Type 425
IP Address 382, 383
Relative to class 179
figure conventions 19
File
Cmds&Bindings 347
File column
in Files view of Project window 48
%file command-line string 429
file management 51
File Mappings list 417
File Mappings settings panel 396
options
Add 397
Change 398
Compiler 397
Edit Language 397
Extension 397
File Mappings list 397
File Type 397
Flags 397
Ignored By Make flag 397
Launchable flag 397
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Precompiled File flag 397
Remove 398
Resource File flag 397
File menu 451, 464
New Text File command 465
file modification icon 97
File Path command 49
file paths
viewing 49
file set
defined 134
File Type field 425
File Type option 417
file-name extensions
default settings 422
files
close all 65
closing 65
creating (Macintosh) 62
creating (Windows) 61
file set, definition of 134
inspecting 36
moving 52
opening 62
print selections 67
printing 66
renaming 53
replacing text in 129
reverting 67
save all 64
saving 64
saving copies 65
searching (multiple) 134
searching (single) 127
touching 54
touching all 54
untouching 55
untouching all 55
working with 61
Files tab 51
Files view 37, 52, 55
Checkout Status column 48
Code column 48
Data column 48
Debug column 48
File column 48
Interfaces list pop-up 48
Sort Order button 48
IDE–533
Target column 48
Touch column 48
Files view, about 47
files, tasks for managing 61
Find 126, 128, 130
by text selection 137
single-file 126
Find All 126, 130
Find and compare operations option
Shielded Folders panel 425
Find And Open ‘Filename’ menu command 495
Find and Open File command 495
Find and Replace
multiple-file 129
single-file 127
Find And Replace menu command 496
Find command 127, 494
Find Definition & Reference command 122
Find Definition & Reference menu command 494
Find Definition menu command 494
Find In Files menu command 495
Find in Files window
In Files tab 134
In Folders tab 131
In Projects tab 132
In Symbolics tab 133
Find In Next File menu command 495
Find In Previous File menu command 495
Find list pop-up 126, 128, 130
Find Next menu command 495
Find Previous
using 137
Find Previous menu command 496
Find Previous Selection menu command 496
Find Reference command 122
Find Reference menu command 496
Find Reference using option
IDE Extras panel 425
Find Selection command 138
Find Selection menu command 496
Find symbols with prefix 105
Find symbols with substring 105
Find text box 126, 128, 130
finding text
explained 125
overview 125
Flags pop-up menu 397
IDE–534
Ignored By Make flag 397
Launchable flag 397
Precompiled File flag 397
Resource File flag 397
floating a window 75
Floating Document Interface 444
floating window type 70
focus bar 53
folders
searching (multiple) 131
Font & Tabs panel 370
options
Font 426
Scripts 437
Size 439
Tab indents selection 441
Tab Inserts Spaces 441
Tab Size 441
Font & Tabs preference panel 368, 371
options
Auto Indent 369
Font 369
Script 369
Size 369
Tab indents selection 369
Tab Inserts Spaces 369
Tab Size 369
Font option
Font & Tabs panel 426
Font Preferences option
Editor Settings panel 426
Font Settings 370
Foreground option
Text Colors panel 426
format, for end of line (EOL) 418
formats
for documentation 18
FPU Registers 215
Framework column, in Access Paths panel 392
function
New Data Member 164
functions
creating new member 163
locating 115, 116
Functions list pop-up 95
sorting alphabetically 117
using 116
Functions option 372
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
G
General Registers 215
General section, of IDE preference panels 351
Generate Browser Data From option 426
Compiler 426
Language Parser 427
Language Parser, Macro file 427
Language Parser, Prefix file 427
None 426
Generate Constructor and Destructor 180
Get Next Completion menu command 497
Get next symbol 105
Get Previous Completion menu command 497
Get previous symbol 105
Global Optimizations settings panel 398
options
Details 399
Faster Execution Speed 399
Optimization Level slider 399
Smaller Code Size 399
Global Register Allocation 400
Global Register Allocation Only For Temporary
Values 400
Global Settings panel
options
Maintain Files in Cache 431
Select stack crawl window when task is
stopped 437
Global Settings preference panel
options
Auto Target Libraries 380
Automatically launch applications when SYM
file opened 379
Cache Edited Files Between Debug
Sessions 379
Confirm "Kill Process" when closing or
quitting 379
Confirm invalid file modification dates when
debugging 379
Don’t step into runtime support code 380
Maintain files in cache 379
Purge Cache 379
Select stack crawl window when task is
stopped 379
Global Variables menu command 497
Global Variables window 213
opening 214
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Global Variables Window menu command 497
Globals option 372
Go Back 156
Go Back menu command 497
Go Forward 156
Go Forward menu command 497
Go To Line menu command 497
going back 118
going forward 118
going to a particular line 118
Grid button, in layout editor 288
Grid Size X option
Layout Editor panel 427
Grid Size Y option
Layout Editor panel 427
Group button, in layout editor 287
group management 51
Group menu command 498
grouping
regular expressions 142
groups
moving 52
removing 51
renaming 53
touching 54
touching all 54
untouching 55
untouching all 55
H
headers
caching precompiled headers 428
Help menu 463, 477
Help Preferences panel 358
options
Browser Path 358
Set 358
Hide Breakpoints menu command 498
Hide Classes 162
Hide Classes pane 166
Hide Floating Toolbar command 498
Hide Main Toolbar command in Toolbar submenu 498
Hide non-debugging windows option
Windowing panel 427
Hide Window Toolbar command 498
hiding
IDE–535
classes pane 162
Hierarchy Control 168
hierarchy window 168
hierarchy windows
changing line views 170
using to view class data 159
Horizontal Center button, in layout editor 287
Horizontal Center command 498
Host Application for Libraries & Code Resources
option
Runtime Settings panel 427
Host Application For Libraries And Code Resources
field
of Runtime Settings panel 427
host-specific registers 216
how to
activate automatic code completion 107
add a component to a layout 292
add a constant to a variable 212
add a keyword to a keyword set 402
add an executable file 405
add components to a component catalog 302
add expressions (Expressions window) 211
add markers to a source file 120
add panes to an editor window 98
add remote connections 381
add source trees 363
adding subprojects to a project 41
alphabetize Functions list pop-up order 117
attach the debugger to a process 210
balance punctuation 105
change an executable file 405
change line views in a hierarchical window 170
change register data views 217
change register values 217
change remote connections 382
change source trees 364
choose a default project 38
clear all breakpoints 235
clear breakpoints in source panes 234
clear breakpoints in the Breakpoints window 235
close a docked window 79
close a workspace 84
close projects 39
collapse a docked window 78
collapse browser panes 160
collapse the editor window toolbar 94
complete code for data members 113
IDE–536
complete code for parameter lists 114
complete the Create Wire wizard 315
create a console application 86
create a menu in a menubar component 306
create a menu item in a menubar component 306
create a new class 162, 177, 178
create a new data member 185, 186
create a new data members 164
create a new member function 163, 182, 183
create a wire by drawing it 311
create a wire by using a contextual menu 312
create a wire by using a menu 312
create custom project stationery 40
create empty projects 35
create new projects from makefiles 33
create new projects using project stationery 33
deactivate automatic code completion 109
delete a wire by using the layout editor 314
delete wires by using the object inspector 319
dock a window by using a contextual menu 72
dock a window by using drag and drop 72
dock windows of the same kind 73
expand a docked window 78
expand browser panes 160
expand the editor window toolbar 94
export projects to XML files 38
float a window 75
generate project link maps 274
go to a particular line 118
hide the classes pane 162
import projects saved as XML files 39
indent text blocks 104
insert a reference template 123
look up symbol definitions 122
make a summation of two variables 212
make a window an MDI Child 76
modify a wire by using the layout editor 313
modify wires by using the object inspector 318
move a docked window 78
move components in a layout 293
navigate browser data 151
navigate Code Completion window 111
navigate to a marker 120
open a layout 289
open a recent workspace 84
open a single-class hierarchical window 171
open a workspace 83
open an Array window 223
open projects 35
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
open projects created on other hosts 36
open registers in a separate Registers window 218
open subprojects 42
open the Breakpoints window 233
open the component catalog window 301
open the component palette 291
open the Expressions window 211
open the Global Variables window 214
open the IDE Preferences window 351
open the Log window 219
open the object inspector 296
open the Processes window 209, 210
open the Registers window 216
open the Symbolics window 206
open the symbols window 175
open the Target Settings window 387
open the Variable window 220
overstrike text (Windows) 103
print class hierarchies 169
print projects 37
remove a component from a layout 292
remove a keyword from a keyword set 403
remove a layout from a design 283
remove a marker from a source file 120
remove a menu from a menubar component 307
remove a menu item from a menubar
component 307
remove all markers from a source file 121
remove an executable file 406
remove components from a catalog 304
remove panes from an editor window 99
remove remote connections 365, 383
remove source trees 364
re-order wires by using the object inspector 318
replace text across multiple items 135
replace text in a single file 129
resize a component in a layout 293
resize panes in an editor window 99
run a program 198
save a copy of a workspace 83
save a workspace 82
save projects 36
search a single file 127
search across multiple files 134
search across multiple folders 131
search across multiple projects 132
search across multiple symbolics files 133
search with a text selection 138
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
search with a text selection across multiple
window 139
select entire routines 103
select item in Code Completion window 112
select lines 102
select multiple lines 102
select rectangular portions of lines 102
select text in editor windows 102
set breakpoints in source panes 234
set conditional breakpoints 236
set temporary breakpoints 236
show the classes pane 162
sort the classes list 163
sort the Wires tab by using a contextual menu 320
suppress dockable windows 76
toggle automatic punctuation balancing 106
toggle the symbol hint 203
trigger code completion by keyboard 108
trigger code completion from IDE menu bar 108
undock a window 74
unfloat a window 75
unindent text blocks 104
use an external editor on the Macintosh 357
use contextual menus 204
use the browser contextual menu 152
use the default workspace 82
use the document settings pop-up 96
use the Executables pane (Symbolics window) 206,
207
use the Files pane (Symbolics window) 207
use the Find Previous command 137
use the Functions list pop-up 116
use the Functions pane (Symbolics window) 207
use the Interfaces list pop-up 116
use the Process pane 209
use the symbol hint 203
use the Version Control System (VCS) pop-up 97
use virtual space 103
view a file path 49
view browser data by contents 173
view browser data by inheritance 168
view class data from hierarchy window 159
view registers 216
view wires by using the object inspector 318
I
icon
for Tools menu 477
for VCS menu 476
IDE–537
icons
eventpoints 256
file modification 97
for data members 163
for member functions 163
Inactive Eventpoint 252
Log Point 252
Pause Point 252
Script Point 252
Skip Point 252
Sound Point 252
IDE
advantages 23
and threading 417
Apple menu 464
Browser menu 479
Code Completion window 110
CodeWarrior menu 464
Data menu 461, 473
Debug menu 459, 471
defined 17
Edit menu 453, 466
editing source code 101
editor 91
File menu 451, 464
Help menu 463, 477
Layout menu 478
linkers 273
Mac-hosted 340
menu reference 451
preferences, working with 349
project manager and build targets 29
Project menu 457, 469
Scripts menu 477
Search menu 455, 467
target settings, working with 385
Tools menu 476
tools overview 24
User Guide overview 17
VCS menu 476
Window menu 454, 462, 475
Windows-hosted 341
workspaces 81
IDE Extras 476, 477
IDE Extras panel
options
Documents 420
Find Reference using 425
Launch Editor 429
IDE–538
Launch Editor w/ Line # 430
Menu bar layout 431
Projects 434
Symbolics 440
Use Default Workspace’ 442
Use External Editor 443
Use Multiple Document Interface 444
Use Script menu 444
Use ToolServer menu 445
Workspaces 447
Zoom windows to full screen 447
IDE Extras preference panel 354
options
Context popup delay 356
Documents 356
Enable automatic Toolbar help 357
Find Reference using 357
Launch Editor 356
Launch Editor w/ Line # 356
Menu bar layout 356
Projects 356
Recent symbolics 356
Use Default workspace 357
Use External Editor 356
Use Multiple Document Interface 356
Use Script menu 356
Use Third Party Editor 356
Use ToolServer menu 356
Zoom windows to full screen 356
Use Third Party Editor option 444
IDE Preference Panels list 350
IDE Preference Panels, Font & Tabs 370
IDE Preference Panels, Font Settings 370
IDE preferences
Activate Browser Coloring 372
Activate Syntax Coloring 372
Add 360, 362, 381
Attempt to use dynamic type of C++, Object Pascal
and SOM objects 377
Auto Indent 369
Auto Target Libraries 380
Automatic Invocation 366
Automatically launch applications when SYM file
opened 379
Background 372
Balance Flash Delay 368
Balance while typing 368
Browser Commands 367
Browser Path 358
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Build before running 353
Cache Edited Files Between Debug Sessions 379
Case sensitive 366
Change 361, 362, 381
Choose 362
Classes 372
Close non-debugging windows 378
Code Completion Delay 366
Collapse non-debugging windows 378
Comments 372
Compiler thread stack 353
Confirm "Kill Process" when closing or
quitting 379
Confirm invalid file modification dates when
debugging 379
Constants 372
Context popup delay 356
Debugger Commands 368
Default file format 368
Default size for unbounded arrays 377
Disable third party COM plugins 359
Display deprecated items 366
Do nothing 378
Do nothing to project windows 378
Documents 356
Don’t step into runtime support code 380
Drag and drop editing 368
Edit 372
Edit Commands 367
Enable automatic Toolbar help 357
Enable Virtual Space 368
Enums 372
Failure 353
Find and compare operations 360
Find Reference using 357
Font 369
Font preferences 367
Foreground 372
Functions 372
Globals 372
Grid Size X 384
Grid Size Y 384
Hide non-debugging windows 378
Include file cache 353
Insert Template Commands 368
Keywords 372
Launch Editor 356
Launch Editor w/ Line # 356
Left margin click selects line 368
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Level 359
Macros 372
Maintain files in cache 379
Menu bar layout 356
Minimize non-debugging windows 378
Monitor for debugging 378
Move open windows to debugging monitor when
debugging starts 378
Name 362
Open windows on debugging monitor during
debugging 378
Other 373
Play sound after ‘Bring Up To Date’ & ‘Make’ 353
Project Commands 368
Project operations 360
Projects 356
Purge Cache 379
Recent symbolics 356
Recommended 354
Regular Expression 360
Relaxed C popup parsing 368
Remote Connection list 381
Remove 361, 362, 381
Save open files before build 353
Script 369
Select stack crawl window when task is
stopped 379
Selection position 367
SEt 358
Set 1, Set 2, Set 3, Set 4 372
Shielded folder list 360
Show all locals 376
Show message after building up-to-date
project 353
Show tasks in separate windows 377
Show the component palette when opening a
form 384
Show the object inspector when opening a
form 384
Show values as decimal instead of hex 376
Show variable location 376
Show variable types 376
Show variable values in source code 377
Size 369
Sort function popup 368
Sort functions by method name in symbolics
window 377
Source Tree list 362
Strings 372
IDE–539
Success 353
Tab indents selection 369
Tab Inserts Spaces 369
Tab Size 369
Templates 372
Type 362
TypeDefs 373
Use Concurrent Compiles 354
Use Debugging Monitor 378
Use Default workspace 357
Use External Editor 356
Use Local Project Data Storage 353
Use Multiple Document Interface 356
Use multiple undo 368
Use Script menu 356
Use Third Party Editor 356
Use ToolServer menu 356
User Specified 354
Variable values change 376
VCS Commands 368
Watchpoint indicator 376
Window follows insertion point 366
Window position and size 367
Zoom windows to full screen 356
IDE Preferences window 328, 349, 350
Apply button 351
Cancel button 351
Factory Settings button 328, 350
IDE Preference Panels list 350
Import Panel 428
Import Panel button 328, 350
OK button 351
opening 351
Revert Panel button 328, 350
Save button 328, 351
Ignored By Make File flag 397
Import button 347
Import Commands 347
Import Components menu command 499
Import Panel 428
Import Project command 39
Import Project menu command 499
importing
projects saved as XML files 39
In Files 131
In Files tab 134
In Folders 131
In Folders tab 131
IDE–540
In Projects 131
In Projects tab 132
In Symbolics 131
In Symbolics tab 133
Inactive Eventpoint icon 252
Include file cache option
Build Settings panel 428
Include Files 185
Include files 181
#include files
caching 428
indenting
text blocks 104
information
debugging 245, 259
symbolics 249, 261
Initial Directory field
Build Extras panel 428
Initializer 187
Insert Reference Template 123
Insert Reference Template menu command 499
Insert Template Commands option
Editor Settings panel 428
inserting a reference template 123
inspecting
project files 36
inspecting wires 317
Installed Products button 481
Instruction Scheduling 401
Integrated Development Environment. See IDE.
interface files
locating 115, 116
Interface menu 54
Interfaces list pop-up
in Files view of Project window 48
using 116
interfaces list pop-up 95
introduction
debugger 191
IP Address field 382, 383
J
Java Exceptions Submenu
No Exceptions command 502
Java Exceptions submenu
All Exceptions command 482
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Exceptions In Targeted Classes command 492
Uncaught Exceptions Only command 517
Java submenu 482, 492, 502, 517
K
Key Bindings 327, 329
Add 345
Customize 344
key bindings 122
keyboard conventions 20
keyboard shortcuts
Find symbols with prefix 105
Find symbols with substring 105
Get next symbol 105
Get previous symbol 105
keywords
adding to a keyword set 402
removing from a keyword set 403
Keywords option
Text Colors panel 429
Kill command 198
Kill menu command 499
L
Language Parser option, in Generate Browser Data
From menu 427
Launch Editor option
IDE Extras panel 429
Launch Editor w/ Line # option
IDE Extras panel 430
Launch Remote Host Application option
Remote Debugging settings panel 430
Launchable flag 397
layout
moving components in 293
layout editing 285
layout editor 286
Layout Editor contextual menu 289
Layout Editor panel
options
Grid Size X 427
Grid Size Y 427
Show the component palette when opening a
form 438
Show the object inspector when opening a
form 438
Layout Editor preference panel 384
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
options
Grid Size X 384
Grid Size Y 384
Show the component palette when opening a
form 384
Show the object inspector when opening a
form 384
layout management 51
Layout manager, in layout editor 288
Layout menu 478
layout wizards 285
layouts
adding components to 292
layout editor 286
moving 52
opening 289
removing 51
removing components from 292
removing from a design 283
renaming 53
Left Edges button, in layout editor 287
Left Edges command 499
Left margin click selects line option
Editor Settings panel 430
Level option
Plugin Settings panel 430
Lifetime Based Register Allocation 401
line
going to in source code 118
line and column indicator, in editor window 98
%line command-line string 430
Line Display 168
lines, selecting 102
lines, selecting multiple 102
lines, selecting rectangular portions of 102
link maps
generating for projects 274
Link Order tab 51
Link Order view 37, 49, 52, 53
Linker option
Target Settings panel 431
linkers 273
choosing 273
linking projects 274
Linux
modifier key mappings 20
list
IDE–541
of symbols in Browser Contents window 172
list menus
document settings 96
functions 95
interfaces 95
markers 95
VCS 96
list pop-up menus
Current Target 46
list pop-ups
Ancestor 168
Browser Access Filters 157
document settings 96
functions 95
interfaces 95
markers 95
Symbols 172
VCS 157
lists
File Mappings 417
Live Range Splitting 400
locating functions 115, 116
locating interface files 115, 116
locating source code 115
Location column
in Breakpoints window 232
Location of Relocated Libraries and Code Resources
option
Debugger Settings panel 431
Log Point 251, 253
Log Message 253
Speak Message 253
Treat as Expression 253
Log Point icon 252
Log System Messages 218
Log System Messages option
Debugger Settings panel 431
Log Window
Log System Messages option 218
Log window 218
opening 219
looking up symbol definitions 122
Loop Transformations 400
Loop Unrolling 401
Loop Unrolling (Opt For Speed Only) 401
Loop-Invariant Code Motion 400
IDE–542
M
Mac OS
QuickHelp 121
QuickView 121, 123
THINK Reference 123
Mac OS X API 425
Macintosh
creating files 62
using an external editor 357
Macintosh menu layout 464
Macro file option, in Generate Browser Data From
menu 427
Macros option 372
Maintain Files In Cache option 415
Maintain Files in Cache option
Global Settings panel 431
Make command 53, 54, 55
Make menu command 500
Make option 425
Make toolbar button 46
Makefile Importer wizard 33
makefiles
converting into projects 33
managing
build targets 56
projects 32
targets 56
managing files, tasks 61
manipulating text 101
manual conventions 19
markers 119
adding to a source file 120
navigating to 120
removing all from source files 121
removing from source files 120
Markers list pop-up 95
Markers list, in Remove Markers window 119
Match whole word 126, 128, 131
matching
any character with regular expressions 141
line beginnings and endings with regular
expressions 143
replace strings to find strings with regular
expressions 143, 144
Maximize Window menu command 500
.mcp, acronym meaning 35
MDI 432
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
MDI child
making a window into 76
MDI child window type 70
MDI mode
and dockable windows 69
MDI. See Multiple Document Interface. 444
Member Function Declaration 184
member functions
creating 163, 183
identifier icons 163
Member Functions pane 163
in Class Browser window 157
memory dump 519
Memory window 223, 239
Menu
Current Target 341
menu
Search 122
Menu bar layout option
IDE Extras panel 431
menu commands
About Metrowerks CodeWarrior 481
Add Files 481
Add Window 481
Apply Difference 482
Balance 483
Bottom Edges 483
Break 483
Break On C++ Exception 483
Break on Java Exceptions 483
Breakpoints 483
Breakpoints Window 483
Bring To Front 484
Bring Up To Date 484
Browser Contents 484
Build Progress 484
Build Progress Window 484
Can’t Redo 453, 466
Can’t Undo 453, 466
Cascade 484
Change Program Counter 484
Check Syntax 485
Class Browser 485
Class Hierarchy 485
Class Hierarchy Window 485
Clear 485
Clear All Breakpoints 486
Clear All Watchpoints 486
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Clear Breakpoint 486
Clear Eventpoint 486
Clear Watchpoint 486
Close 487
Close All 487
Close All Editor Documents 487
Close Catalog 487
Close Workspace 487
CodeWarrior Help 488
Collapse Window 488
Commands & Key Bindings 487
Compare Files 488
Compile 488
Complete Code 488
Component Catalog 488
Component Palette 489
Connect 489
Copy 489
Copy To Expression 489
Create Design 489
Create Group 489
Create Target 490
Customize 490
Cycle View 490
Debug 490
Delete 491
Disable Breakpoint 491
Disable Watchpoint 491
Disassemble 491
Display Grid 491
Enable Breakpoint 491
Enable Watchpoint 492
Enter Find String 139, 492
Enter Replace String 492
Errors And Warnings 492
Errors And Warnings Window 492
Exit 493
Expand Window 493
Export Project 493, 499
Export Project as GNU Makefile 493
Expressions 493
Expressions Window 493
Find 127, 494
Find and Open ‘Filename’ 495
Find and Open File 495
Find And Replace 496
Find Definition 494
Find Definition & Reference 494
Find In Files 495
IDE–543
Find In Next File 495
Find In Previous File 495
Find Next 495
Find Previous 496
Find Previous Selection 496
Find Reference 496
Find Selection 138, 496
Get Next Completion 497
Get Previous Completion 497
Global Variables 497
Global Variables Window 497
Go Back 497
Go Forward 497
Go To Line 497
Group 498
Hide Breakpoints 498
Hide Window Toolbar 498
Import Components 499
Import Project 499
Insert Reference Template 123, 499
Kill 499
Make 500
Maximize Window 500
Metrowerks Website 500
Minimize Window 500
New 500
New Class 500
New Class Browser 501
New Data 501
New Event 501
New Event Set 501
New Expression 501
New Member Function 501
New Method 501
New Property 501
New Text File 502
Object Inspector 502
Online Manuals 502
Open 502
Open Recent 502
Open Scripts Folder 502
Open Workspace 503
Page Setup 503
Precompile 503
Preferences 503
Print 503
Processes 504
Processes Window 504
Properties 504
IDE–544
Redo 504
Refresh All Data 505
Register Details Window 505
Register Windows 505
Registers 505
Remove Object Code 505
Remove Object Code & Compact 505
Remove Toolbar Item 342
Replace 129, 135, 506
Replace All 135, 506
Replace and Find Next 506
Resume 508
Revert 508
Run 434, 509
Run To Cursor 509
Save Default Window 510
Save Workspace 510
Save Workspace As 510
Select All 510
Send To Back 510
Set Breakpoint 510
Set Default Project 510
Set Default Target 511
Set Eventpoint 511
Set Watchpoint 511
Shift Right 511
Show Breakpoints 486, 511
Show Types 512
Show Window Toolbar 498
Snap To Grid 512
Stack Editor Windows 512
Step Over 512
Stop Build 513
Switch To Monitor 513
Symbolics 513
Symbolics Window 513
Synchronize Modification Dates 513
Toolbars 515
View Array 517
View As Unsigned Decimal 517, 518, 519
View Disassembly 519
View Mixed 520
View Source 520
View Variable 520
Watchpoints 520
Watchpoints Window 520
Zoom Window 520
menu layouts
Macintosh 464
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Windows 451
menu reference
for IDE 451
menubar component
creating menu items in 306
creating menus in 306
removing menu items from 307
removing menus from 307
menus 157
contextual 203
VCS 165
Metrowerks Website command 500
Minimize non-debugging windows option
Windowing panel 432
Minimize Window menu command 500
modifying wires with the layout editor 313
Monitor for debugging option
Windowing panel 432
Move open windows to debugging monitor when
debugging starts option
Windowing panel 432
moving
build targets 52
dockable windows 78
files 52
groups 52
layouts 52
targets 52
Multi-Class Hierarchy window 167, 170
multi-core debugging 228
Multiple Document Interface 444
multiple files, searching 134
multiple folders, searching 131
multiple items, replacing text in 135
multiple projects, searching 132
multiple Redo 504
multiple symbolics files, searching 133
multiple Undo 504
multiple-file Find and Replace window 129
N
Name field 329
navigating
browser data 151
Code Completion window 111
to markers 120
navigating data 151
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
navigating source code 115
New Binding 329, 346
New C++ Class window 179
New C++ Data Member window 187
New C++ Member Function window 184
New Class Browser menu command 501
New Class menu command 500
New Class wizard 162, 177, 178
New Command 331
New command 61, 86
New Command Group
Create 330
New Connection dialog box 381
New Data Member 164, 184, 187
new data member functions
creating 185
New Data Member wizard 164, 185, 186
New Data menu command 501
New Event menu command 501
New Event Set menu command 501
New Expression menu command 501
New Group 330
New Item 161
New Layout 282
New Layout command 282
New Member Function menu command 501
New Member Function wizard 163, 182, 183
new member functions
creating 182
New Menu Command
Create 331, 335
New menu command 500
New Method menu command 501
New Property menu command 501
New Text File command 62
New Text File menu command 502
New Wire button, in layout editor 287
New Wire command 290, 479
No Exceptions command 502
None option
of Plugin Diagnostics 430
None option, in Generate Browser Data From
menu 426
non-modal, defined 71
notes
for the latest release 17
IDE–545
Numeric Keypad Bindings 346
O
Object Inspector 294
object inspector
opening 296
sorting the Wires tab 320
using to delete wires 319
using to modify wires 318
using to re-order wires 318
using to view wires 318
Object Inspector menu command 502
Object list pop-up, in object inspector 295
object wiring 309
creating wires with contextual menus 312
creating wires with menus 312
deleting wires with the layout editor 314
drawing wires 311
inspecting wires 317
modifying wires with the layout editor 313
sorting the Wires tab in the object inspector 320
using the object inspector to delete wires 319
using the object inspector to modify wires 318
using the object inspector to re-order wires 318
using the object inspector to view wires 318
working with 310
object wiring, about 309
Online Manuals menu command 502
Open Catalog button, in component palette 291
Open command 62
Open File 165
Open In Windows Explorer command 49
Open menu command 502
Open Recent menu command 502
Open Scripts Folder menu command 502
Open windows on debugging monitor during debugging
option
Windowing panel 433
Open Workspace menu command 503
opening 175
a layout 289
a recent workspace 84
a single-class hierarchical window 171
component catalog window 301
component palette 291
files 62
IDE Preferences window 351
IDE–546
object inspector 296
projects 35
projects from other hosts 36
subprojects 42
Symbolics window 206
symbols window 175
Variable window 220
workspaces 83
opening last project (default workspace) 442
opening last project, preventing (default
workspace) 443
openings
registers in a separate Registers window 218
optimizations
Arithmetic Optimizations 400
Branch Optimizations 400
Common Subexpression Elimination 400
Copy And Expression Propagation 400
Copy Propagation 400
Dead Code Elimination 400
Dead Store Elimination 400
Expression Simplification 400
Global Register Allocation 400
Global Register Allocation Only For Temporary
Values 400
Instruction Scheduling 401
Lifetime Based Register Allocation 401
Live Range Splitting 400
Loop Transformations 400
Loop Unrolling 401
Loop Unrolling (Opt For Speed Only) 401
Loop-Invariant Code Motion 400
Peephole Optimization 400
Register Coloring 401
Repeated 401
Strength Reduction 400
Vectorization 401
options 420
Access Paths settings panel 359, 389
Activate Browser 494
Activate Browser Coloring 411
Activate Syntax Coloring 411, 417
Add Default 411
Always Search User Paths 412
Application 412
Arguments 412
Attempt to use dynamic type of C++, Object Pascal
and SOM objects 412
Auto Indent 412
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Auto Target Libraries 412
Automatic Invocation 413
Automatically Launch Applications When SYM
File Opened 413
Auto-target Libraries 412
Background 414
Balance Flash Delay 414
Balance while typing 414
Bring Up To Date 425
Browse in processes window 381, 382
Browser Commands 415
Browser Path 415
Build before running 415
Build Extras settings panel 392
Build Settings preference panel 351
Cache Edited Files Between Debug Sessions 415
Cache Subprojects 416
Cache symbolics between runs 416
Case Sensitive 416
choosing host application for non-executable
files 427
Classes 372
Close non-debugging windows 416
Code Completion Delay 416
Code Completion preference panel 366
Code Generation settings panels 398
Collapse non-debugging windows 417
Comments 417
Compiler 417
Compiler thread stack 417
Concurrent Compiles preference panel 353
Confirm “Kill Process” when closing or
quitting 418
Confirm invalid file modification dates when
debugging 417
Connection Type 382
Constants 372
Context popup delay 418
Custom Keywords settings panel 401
Debugger Commands 418
Debugger preference panels 375
Debugger Settings 218
Debugger Settings panel 406
Debugger settings panels 403
Default File Format 418
Default size for unbounded arrays 419
Disable third party COM plugins 419
Display Deprecated Items 419
Display Settings preference panel 375
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Do nothing 419
Do nothing to project windows 419
Drag and drop editing 420
Dump internal browse information after
compile 420
Edit Commands 420
Edit Language 421
Editor preference panels 365
Editor settings panels 401
Editor Settings preference panel 366
Enable automatic Toolbar help 421
Enable remote debugging 421
Enable Virtual Space 421
Enums 372
Environment Settings 421
Failure 425
File Mappings settings panel 396
File Type 417
Font & Tabs preference panel 368, 371
Functions 372
General preference panels 351
Generate Browser Data From 426
Global Optimizations settings panel 398
Globals 372
Help Preferences panel 358
IDE Extras preference panel 354
Import Panel 428
Layout Editor preference panel 384
Macros 372
Maintain files in cache 415
Make 425
Other 373
Other Executables settings panel 403
Plugin Settings preference panel 358
Purge Cache 415
RAD Tools preference panels 383
Remote Connections preference panel 380
Remote Debugging settings panel 408
Require Framework Style Includes 436
Runtime Settings panel 394
Set 1, Set 2, Set 3, Set 4 372
setting for browser 147
Shielded Folders preference panel 359
Source Trees preference panel 361
System Paths list 391
Target Settings panel 388
Target settings panels 387
Templates 372
TypeDefs 373
IDE–547
Use Multiple Document Interface 69
User Paths list 391
User specified 407
Window Follows Insertion Point 446
Windowing preference panel 377
Options list pop-up, in object inspector 296
other editor windows 97
Other Executables settings panel 403
Other option 373
Output Directory option
Target Settings panel 433
Overlays tab 51
overstrike 103
overstriking text (Windows) 103
overtype. See overstrike. 103
overview
of browser 25
of build system 25
of CodeWarrior 21
of debugger 26
of editor 25
of IDE project manager and build targets 29
of IDE tools 24
of IDE User Guide 17
of project manager 25
of RAD tools 26
of search engine 25
P
Page Setup command 503
PalmQuest reference 425
pane
Source 250, 263
Variables 246, 260
Pane Collapse 160
Pane Expand 160
pane splitter controls, in editor window 98
panels
Font & Tabs 370
for IDE preferences 350
for targets 386
panes
adding to editor window 98
removing from editor window 99
resizing in an editor window 99
parameter lists
completing code 114
IDE–548
path caption 97
Pause Point 251, 254
Pause Point icon 252
Peephole Optimization 400
Play sound after ‘Bring Up To Date’ & ‘Make’ option
Build Settings panel 433
Plugin Diagnostics
All Info option 430
Errors Only option 430
None option 430
plug-in diagnostics
disabling 481
enabling 481
Plugin Settings panel
options
Level 430
Plugin Settings preference panel 358
options
Disable third party COM plugins 359
Level 359
plug-ins
saving information about those installed in
IDE 481
viewing those installed in IDE 481
pop-up menus
document settings 96
functions 95
interfaces 95
markers 95
VCS 96
pop-ups
Ancestor 168
Browser Access Filters 157
Symbols 172
VCS 157
Post-linker option
Target Settings panel 433
Precompile menu command 503
Precompiled File flag 397
precompiled headers
caching 428
preference panel 350
preference panels
Build Settings 351
Code Completion 366
Concurrent Compiles 353
Display Settings 375
Editor Settings 366
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Font & Tabs 368, 371
Help Preferences 358
IDE Extras 354
Layout Editor 384
Plugin Settings 358
Remote Connections 380
reverting 436
Shielded Folders 359
Source Trees 361
Windowing 377
preferences
Activate Browser Coloring 372
Activate Syntax Coloring 372
Add 360, 362, 381
Apply button 351
Attempt to use dynamic type of C++, Object Pascal
and SOM objects 377
Auto Indent 369
Auto Target Libraries 380
Automatic Invocation 366
Automatically launch applications when SYM file
opened 379
Background 372
Balance Flash Delay 368
Balance while typing 368
Browser Commands 367
Browser Path 358
Build before running 353
Cache Edited Files Between Debug Sessions 379
Cancel button 351
Case sensitive 366
Change 361, 362, 381
Choose 362
Classes 372
Close non-debugging windows 378
Code Completion Delay 366
Collapse non-debugging windows 378
Comments 372
Compiler thread stack 353
Confirm "Kill Process" when closing or
quitting 379
Confirm invalid file modification dates when
debugging 379
Constants 372
Context popup delay 356
Debugger 375
Debugger Commands 368
Default file format 368
Default size for unbounded arrays 377
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Disable third party COM plugins 359
Display deprecated items 366
Do nothing 378
Do nothing to project windows 378
Documents 356
Don’t step into runtime support code 380
Drag and drop editing 368
Edit 372
Edit Commands 367
Editor 365
Enable automatic Toolbar help 357
Enable Virtual Space 368
Enums 372
Export Panel button 328, 350
Factory Settings button 328, 350
Failure 353
Find and compare operations 360
Find Reference using 357
Font 369
Font preferences 367
for IDE 349
Foreground 372
Functions 372
General 351
Globals 372
Grid Size X 384
Grid Size Y 384
Hide non-debugging windows 378
IDE Preference Panels list 350
IDE window 349
Import Panel button 328, 350
Include file cache 353
Insert Template Commands 368
Keywords 372
Launch Editor 356
Launch Editor w/ Line # 356
Left margin click selects line 368
Level 359
Macros 372
Maintain files in cache 379
Menu bar layout 356
Minimize non-debugging windows 378
Monitor for debugging 378
Move open windows to debugging monitor when
debugging starts 378
Name 362
OK button 351
Open windows on debugging monitor during
debugging 378
IDE–549
Other 373
Play sound after ‘Bring Up To Date’ & ‘Make’ 353
Project Commands 368
Project operations 360
Projects 356
Purge Cache 379
RAD Tools 383
Recent symbolics 356
Recommended 354
Regular Expression 360
Relaxed C popup parsing 368
Remote Connection list 381
Remove 361, 362, 381
Revert Panel button 328, 350
Save button 328, 351
Save open files before build 353
Script 369
Select stack crawl window when task is
stopped 379
Selection position 367
Set 358
Set 1, Set 2, Set 3, Set 4 372
Shielded folder list 360
Show all locals 376
Show message after building up-to-date
project 353
Show tasks in separate window 377
Show the component palette when opening a
form 384
Show the object inspector when opening a
form 384
Show values as decimal instead of hex 376
Show variable location 376
Show variable types 376
Show variable values in source code 377
Size 369
Sort function popup 368
Sort functions by method name in symbolics
window 377
Source Tree list 362
Strings 372
Success 353
Tab indents selection 369
Tab Inserts Spaces 369
Tab Size 369
Templates 372
Type 362
TypeDefs 373
Use Concurrent Compiles 354
IDE–550
Use Debugging Monitor 378
Use Default workspace 357
Use External Editor 356
Use Local Project Data Storage 353
Use Multiple Document Interface 356
Use multiple undo 368
Use Script menu 356
Use Third Party Editor 356
Use ToolServer menu 356
User Specified 354
Variable values change 376
VCS Commands 368
Watchpoint indicator 376
Window follows insertion point 366
Window position and size 367
Zoom windows to full screen 356
Preferences menu command 503
Prefix file option, in Generate Browser Data From
menu 427
Pre-linker option
Target Settings panel 434
print
file selections 67
Print command 66, 67, 503
printing
class hierarchies 169
files 66
projects 37
process
attaching debugger to 210
suspended 245, 259
process cycle
of software development 21
Process pane
using 209
Processes menu command 504
Processes window 208, 381
opening 209, 210
Processes Window menu command 504
products
saving information about those installed in
IDE 481
viewing those installed in IDE 481
program
running 198
Program Arguments field
of Runtime Settings panel (Windows) 434
Program Arguments option
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Runtime Settings panel 434
Program Entry Point option
Debugger Settings panel 434
Program windows. See Thread window. 245, 259
Project Commands option
Editor Settings panel 434
project data folder 443
Project Inspector command 36
project manager 29
overview 25
Project menu 434, 457, 469
Remove Object Code command 458, 471
Stop Build command 458, 470
Project operations option
Shielded Folders panel 434
project stationery
creating 40
custom 40
Project window
about Files view 47
Current Target list pop-up 46
Files view
Checkout Status column 48
Code column 48
Data column 48
Debug column 48
File column 48
Interfaces list pop-up 48
Sort Order button 48
Target column 48
Touch column 48
Make toolbar button 46
Synchronize Modification Dates toolbar button 46
Target Settings toolbar button 46
project window 45
Designs view 49
Link Order view 49
Targets view 50
views 47
project window, about 45
project, defined 29
projects
about subprojects 41
advanced topics 39
choosing default 38
closing 39
creating custom stationery 40
creating empty 35
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
creating subprojects 41
creating using makefiles 33
creating using stationery 33
data folder 443
exporting to XML files 38
generating link maps for 274
importing XML versions of 39
inspecting files 36
linking 274
managing 32
opening 35
opening from other hosts 36
printing 37
project window 45
project window views 47
project window, about 45
reopening last one used (default workspace) 442
reopening last one used, preventing (default
workspace) 443
saving 36
searching (multiple) 132
strategies for 42
subprojects, strategies for 42
working with 29
Projects option
IDE Extras panel 434
Properties button, in layout editor 288
Properties command 289
Properties menu command 504
Properties tab, in object inspector 295
punctuation balancing, toggling 106
punctuation, balancing 105
pure virtual
icon for 163
Purge Cache button 434
Purge Cache option 415
purging cache 434
purpose
of Browser Contents window 172
of Classes pane in browser 161
of Data Members pane 164
of Member functions pane 163
of Multi-Class Hierarchy window 167
of Single-Class Hierarchy window 170
of Source pane 165
of status area in browser 165
of Symbols window 174
IDE–551
Q
QuickDraw 432
QuickHelp (Mac OS) 121
QuickView 121, 123, 425
QuickView, Mac OS 123
QuickView, THINK Reference 123
R
RAD
object wiring 309
RAD tools
overview 26
RAD Tools section, of IDE preference panels 383
Recursive Search column, in Access Paths panel 392
Redo menu command 504
reference information
for IDE menus 451
reference template 123
reference template, inserting 123
reference templates (Macintosh) 123
Refresh All Data menu command 505
Register Coloring 401
Register Details Window menu command 505
Register Windows menu command 505
registers
changing data views of 217
changing values of 217
FPU Registers 215
General Registers 215
host-specific 216
viewing 216
Registers menu command 505
Registers window 214
opening 216
opening more than one 218
Registry Key option
of Source Trees preference panel 442
Registry Key option, in Type pop-up menu 442
Regular expression 126, 128, 131
Regular Expression option
Shielded Folders panel 435
regular expressions 140
.*[_]Data 361
\(.*\) 361
choosing one character from many 142
CVS 361
IDE–552
defined 140
grouping 142
matching any character 141
matching line beginnings and endings 143
using the find string in the replace string 143, 144
Relative to class field 179
Relaxed C popup parsing option
Editor Settings panel 435
release notes 17
remembering last project (default workspace) 442
remembering last project, turning off (default
workspace) 443
remote connections
adding 381
changing 382
removing 365, 383
Remote Connections preference panel 380
options
Add 381
Change 381
Remote Connection list 381
Remove 381
Remote Debugging settings panel 408
Connection pop-up menu 408
options
Launch remote host application 430
Remote download path 435
Remote Download Path option
Remote Debugging settings panel 435
Remove button 391
Remove button, in Remove Markers window 119
Remove command 51, 56, 280
Remove Markers window 119
Cancel button 120
Done button 120
Markers list 119
Remove button 119
Remove Object Code & Compact menu command 505
Remove Object Code menu command 505
Remove Toolbar Item 342
removing
a component from a layout 292
build targets 51, 56
files 51
groups 51
layouts 51
layouts from a design 283
menu items from a menubar component 307
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
menus from a menubar component 307
remote connections 365, 383
source trees 364
targets 51, 56
Rename command 53, 58
renaming
build targets 54, 58
files 53
groups 53
layouts 53
targets 53, 54, 58
reopening last project used (default workspace) 442
reopening last project used, preventing (default
workspace) 443
Repeated optimizations 401
Replace 128, 130
Replace All 130
Replace All command 135
Replace All menu command 506
Replace and Find Next menu command 506
Replace and Find Previous command 506
Replace command 129, 135
Replace menu command 506
Replace with list pop-up 128, 130
Replace with text box 128, 130
replacing
text across multiple items 135
text in a single file 129
text, explained 125
text, overview 125
Require Framework Style Includes 436
Reset Window Toolbar command in Toolbar
submenu 507, 508
resetting
toolbars 343
Resize command 289
Resize Component command 293
resize handle 293
Resize submenu
To Smallest Height command 516
To Smallest Width command 516
resizing
components 293
panes in an editor window 99
Resource File flag 397
Restart command 199
Restore Window command (Windows) 508
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
results
of multi-file search 136
Resume command 198
Resume menu command 508
Revert command 67
Revert menu command 508
reverting
files 67
preference panels 436
settings panels 436
revision control 446, 476
Right Edges button, in layout editor 287
routine, selecting entirely 103
Run App/Script 336
Run command 54, 55, 198, 239
Run menu command 434, 509
Run To Cursor menu command 509
running
a program 198
Runtime Settings panel 394
Host Application For Libraries And Code
Resources field 427
options
Add 395
Change 396
Environment Settings 395
Host Application for Libraries & Code
Resources 395, 427
Program Arguments 395, 434
Remove 396
Value 396
Variable 396
Working Directory 395, 447
Program Arguments field (Windows) 434
S
Save a Copy As command 65
Save All command 64
Save command 64
Save Default Window menu command 510
Save open files before build option
Build Settings panel 436
Save project entries using relative paths option
Target Settings panel 436
Save Workspace As menu command 510
Save Workspace menu command 510
saving
IDE–553
a copy of a workspace 83
all files 64
file copies 65
files 64
information about installed plug-ins 481
information about installed products 481
projects 36
workspaces 82
Script Point 251, 254
Script Point icon 252
(Scripts) folder 477, 502
Scripts menu 477
Scripts option
Font & Tabs panel 437
search
matching line beginnings and endings with regular
expressions 143
single characters with regular expressions 141
using finds strings in replace strings with regular
expressions 144
search engine
overview 25
Search menu 122, 455, 467
Search Results window 136
Search selection only 126, 128
Search Status column, in Access Paths panel 391
searching
choosing one character from many in regular
expressions 142
grouping regular expressions 142
multiple files 134
multiple folders 131
multiple projects 132
multiple symbolics files 133
single characters with regular expressions 141
single files 127
using finds strings in replace strings with regular
expressions 143
using regular expressions 140
Segments tab 51
Select All menu command 510
Select stack crawl window when task is stopped option
Global Settings panel 437
selecting
Code Completion window items 112
text in editor windows 102
selecting entire routines 103
selecting lines 102
IDE–554
selecting multiple lines 102
selecting rectangular portions of lines 102
Selection position option
Editor Settings panel 437
selections
searching (text) 138
searching multiple windows (text) 139
Send To Back command 289
Send To Back menu command 510
set
Watchpoint 260
watchpoint 246
Set 1, Set 2, Set 3, Set 4 372
Set Breakpoint menu command 510
Set Default Project command 38
Set Default Project menu command 510
Set Default Target menu command 511
Set Eventpoint menu command 511
set Watchpoint in Thread window 260
set watchpoint in Thread window 246
Set Watchpoint menu command 511
setting
browser options 147
eventpoints 255
temporary breakpoints 236
setting breakpoints in 234
setting eventpoint
Symbolics window 262
Thread window 260
setting Watchpoint
Symbolics window 250
Variable window 247
setting watchpoint
Thread window 246
settings
Add 362, 391, 395, 397
Add Default 391
Always Search User Paths 391
Application 394
Apply button 387
Arguments 394
Auto-target Libraries 407
Cache subprojects 393
Cache symbolics between runs 407
Cancel button 387
Change 362, 391, 396, 398
Choose 362, 389
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Clear 389
Code Generation 398
Compiler 397
Debugger 403
Default language entry point 407
Details 399
Dump internal browse information after
compile 393
Edit Language 397
Editor 401
Environment Settings 395
Export Panel button 387
Extension 397
Factory Settings button 386
Faster Execution Speed 399
File Mappings list 397
File Type 397
Flags 397
Generate Browser Data From 393
Host Application for Libraries & Code
Resources 395
Host Flags 391
IDE window 385
Ignored By Make flag 397
Import Panel button 387
Initial directory 394
Interpret DOS and Unix Paths 391
Launchable flag 397
Linker 388
Location of Relocated Libraries and Code
Resources 407
Log System Messages 408
Name 362
OK button 387
Optimization Level slider 399
Output Directory 389
Post-linker 388
Precompiled File flag 397
Pre-linker 388
Program Arguments 395
Program entry point 407
Remove 362, 391, 396, 398
Require Framework Style Includes 391
Resource File flag 397
Revert Panel button 387
Save button 387
Save project entries using relative paths 389
Smaller Code Size 399
Source Tree list 362
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Stop at Watchpoints 408
Stop on application launch 407
System Paths 391
System Paths list 391
Target 387
Target Name 388
Target Settings Panels list 386
Type 362
Update data every n seconds 408
Use External Debugger 394
Use modification date caching 393
User Paths 391
User Paths list 391
User specified 407
Value 396
Variable 396
Working Directory 395
settings panel 386
settings panels
Access Paths 359, 389
Build Extras 392, 494
Custom Keywords 401
Debugger Settings 218, 406
File Mappings 396
Global Optimizations 398
Other Executables 403
Remote Debugging 408
reverting 436
Runtime Settings 394
Source Trees 361
Target Settings 388
setup
code completion 107
Shielded Folders panel
options
Find and compare operations 425
Project operations 434
Regular Expression 435
Shielded Folders preference panel 359
options
Add 360
Change 361
Find and compare operations 360
Project operations 360
Regular Expression 360
Remove 361
Shielded folder list 360
Shift Right menu command 511
shortcut conventions 20
IDE–555
Show all locals option
Display Settings panel 438
Show All Wires button, in layout editor 288, 479
Show Breakpoints menu command 486, 511
Show Classes 162
Show Classes pane 166
Show Floating Toolbar command 498
Show Floating Toolbar command in Toolbar
submenu 511, 512
Show Incoming Wires button, in layout editor 288, 479
Show Inherited 157
Show Main Toolbar command 498
Show message after building up-to-date project option
Build Settings panel 438
Show Options button, in object inspector 296
Show Outgoing Wires button, in layout editor 288, 479
Show private 158
Show protected 158
Show public 158
Show tasks in separate windows option
Display Settings panel 438
Show the component palette when opening a form
option
Layout Editor panel 438
Show the object inspector when opening a form option
Layout Editor panel 438
Show Types menu command 512
Show values as decimal instead of hex option
Display Settings panel 439
Show variable location option
Display Settings panel 439
Show variable types option
Display Settings panel 439
Show variable values in source code option
Display Settings panel 439
Show Window Toolbar command 498
Show Window Toolbar command in Toolbar
submenu 512
showing
classes pane 162, 163
shrinking panes, in browser 160
Single Class Hierarchy Window 156
single files, searching 127
single-class hierarchical window
opening 171
Single-Class Hierarchy window 170
IDE–556
difference from Multi-Class Hierarchy
window 170
single-file Find and Replace window 127
single-file Find window 126
size
setting default for unbounded arrays 419
Size option
Font & Tabs panel 439
Skip Point 251, 254
Skip Point icon 252
Snap To Grid button, in layout editor 288
Snap To Grid command 289
Snap To Grid menu command 512
software
development process cycle 21
Solaris
modifier key mappings 20
Sort Alphabetical 161, 163
Sort function popup option
Editor Settings panel 440
Sort functions by method name in symbolics window
option
Display Settings panel 439
Sort Hierarchical 161, 163
Sort Order button
in Files view of Project window 48
sorting
classes list 163
Functions list pop-up (alphabetically) 117
Sound Point 251, 254
Sound Point icon 252
Sound Point, Speak Message 254
source code 234
editing 101
going to a particular line 118
locating 115
source code, navigating 115
source file
adding markers to 120
source files
removing all markers from 121
removing markers from 120
Source pane 165, 250, 263
in Class Browser window 157
in Symbols window 176
source trees
adding 363
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
changing 364
removing 364
Source Trees panel
options
Add 362
Change 362
Choose 362
Name 362
Remove 362
Source Tree list 362
Type 362, 441
Source Trees preference panel 361
Absolute Path option 441
Environment Variable option 442
Registry Key option 442
Source Trees settings panel 361
Stack Crawl window. See Thread window. 245, 259
Stack Editor Windows menu command 512
starting
debugger 195
static
icon for 163
stationery
creating for projects 40
creating projects 33
custom 40
status
of breakpoints 232
Status area
in Class Browser window 157
status area 165
Step Into command 196
Step Out command 196
Step Over command 197
Step Over menu command 512
Stop at end of file 127, 128
Stop at Watchpoints option
Debugger Settings panel 440
Stop Build menu command 513
Stop command 197, 513
Stop On Application Launch option
Debugger Settings panel 440
Straight Line 170
strategies
for build targets 42
for projects 42
for subprojects 42
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Strength Reduction 400
Strings option
Text Colors panel 440
structure
of documentation 18
submenus
Align 482, 483
subproject, defined 41
subprojects
creating 41
opening 42
strategies for 42
Success option
Build Settings panel 440
summation, of two variables 212
suspended process 245, 259
Switch To Monitor menu command 513
symbol definitions 121, 122
symbol definitions, looking up 122
Symbol hint 202
symbol hint
toggling 203
turning off 203
turning on 203
using 203
symbol implementations
viewing all 175
symbol-editing shortcuts 105
symbolics file, defined 192
symbolics files
choosing a debugger for 381
searching (multiple) 133
symbolics information 249, 261
Symbolics menu command 513
Symbolics option
IDE Extras panel 440
Symbolics window 205, 239, 249, 261
clear eventpoint 263
opening 206
set eventpoint 262
set Watchpoint 250
using the Executables pane 206, 207
using the Files pane 207
using the Functions pane 207
Symbolics Window menu command 513
symbols
shortcuts for editing 105
IDE–557
viewing all implementations 175
Symbols list
in Browser Contents window 172
Symbols pane 175
Symbols pop-up 172
Symbols window 174
Source pane 176
Symbols pane 175
toolbar 175
symbols window 175
Synchronize Modification Dates command 50
Synchronize Modification Dates menu command 513
Synchronize Modification Dates toolbar button 46
System Paths list 391
Framework column 392
Recursive Search column 392
Search Status column 391
System Paths option
Access Paths panel 440
T
Tab indents selection option
Font & Tabs panel 441
Tab Inserts Spaces option
Font & Tabs panel 441
Tab Size option
Font & Tabs panel 441
Target column
in Files view of Project window 48
target management 51
Target Name option
Target Settings panel 441
Target section, of Target Settings panels 387
target settings
Add 362, 391, 395, 397
Add Default 391
Always Search User Paths 391
Application 394
Apply button 387
Arguments 394
Auto-target Libraries 407
Cache subprojects 393
Cache symbolics between runs 407
Cancel button 387
Change 362, 391, 396, 398
Choose 362, 389
Clear 389
IDE–558
Compiler 397
Connection pop-up menu 408
Default language entry point 407
Details 399
Dump internal browse information after
compile 393
Edit Language 397
Environment Settings 395
Export Panel button 387
Extension 397
Factory Settings button 386
Faster Execution Speed 399
File Mappings list 397
File Type 397
Flags 397
for IDE 385
Generate Browser Data From 393
Host Application for Libraries & Code
Resources 395
Host Flags 391
Ignored By Make flag 397
Import Panel button 387
Initial directory 394
Interpret DOS and Unix Paths 391
Launchable flag 397
Linker 388
Location of Relocated Libraries and Code
Resources 407
Log System Messages 408
Name 362
OK button 387
Optimization Level slider 399
Output Directory 389
Post-linker 388
Precompiled File flag 397
Pre-linker 388
Program Arguments 395
Program entry point 407
Remove 362, 391, 396, 398
Require Framework Style Includes 391
Resource File flag 397
Revert Panel button 387
Save button 387
Save project entries using relative paths 389
Smaller Code Size 399
Source Tree list 362
Source Trees 361
Stop at Watchpoints 408
Stop on application launch 407
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
System Paths 391
System Paths list 391
Target Name 388
Target Settings Panels list 386
Type 362
Update data every n seconds 408
Use External Debugger 394
Use modification date caching 393
User Paths 391
User Paths list 391
User specified 407
Value 396
Variable 396
Working Directory 395
Target Settings command 513
Target Settings panel 58, 388
options
Choose 389
Clear 389
Linker 388, 431
Output Directory 389, 433
Post-linker 388, 433
Pre-linker 388, 434
Save project entries using relative paths 389,
436
Target Name 388, 441
target settings panel 386
target settings panels
Access Paths 389
Build Extras 392, 494
Custom Keywords 401
Debugger Settings 218, 406
File Mappings 396
Global Optimizations 398
Other Executables 403
Remote Debugging 408
Runtime Settings 394
Target Settings 388
Target Settings Panels list 386
Target Settings toolbar button 46
Target Settings window 385, 386
Apply button 387
Cancel button 387
Export Panel button 387
Factory Settings button 386
Import Panel button 387
OK button 387
opening 387
Revert Panel button 387
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Save button 387
Target Settings Panels list 386
targets 31
configuring 58
creating 56
files 51
managing 56
moving 52
removing 51, 56
renaming 53, 54, 58
setting default 57
strategies for 42
Targets tab 58
Targets view 37, 50, 52, 56
tasks
activating automatic code completion 107
adding a component to a layout 292
adding a constant to a variable 212
adding a keyword to a keyword set 402
adding an executable file 405
adding components to a component catalog 302
adding expressions (Expressions window) 211
adding markers to a source file 120
adding panes to an editor window 98
adding remote connections 381
adding source trees 363
adding subprojects to a project 41
alphabetizing Functions list pop-up order 117
attaching the debugger to a process 210
balancing punctuation 105
breakpoints 233
changing an executable file 405
changing line views in a hierarchical window 170
changing register data views 217
changing register values 217
changing remote connections 382
changing source trees 364
choosing a default project 38
clearing all breakpoints 235
clearing breakpoints in source panes 234
clearing breakpoints in the Breakpoints
window 235
closing a docked window 79
closing a workspace 84
closing projects 39
collapsing a docked window 78
collapsing browser panes 160
collapsing the editor window toolbar 94
completing code for data members 113
IDE–559
completing code for parameter lists 114
completing the Create Wire wizard 315
creating a console application 86
creating a menu in a menubar component 306
creating a menu item in a menubar component 306
creating a new class 162, 177, 178
creating a new data member 164, 185, 186
creating a new member function 163, 182, 183
creating a wire by drawing it 311
creating a wire by using a contextual menu 312
creating a wire by using a menu 312
creating custom project stationery 40
creating empty projects 35
creating new projects from makefiles 33
creating new projects using project stationery 33
deactivating automatic code completion 109
deleting a wire by using the layout editor 314
deleting wires by using the object inspector 319
docking a window by using a contextual menu 72
docking a window by using drag and drop 72
docking windows of the same kind 73
expanding a docked window 78
expanding browser panes 160
expanding the editor window toolbar 94
exporting projects to XML files 38
floating a window 75
for managing files 61
generating project link maps 274
going to a particular line 118
hiding the classes pane 162
importing projects saved as XML files 39
indenting text blocks 104
inserting a reference template 123
looking up symbol definitions 122
making a summation of two variables 212
making a window an MDI child 76
modifying a wire by using the layout editor 313
modifying wires by using the object inspector 318
moving a component in a layout 293
moving a docked window 78
navigating browser data 151
navigating Code Completion window 111
navigating to a marker 120
opening a layout 289
opening a recent workspace 84
opening a single-class hierarchical window 171
opening a workspace 83
opening an Array window 223
opening projects 35
IDE–560
opening projects created on other hosts 36
opening registers in a separate Registers
window 218
opening subprojects 42
opening the Breakpoints window 233
opening the component catalog window 301
opening the component palette 291
opening the Expressions window 211
opening the Global Variables window 214
opening the IDE Preferences window 351
opening the Log window 219
opening the object inspector 296
opening the Processes window 209, 210
opening the Registers window 216
opening the Symbolics window 206
opening the symbols window 175
opening the Target Settings window 387
opening the Variable window 220
overstriking text (Windows) 103
printing class hierarchies 169
printing projects 37
removing a component from a layout 292
removing a keyword from a keyword set 403
removing a layout from a design 283
removing a marker from a source file 120
removing a menu from a menubar component 307
removing a menu item from a menubar
component 307
removing all markers from a source file 121
removing an executable file 406
removing components from a catalog 304
removing panes from an editor window 99
removing remote connections 365, 383
removing source trees 364
re-ordering wires by using the object inspector 318
replacing text across multiple items 135
replacing text in a single file 129
resizing a component in a layout 293
resizing panes in an editor window 99
running a program 198
saving a copy of a workspace 83
saving a workspace 82
saving projects 36
searching a single file 127
searching across multiple files 134
searching across multiple folders 131
searching across multiple projects 132
searching across multiple symbolics files 133
searching with a text selection 138
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
searching with a text selection across multiple
window 139
selecting entire routines 103
selecting item in Code Completion window 112
selecting lines 102
selecting multiple lines 102
selecting rectangular portions of lines 102
selecting text in editor windows 102
setting breakpoints in source panes 234
setting conditional breakpoints 236
setting temporary breakpoints 236
showing the classes pane 162
sorting the classes list 163
sorting the Wires tab by using a contextual
menu 320
suppressing dockable windows 76
toggling automatic punctuation balancing 106
toggling the symbol hint 203
triggering code completion by keyboard 108
triggering code completion from IDE menu
bar 108
undocking a window 74
unfloating a window 75
unindenting text blocks 104
using an external editor on the Macintosh 357
using contextual menus 204
using the browser contextual menu 152
using the default workspace 82
using the document settings pop-up 96
using the Executables pane (Symbolics
window) 206, 207
using the Files pane (Symbolics window) 207
using the Find Previous command 137
using the Functions list pop-up 116
using the Functions pane (Symbolics window) 207
using the Interfaces list pop-up 116
using the Process pane 209
using the symbol hint 203
using the Version Control System (VCS) popup 97
using virtual space 103
viewing a file path 49
viewing browser data by contents 173
viewing browser data by inheritance 168
viewing class data from hierarchy windows 159
viewing registers 216
viewing wires by using the object inspector 318
techniques
for advanced debugging 201
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Templates option 372
templates, reference (Macintosh) 123
temporary breakpoints
setting 236
text
find by selecting 137
finding 125
finding and replacing, explained 125
overstriking (Windows) 103
replacing 125
searching with a selection 138
searching with a selection across multiple
window 139
text blocks, indenting 104
text blocks, unindenting 104
Text Colors panel
options
Activate Browser Coloring 426
Activate Syntax Coloring 426, 429, 440
Foreground 426
Keywords 429
Strings 440
Text Colors preference panel
options
Activate Browser Coloring 372
Activate Syntax Coloring 372
Background 372
Classes 372
Comments 372
Constants 372
Edit 372
Enums 372
Foreground 372
Functions 372
Globals 372
Keywords 372
Macros 372
Other 373
Set 1, Set 2, Set 3, Set 4 372
Strings 372
Templates 372
TypeDefs 373
text editing area, in editor window 98
text manipulation 101
text-selection Find 137
THINK Reference 121, 123, 425
third-party editor support 444
third-party text editors
IDE–561
Emacs 429, 430
Thread window 245, 247, 259
clear eventpoint 261
clear Watchpoint 261
clear watchpoint 246
enable and disable Watchpoint 247
set eventpoint 260
set Watchpoint 260
set watchpoint 246
Variables pane 246, 260
threading in IDE 417
__throw() 483
Tile Editor Windows command 514
Tile Editor Windows Vertically command 514
Tile Horizontally command 514
Tile Vertically command 514
To Smallest Height command in Resize submenu 516
To Smallest Width command in Resize submenu 516
toggling
symbol hint 203
toolbar
collapsing in editor window 94
expanding in editor window 94
Toolbar (Editor Window) Elements
Document Settings 341
File Dirty Indicator 341
File Path field 341
Functions 341
Header Files 341
Markers 341
Version Control Menus 341
toolbar buttons
Browser Contents 156
Class Hierarchy 156
Go Back 156
Go Forward 156
Make 46
Single Class Hierarchy Window 156
Synchronize Modification Dates 46
Target Settings 46
Toolbar Items 327, 341
Toolbar submenu
Anchor Floating Toolbar command 482
Clear Floating Toolbar command 486
Clear Main Toolbar command 486
Clear Window Toolbar command 487
Hide Floating Toolbar command 498
Hide Main Toolbar command 498
IDE–562
Reset Window Toolbar command 507, 508
Show Floating Toolbar command 498, 511, 512
Show Main Toolbar command 498
Show Window Toolbar command 512
Toolbars
Add element 340, 341
Clear Elements 342
Customize 338
Elements 338, 340
Icons 341
Instances of 339
Main (floating) 339
Modify 340
Project and Window 339
Remove element 342
Remove single element 340
Toolbar Items tab 340
Types 339
toolbars
editor 93
for Symbols window 175
resetting 343
Toolbars menu command 515
tools
browser 25
build system 25
debugger 26
editor 25
project manager 25
RAD 26
search engine 25
Tools menu 476
icon 477
ToolServer menu 445
ToolServer Worksheet command 516
ToolTip 340
Top Edges button, in layout editor 287
touch
defined 48
Touch column 54, 55
in Files view of Project window 48
Touch command 54
touching
all files 54
all groups 54
files 54
groups 54
triggering
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
code completion by keyboard 108
code completion from IDE menu bar 108
turning off
symbol hint 203
turning on
symbol hint 203
Type option
Source Trees panel 441
Type pop-up menu
Absolute Path option 441
Environment Variable option 442
Registry Key option 442
TypeDefs option 373
types
of documentation 19
U
Unanchor Floating Toolbar command 516
Unapply Difference command 516
unbounded arrays
setting default size for viewing 419
Uncaught Exceptions Only command in Java
Exceptions submenu 517
Undo command 517
undocking windows 74
unfloating a window 75
Ungroup button, in layout editor 287
Ungroup command 517
unindenting
text blocks 104
Untouch command 55
untouching
all files 55
all groups 55
files 55
groups 55
Up
in Find and Replace window 128
in Find window 127
Update Data Every n Seconds option
Debugger Settings panel 442
Use Concurrent Compiles option
Concurrent Compiles panel 435, 442
Use Debugging Monitor option
Windowing panel 442
Use Default Workspace option
IDE Extras panel 442
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Use External Debugger option
Build Extras panel 443
Use External Editor option
IDE Extras panel 443
Use Local Project Data Storage option
Build Settings panel 443
Use modification date caching option
Build Extras panel 443
Use Multiple Document Interface option 69
IDE Extras panel 444
Use multiple undo option 517
Editor Settings panel 444
Use Script menu option
IDE Extras panel 444
Use Scripts Menu checkbox
of IDE Extras preference panel 477
Use Third Party Editor option
of IDE Extras preference panel 444
Use ToolServer Menu checkbox
of IDE Extras preference panel 476
Use ToolServer menu option
IDE Extras panel 445
User Paths list 391
Framework column 392
Recursive Search column 392
Search Status column 391
User Paths option
Access Paths panel 445
User Specified option
Concurrent Compiles panel 445
User specified option 407
using
breakpoints 231
document settings pop-up 96
Eventpoints 251
Executables pane (Symbolics window) 206, 207
Files pane (Symbolics window) 207
Find Previous command 137
Functions list pop-up 116
Functions pane (Symbolics window) 207
Interfaces list pop-up 116
symbol hint 203
Version Control System (VCS) pop-up 97
virtual space 103
Watchpoints 239
using workspaces 81
IDE–563
V
Variable
setting a Watchpoint in the Variable window 247
variable
adding a constant to 212
Variable Values Change option
Display Settings panel 446
Variable window 220, 239, 247, 248
clear Watchpoint 249
opening 220
set Watchpoint 247
variables
making a summation of 212
symbol hint 202
Variables pane 246, 260
Variables pane in the Thread window 246, 260
VCS Commands option
Editor Settings panel 446
VCS list pop-up 157
VCS menu 165, 446, 476
icon 476
VCS pop-up 96
using 97
Vectorization 401
version control 446, 476
Version Control Settings command 517
Version Control System (VCS) pop-up 96
Version Control System menu. See VCS menu. 476
Vertical Center button, in layout editor 287
Vertical Center command in Align submenu 508, 515,
516, 517
View Array menu command 517
View as implementor 158
View as subclass 158
View As Unsigned Decimal menu command 517, 518,
519
View as user 158
View Disassembly menu command 519
View Memory As command 519
View Memory command 519
View Mixed menu command 520
View Source menu command 520
View Variable menu command 520
viewing
all symbol implementations 175
breakpoints 233
IDE–564
browser data by contents 173
browser data by inheritance 168
file paths 49
registers 216
viewing installed plug-ins 481
viewing installed products 481
views
in project window 47
virtual
icon for 163
virtual space, using 103
W
Watchpoint 239
Conditional 248
enabling and disabling in the Thread window 247
setting in the Symbolics window 250
watchpoint
clearing in the Thread window 246
setting in the Thread window 246
Watchpoint Indicator option
Display Settings panel 446
watchpoint, clear 246
watchpoint, set 246
Watchpoints
clear 249
purpose of 239
using 239
Watchpoints menu command 520
Watchpoints window 240, 242
Watchpoints Window menu command 520
what is
a debugger 191
a symbolics file 192
advanced debugging 202
Window
Customize IDE Commands 344
window
Breakpoints 259
Memory 239
Symbolics 239
Variable 239, 247
Watchpoints 240
Window Follows Insertion Point option 446
Window Menu
Restore Window command (Windows) 508
Window menu 454, 462, 475
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Window position and size option
Editor Settings panel 446
window types
docked 70
floating 70
MDI child 70
Windowing panel
options
Hide non-debugging windows 427
Minimize non-debugging windows 432
Monitor for debugging 432
Move open windows to debugging monitor
when debugging starts 432
Open windows on debugging monitor during
debugging 433
Use Debugging Monitor 442
Windowing preference panel 377
options
Close non-debugging windows 378
Collapse non-debugging windows 378
Do nothing 378
Do nothing to project windows 378
Hide non-debugging windows 378
Minimize non-debugging windows 378
Monitor for debugging 378
Move open windows to debugging monitor
when debugging starts 378
Open windows on debugging monitor during
debugging 378
Use Debugging Monitor 378
Windows
creating files 61
windows
Array 221
Breakpoints 231, 256
Browser Contents 172
Class Browser 155
Code Completion 110
dock bars in dockable windows 76
dockable 69
dockable, about 69
dockable, turning off 76
dockable, working with 71
docking the same kind of 73
docking with a contextual menu 72
docking with drag and drop 72
editor 91, 252
editor, other 97
Expressions 210
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
Find (single-file) 126
Find and Replace (multiple-file) 129
Find and Replace (single-file) 127
floating 75
Global Variables 213
hierarchy 168
IDE Preferences 349
Log 218
making into an MDI child 76
Memory 223
New C++ Class 179
New C++ Data Member 187
New C++ Member Function 184
Processes 208
project window 45
Registers 214
Remove Markers 119
Search results 136
Symbolics 205, 249, 261
Target Settings 385
Thread 245, 247, 259
undocking 74
unfloating 75
Variable 247, 248
variable 220
Watchpoints 242
Windows menu layout 451
WinHelp (Windows) 121
wire, defined 309
wires
creating with contextual menus 312
creating with menus 312
deleting with the layout editor 314
drawing 311
modifying with the layout editor 313
sorting the Wires tab in the object inspector 320
using the object inspector to delete 319
using the object inspector to modify 318
using the object inspector to re-order 318
using the object inspector to view 318
Wires tab, in object inspector 296
wires, inspecting 317
Wizards
Browser 177
wizards
Create Wire, using 315
New Class 162, 177, 178
New Data Member 164, 185, 186
New Member Function 182, 183
IDE–565
New Member Functions 163
working
with IDE preferences 349
with IDE target settings 385
Working Directory option
Runtime Settings panel 447
working with 71
browser 147
class browser windows 155
class hierarchy windows 167
working with dockable windows 71
working with files 61
working with object wiring 310
working with projects 29
workspace, defined 81
workspaces 81
closing 84
opening 83
opening recent 84
saving 82
saving copies of 83
using 81
using default 82
Workspaces option
IDE Extras panel 447
workspaces, about 81
X
XML
exporting projects 38
importing projects 39
Z
Zoom Window menu command 520
Zoom windows to full screen option
IDE Extras panel 447
IDE–566
IDE 5.1 User’s Guide
">